Bothalia

A JOURNAL OF BOTANICAL RESEARCH

Vol. 27,2

October 1997

TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS OF THE NATIONAL BOTANICAL INSTITUTE,

PRETORIA

Obtainable from the National Botanical Institute, Private Bag X101, Pretoria 0001, Republic of

South Africa. A catalogue of all available publications will be issued on request.

BOTHALIA

Bothalia is named in honour of General Louis Botha, first Premier and Minister of Agriculture of

the Union of South Africa. This house journal of the National Botanical Institute, Pretoria, is devot-

ed to the furtherance of botanical science. The main fields covered are taxonomy, ecology, anato-

my and cytology. Two parts of the journal and an index to contents, authors and subjects are pub-

lished annually.

Two booklets of the contents (a) to Vols 1-20 and (b) to Vols 21-25, are available.

STRELITZIA

A series of occasional publications on southern African flora and vegetation, replacing Memoirs of

the Botanical Survey of South Africa and Annals of Kirstenbosch Botanic Gardens.

MEMOIRS OF THE BOTANICAL SURVEY OF SOUTH AFRICA

The memoirs are individual treatises usually of an ecological nature, but sometimes dealing with

taxonomy or economic botany. Published: Nos 1-63 (many out of print). Discontinued after No. 63.

ANNALS OF KIRSTENBOSCH BOTANIC GARDENS

A series devoted to the publication of monographs and major works on southern African flora.

Published: Vols 14-19 (earlier volumes published as Supplementary volumes to the Journal of

South African Botany). Discontinued after Vol. 19.

FLOWERING PLANTS OF AFRICA (FPA)

This serial presents colour plates of African plants with accompanying text. The plates are prepared

mainly by the artists at the National Botanical Institute. Many well known botanical artists have

contributed to the series, such as Cythna Letty (over 700 plates), Kathleen Lansdell, Stella Gower,

Betty Connell, Peter Bally, Fay Anderson, Ellaphie Ward-Hilhorst and Gillian Condy. The Editor

is pleased to receive living plants of general interest or of economic value for illustration.

From Vol. 55, twenty plates are published at irregular intervals.

An index to Vols 1-49 is available.

FLORA OF SOUTHERN AFRICA (FSA)

A taxonomic treatise on the flora of the Republic of South Africa, Lesotho, Swaziland, Namibia

and Botswana. The FSA contains descriptions of families, genera, species, infraspecific taxa, keys

to genera and species, synonymy, literature and limited specimen citations, as well as taxonomic

and ecological notes.

Contributions to the FSA also appear in Bothalia.

PALAEOFLORA OF SOUTHERN AFRICA

A palaeoflora on a pattern comparable to that of the Flora of southern Africa. Much of the infor-

mation is presented in the form of tables and photographic plates depicting fossil populations. Now

available:

Molieno Formation (Triassic) Vol. 1. Introduction. Dicroidium , by J.M. & H.M. Anderson.

Molteno Formation (Triassic) Vol. 2. Gymnosperms (excluding Dicroidium), by J.M. & H.M.

Anderson.

Prodromus of South African Megafloras. Devonian to Lower Cretaceous, by J.M. & H.M.

Anderson. Obtainable from: A. A. Balkema Marketing, Box 3 1 7, Claremont 7735, RSA.

BOTHALIA

A JOURNAL OF BOTANICAL RESEARCH

Volume 27,2

Scientific Editor: O.A. Leistner

Technical Editor: B.A. Momberg

NASIONALE BOTANiESE

iNSTITUUT

Private bag X 101 PRETORIA 0001

>397 -tO'Ob s

Privaatsak X 101 eRETORiA 0001

NATIONAL oOTANICAL

INSTITUTE

NATIONAL

Botanical

INSTITUTE

2 Cussonia Avenue, Brummeria, Pretoria

Private Bag XI 01, Pretoria 0001

ISSN 0006 8241

October 1997

Editorial Board

D.F. Cutler

B.J. Huntley

P.H. Raven

J.P. Rourke

M.J. Werger

Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, UK

National Botanical Institute, Cape Town, RSA

Missouri Botanical Garden, St Louis, USA

Compton Herbarium, NBI, Cape Town, RSA

University of Utrecht, Utrecht, Netherlands

CONTENTS

Volume 27,2

1 . A new species of Nivenia (Iridaceae). P. GOLDBLATT 101

2. Studies in the liverwort genus Fossombronia (Metzgeriales) from southern Africa. 4. A re-examination

of F. crispa , F. leucoxantha and F. tumida. S.M. PEROLD 105

3. Taxonomic notes on the Geastraceae, Tulostomataceae, Nidulariaceae and Sphaerobolaceae (Gasteromy-

cetes), sensu Bottomley in southern Africa. J.C. COETZEE, A. EICKER and A.E. VAN WYK . 117

4. ESA contributions 8: Ceratophyllaceae. C.M. WILMOT-DEAR 125

5. Two new species of Zygophyllum (Zygophyllaceae) from the Western Cape, South Africa. L. VAN ZYL

(nee HUGO) and E.M. MARAIS 129

6. Notes on African plants:

Bryophyta. New and interesting records of mosses in the Flora of southern Africa area: 4. New

records and geographic regions. J. VAN ROOY 136

Cactaceae. Rhipsalis baccifera subsp. mauritiana : the correct name for the indigenous southern

African cactus. G.F. SMITH and E.M. A. STEYN 135

Campanulaceae. Valid publication of Wahlenbergia uitenhagensis var. debilis. W.G. WELMAN . 140

Convolvulaceae. Two exotic taxa of Ipomoea and Merremia in southern Africa. W.G. WELMAN . 141

Ericaceae. A new species of Erica from the Western Cape. E.G.H. OLIVER and I.M. OLIVER . . 142

Metzgeriales-Fossombroniaceae. The lectotypification of Fossombronia crispa. S.M. PEROLD . 137

Portulacaceae. Portulaca rhodesiana, a succulent hitherto unrecorded in southern Africa. G.F.

SMITH, E.J. VAN JAARSVELD, B-E. VAN WYK and S. TAYLOR 139

New records of flowering plants for Swaziland. G. GERMISHUIZEN 144

Revision of the computerized numbering system for African plants. G. GERMISHUIZEN 146

7. FSA contributions 9: Onagraceae. PGOLDBLATT and PH. RAVEN 149

8. A survey of the mycobiota of a natural Karoo pasture. C. ROUX and K.T. VAN WARMELO 167

9. A floristic classification of the vegetation of a forest-savanna boundary in southeastern Zimbabwe. I.

MAPAURE 185

10. Red Data List of southern African plants. 2. Corrections and additions. C. HILTON-TAYLOR 195

11. Book review 211

12. National Botanical Institute South Africa: list of staff and publications, 9 April 1997. Compiler: B.

MOMBERG 213

13. Guide for authors to Bothalia 227

14. Valuable books found. G.F. SMITH 237

15. Errata in Bothalia 26,2 (1996) 239

Digitized by the Internet Archive

in 2016

https://archive.org/details/bothaliavolume2727unse_0

Bothalia 27,2: 101-103 ( 1997)

A new species of Nivenia (Iridaceae)

P. GOLDBLATT*

Keywords: Iridaceae, new species, Nivenia, South Africa, taxonomy

Nivenia parviflora Goldblatt, sp. nov.

Plantae 0.3-0.5(-0.8) m altae, sempervirentes, caulibus

pluribus e caudice lignoso compresso elliptico, foliis dis-

tichis ensiformibus ad linearibus usitate 50-70 x 3-4 mm,

inflorescentiis ex rhipidiis binatis bifloris 20-60 compo-

sitis paniculam corymbosam formantibus, spathis 3-4 mm

longis, bracteis siccis papyraceis comigatis brunneis, flori-

bus pallide caeruleis heterostylis, tubo perianthii ±5.5 mm

longo, tepalis subpatentibus lanceolato-ellipticis 6.3-7 x

2.4-3. 0 mm, filamentis ± 6 mm longis (plantis brevistylis)

vel ± 2 mm longis (plantis longistylis), antheris ± 1 .3 mm

longis pallide caeruleis, ovario ± 1.2 mm longo, stylo ± 2

mm (plantis brevistylis) vel 6-8 mm (plantis longistylis)

ex tubo exserto, lobis stigmatis ± 0.4 mm longis.

TYPE. — South Africa. Western Cape, Ladismith Dis-

trict, Klein Swartberg Mountains, slopes of Toringberg, ±

800 m, 25 Mar. 1996, Goldblatt 10498 (NBG, holo.; BOL,

K, MO, PRE, WAG, iso.).

Description

Shrubs 0.3-0. 5(-0. 8) m high, evergreen, bearing sev-

eral branches from base. Stems few and irregularly

branched, leafy terminal branches compressed, ± 3 mm

at widest diameter. Leaves forming a distichous fan, nar-

rowly lanceolate to nearly linear, mostly 50-70 x 3-4 mm,

veins not evident when alive. Inflorescence a corymbose

pseudopanicle of 40-120 flowers in 20-60 flower pairs,

peduncles exserted from leaves, compressed and 2-

winged, 3. 0-4. 5 mm wide, ultimate branches bearing

paired flowers within opposed spathes; spathes 3-4 mm

long, outer slightly larger than inner, coriaceous, reddish

brown, sometimes green near bases, dry and dark brown

above; floral bracts dry, reddish brown, much wrinkled,

± 5 mm long. Flowers hypocrateriform, heterostylous,

mostly pale blue, occasionally middle blue (rarely white),

white at base of tepals and in tube; perianth tube cylindric,

±5.5 mm long; tepals subpatent, held ± 30° above hori-

zontal, lanceolate-elliptic, 6. 3-7.0 x ± 2. 4-3.0 mm. Fi 'la-

ments filiform, suberect, inserted just below top of tube,

either ± 6 mm long (thrum morph) or ± 2 mm long (pin

morph); anthers submedianly fixed, becoming versatile, ±

1.3 mm long, pale blue, pollen whitish. Ovary ovoid-tur-

binate, ± 1 .2 mm long; style filiform, either emerging ± 2

mm from tube (thrum morph) or 6-8 mm from tube (pin

morph), apically divided into three linear stigma lobes.

* B.A. Krukoff Curator of African Botany, Missouri Botanical Garden,

P.O. Box 299, St. Louis, Missouri 63166, U S. A.

MS received: 1997-02-28.

Artist: F. ANDERSON, 6 Murray Rd, Kenilworth, 7700 Cape Town.

each ± 0.4 mm long. Capsules ovoid, ± 5 mm long, some-

what pinched near apex, with one seed per locule and

usually only one locule fertile. Seeds tangentially com-

pressed, blackish with transparent outer coat, surface ru-

gose, 3.0-3.5 mm long. Flowering March to May. Figure

1.

Distribution and habitat

Nivenia pan’iflora is restricted to the lower southern

slopes of the Klein Swartberg Mountains near Ladismith

in Western Cape Province, South Africa. Plants grow on

rocky sandstone slopes, mostly in rock outcrops, in fynbos

vegetation in a community with Protea repens L. a domi-

nant species. As in most species of Nivenia , flowering

occurs in the late summer and autumn, March and April

to early May for N. parviflora. Its close relative, N. binata,

is one of only two species of the genus that flowers in

the spring, August to October, the other being the tax-

onomically isolated N. argentea Goldblatt.

Diagnosis and relationships

Comprising 10 species, including this new species,

Nivenia is one of three genera of the Iridaceae that are

evergreen shrubs with truly woody stems that produce sec-

ondary growth. Nivenia and the two other shrubby genera,

Klattia (three species) and Witsenia (one species) are a

clade within subfamily Nivenioideae, one of four subfami-

lies of the Iridaceae, that also includes the African Aristea ,

the Madagascan Geosiris, and the Australasian Patersonia

(Goldblatt 1990, 1993) All three shrubby genera are re-

stricted to the Cape Flora Region of southern Africa. The

three shrubby genera form a clade defined not only by

their woody and evergreen habit, but by several other spe-

cialized features, including leaves with sclerenchyma

strands, inflorescence units two- or one-flowered, ovules

two per locule, tangentially flattened, shield-shaped seeds,

and a transparent testa (Manning & Goldblatt 1991).

Within this clade Nivenia has the least specialized flowers,

always with a blue perianth, the majority of species are

distylous, and the floral bracts are dry and papery. Out-

group comparison indicates that both distyly and the dry

bracts are derived and thus ancestral traits for the genus.

Within Nivenia the majority of species have the indi-

vidual inflorescence units (binate rhipidia) arranged in co-

rymbose pseudopanicles and the rhipidial spathes are short

and obtuse. Among these are the new Nivenia parviflora

which has, in addition, derived dark brown and much

wrinkled floral bracts and blue anthers, features shared by

two other species of Nivenia, N. binata Klatt and N.

stenosiphon Goldblatt. It is to these species that N. parvi-

flora is evidently most closely related. Both N. binata and

102

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

N. stenosiphon have larger flowers with tepals 7.5-12.0

mm long, and a longer perianth tube, usually 10-15 mm

long in N. binata and 32-38 mm long in N. stenosiphon.

Nivenia parviflora contrasts with both of these in its un-

usually small flowers, the tepals 5-6 mm long and the

tube ±5.5 mm long. Because of the smaller flower and

relatively short perianth tube of N. binata we suggest that

N. parviflora may be most closely related to that species.

Differences between them extend beyond the size and pro-

portions of the floral parts. The rhipidial spathes are 4-5

mm long and the floral bracts 9-10 mm long in N. binata,

substantially longer than in N. parviflora which has

spathes 3-4 mm long and floral bracts ± 5 mm long. The

differences are presumably directly related to the smaller

flowers of the species. Also presumably associated with

the small flower size, the filaments and styles of N. parvi-

flora are shorter than those of N. binata. The filaments

are either ± 2 mm or ± 6 mm long (for long- or short-

styled morphs) and the styles are either 4 mm longer or

shorter than the stamens in N. parviflora whereas in N.

binata the filaments are either 2-3 or 7-9 mm long (for

long- or short-style morphs) and the styles either 5-6 mm

longer or shorter than the stamens.

Pollination and evolution

The small flower and short perianth tube of Nivenia

parviflora are related to its pollination ecology. The flow-

ers are visited by and presumably pollinated by the me-

dium-sized bee, Amegilla sp. (Anthophoridae), the fly

Prosoeca sp. (Nemestrinidae), and the butterfly, Cynthia

cardui. The flowers produce small amounts of nectar in

the base of the perianth tube on which the insects feed.

Mouthparts of Amegilla sp. and Prosoeca sp. are 7-8 mm

and ± 10 mm long respectively. Thus both these insects

are able to remove nectar from the base of the tube of N.

pan’iflora which is ± 5 mm long. While foraging for nec-

tar in flowers of N. parviflora the bodies of these insects

brush against the exserted anthers, and pollen is deposited

on their bodies. Pollen of short-styled plants, thus with

long stamens, is dusted on an insect’s ventral and lateral

thorax and abdomen but mainly on the frons in long-styled

plants with short stamens. When insects visit flowers with

long styles, the terminal stigmas brush against its abdomen

and lower thorax thus becoming dusted with pollen from

the short-styled morph. Heterostyly thus promotes out-

crossing by differential pollen placement on the body of

a pollinating insect and this is accompanied by contact

with the complimentary stigma type.

The closest relatives of Nivenia parviflora, N. binata

and N. stenosiphon are both restricted to the Swartberg

Mountains, and the adjacent Touwsberg in the case of N.

stenosiphon, and both are pollinated by long-tongued flies

of the genus Prosoeca (Nemestrinidae) (Goldblatt & Bern-

hardt 1990). The difference in flower size in N. parviflora

which is correlated with a pollination strategy different

from that of its two relatives, and a difference in flowering

time between N. parviflora and N. binata, presumably sis-

ter species, makes it desirable to recognize it as a distinct

species. The ranges of the three Swartberg species of

Nivenia are complimentary, N. stenosiphon occurring west

of Ladismith, N. parviflora with a narrow range north of

Ladismith, and N. binata, with the widest range, extends

from Seweweekspoort east of Ladismith to Meiringspoort.

It seems clear that both geographic and seasonal components

are involved in the radiation and speciation within this clade

and in differences in their pollination ecology.

History’

Nivenia parviflora was apparently first collected by the

botanist and intrepid collector, Elsie Esterhuysen in 1947

in fruiting condition. This collection, and a flowering one

made in 1951, were referred to N. binata in my mono-

graph of the genus (Goldblatt 1993) because I thought

that the specimens represented odd plants flowering out

of season and with somewhat smaller flowers than normal.

Additional collections show that this asssumption was

wrong. The plants have a separate geographical range

from that of N. binata and consistently have smaller flow-

ers that bloom in autumn.

REFERENCES

GOLDBLATT, P. 1 990. Phytogeny and classification of Iridaceae. Annals

of the Missouri Botanical Garden 77: 607-627 .

GOLDBLATT, P. 1993. The woody Iridaceae. Timber Press, Portland,

Or., U.S.A.

GOLDBLATT, P. & BERNHARDT, P. 1990. Pollination biology of

Nivenia (Iridaceae) and the presence of heterostylous self-incom-

patibility. Israel Journal of Botany 39: 93-1 1 1 .

MANNING, J. & GOLDBLATT, P. 1991. Seed coat structure in the

shrubby Cape Iridaceae, Klattia. Nivenia, and Witsenia. Botanical

Journal of the Linnean Society 107: 387-M04.

FIGURE I. — Nivenia pan’iflora. Goldblatt 10498 (BOL, K, MO, NBG, PRE, WAG). 1, flowering stalk of a long-styled plant, x 1; 2, flowering

stalk of a short-styled plant, x 1; 3, half flowers showing position of style and stamens in long- and short-styled morphs, x 2; 4, relative

lengths of style and stamen of a short-styled flower (left) and a long-styled flower (right), x 2; 5, inflorescence spathes of s single binate

rhipidium and floral bracts of two flowers contained therein, x 2. Artist: Fay Anderson

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

103

3

Bothalia 27,2: 105-115 (1997)

Studies in the liverwort genus Fossombronia (Metzgeriales) from

southern Africa. 4. A re-examination of F. crispa , F. leucoxantha and

F tumida

S.M. PEROLD*

Keywords: Fossombronia , F. crispa, F. leucoxantha, F. tumida, Hepaticae, Metzgeriales, southern Africa

ABSTRACT

The above three southern African species were described during the nineteenth century, but the descriptions are brief and

mostly inadequate. The practice, albeit for justified financial reasons, of dividing collections (which were often mixed) and

of distributing the parts to different herbaria, has led to some later authors applying the specific epithets to the wrong com-

ponents. This has caused a great deal of confusion, and much time and effort have been expended in sorting out these mis-

applications. This paper aims to correct and to report on some past mistakes. Detailed descriptions, illustrations and a dis-

tribution map of these three species are accordingly provided.

1. Fossombronia crispa Nees in Synopsis Hepat-

icarum, Gottsche et al. : 469 (1846). Type: Cap. de b.

Spei, leg. presumably Zeyher, no collector’s name on

label, only the number 3, probably added later (STR,

lecto.! fide Perold 1997d).

Jungermannia crispa Sprengel in schedule Herb. Zeyher.

J. pusilla Lehm. : 369 no. 42, Ecklon (BM!).

Fossombronia zeyheri Steph.: 32 (1900); Sim: 35 (1926); S.W.

Arnell: 79 (1963); Sergio: 191 (1985). Type. — Cap. b. spei, leg. Zeyher

s.n. G024669(G\) ex Herb Rabenhorst, idem ex Herb, ('l)ope,

G024670( G!), portion(s) of type, sub F. crispa.

Plants in dense colonies, pale green or bright green to

glaucous green; medium-sized to robust; shoots simple,

(8—) 1 2—15 mm long, 1. 5-2.0 mm high, 3. 2-3. 4 mm

wide, or once/twice or repeatedly furcate, terminal seg-

ments moderately divergent, 3. 0-5.0 mm long. Stems

prostrate, chlorophyllose, sometimes outer cells purple,

occasionally with a lateral bud, later developing into a

side shoot, plano-convex in cross section, apically fre-

quently swollen, 320-350 pm (13 cell rows) high,

500-540 pm wide (Figure 1G), tapering proximally and

toward base (Figure 1H), 220-230 pm high, 270-300 pm

wide. Rhizoids purple, 12.5-22.5 pm wide. Leaves (Fig-

ure 1A-F) overlapping, widely spreading to suberect

(Figure 2A), slightly undulate to crispate, succubously

inserted, apically small, soon enlarging, oblong to irreg-

ularly rectangular, somewhat longer than wide or occa-

sionally as long as wide or even shorter than wide;

1450-1950 x 1250-2000 pm, often narrower below,

750-1375 pm; apex rounded or truncate, sometimes 2 or

3 times slightly notched and shallowly lobed, margins

(Figure II) entire, but with 7-14 unicellular slime papil-

lae, generally well spaced, but at proximal (trailing) edge

closer together and occasionally raised on a basal cell.

Leaf cells thin-walled, at upper margins mostly rectangu-

* National Botanical Institute, Private Bag X101, Pretoria 0001.

MS. received: 1996-11-05.

lar across, 10.0-37.5 x 42.5-75.0 pm, at lateral margins

long-rectangular, 67.5-80.0 x 15.0-22.5 pm, upper 1am-

inal cells 5- or 6-sided, 50.0-57.5 x 37.5-52.5 pm, mid-

dle laminal cells 87.5-107.5 x 35.0-45.0 pm, basal cells

120.0- 137.5 x 30.0-47.5 pm. Oil bodies variable in

number, 9-45 per cell, round, smooth or granular, up to 5

pm in diameter (Figure 1 J); chloroplasts numerous,

crowded, ± 5 pm in diameter (Figure 1J).

Monoicous (Figure 2B, C), sometimes seemingly

dioicous. Antheridia short-stalked, globose, dorsal on

stem, sometimes crowded together near apex of shoot,

interspersed with the younger archegonia and apparently

naked (Figure 2B), at other times proximal to pseudope-

rianth (or on different plants) and subtended by perigo-

nial bracts (Figure 2D), their shape irregular (Figure

1K-N), 400-850 x 250-450 pm wide across broadest

part, mostly narrower toward apex and base, margins

with up to 7 papillae or with 1 or 2 short, finger-like

processes, cells in interior 5- or 6-sided, 112.5-117.5 x

30.0^12.5 pm, marginally 32.5- 50.0 x 20.0-50.0 pm.

Archegonia in 1 or 2 irregular rows along stem, even ex-

tending toward base (Figure 2A), naked, sometimes 2 in

close proximity becoming fertilized (Figure 2E).

Pseudoperianth campanulate (Figure lO, P), at apex of

branch or close to it, as tall as, or up to 375 pm taller than

leaves, raised on a short stalk, 375-500 pm long,

550-600 pm wide, then widely Faring upwards,

1625-2150 pm long, 2500-2925 pm wide across mouth,

margin with ± 5 main undulating lobes (Figure 2F), gen-

erally subdivided into smaller ones, at side mostly cleft

once to base, often with lamellar outgrowths, 1 125-1375

x 375 pm; cells not appreciably different from those of

leaves. Capsules globose, ± 550 pm in diameter, wall

bistratose, cells of inner layer irregularly shaped,

25.0- 75.0 x 20.0-35.0 pm, each cell wall with 3 or 4

dark brown nodular and occasionally semi-annular

thickenings (Figure 1R). Seta 2. 9-4. 4 mm long, ± 150

pm in diameter, ± 7 cell rows across (Figure IQ). Spores

light brown, 37.5-42.5 pm in diameter, including lamel-

106

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

FIGURE I .—Fossombronia crispa ; A-F, leaves; G, cross section of stem apex; H, cross section of stem base; I, detail of leaf margin; J, median

leaf cells with oil bodies (solid lines) and chloroplasts (dotted lines); K-N, bracts; O, opened pseudoperianth; P, pseudoperianth from side;

Q, cross section of seta; R, cells in capsule wall. A, C-F, K-P, S. Strauss I34a\ B, I, J, S. Strauss CH13664\ G, H, R, Perold & Van Rooy

3558\ Q ./. Victor 1379. Scale bars: A-F, O, P, 500 pm; G, H, K-N, 250 pm; 1, J, R, 50 pm; Q, 100 pm. Artist: G. Condy.

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

107

FIGURE 2 —Fossombronia crispa. A, simple stem, leaves widely spreading; B, apex of segment with crowded antheridia and archegonia, more

distally; C, apex of stem with naked antheridia, archegonia and a bract; D, pseudoperianth near apex of stem and bracts more proximally;

E, two adjacent pseudoperianths; F, pseudoperianth from above. A, E, S.M. Perold 3444\ B, Perold & Koekemoer 3282; C, S.M. Perold

3280 p.p.; D, F, S. Strauss 134a. A, x 7; B, x 13; C, x 41; D, x 15; E, x 8; F, x 19.

lae projecting around periphery; hemispherical; distal

face (Figure 3A, B) convex, ornamentation over polar

area reticulate or partly reticulate, low, slightly wavy

lamellae forming ± 6 complete and incomplete, irregular

areolae across diameter of face (a total of 15-24), each

7.5-12.5 pm wide, sides of lamellae with a few faint

buttressing striations that soon disappear, spore surface

between lamellae granular (Figure 3C); proximal face

lacking triradiate mark, flat, covered with fine, low

ridges forming very small, irregular areolae, with papil-

lae here and there (Figure 3D), otherwise very coarsely

granular, toward centre of face granules coalescing into

large, irregular clumps (Figure 3E), around spore pe-

riphery 14-18 low ‘spines’, which are the ‘ends’ of the

lamellae from the distal face extending over the sides

and are connected by a low, much interrupted, membra-

nous wing or perispore. Elaters (Figure 3F) yellow-

brown, 60.0-122.5 pm long, 7.5-12.5 pm wide in cen-

*

tm

%

FIGURE 3. — Fossombronia crispa. A-E, spores: A, distal face; B, side view of distal face; C, detail of lamellae and surface on distal face; D, E,

proximal face. F, elater. A, D, S.M. Perold 3317 ; B, S.M. Perold 3280 p.p.; C, S. W. Arnell 2201 ; E, S.M. Perold 3444 ; F. Perold & Van Rooy

3558. A, x 725; B, x 859; C, x 2596; D, x 705; E, x 685; F, x 852.

108

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

tre, tapering to one or both tips and ending in a 5 pm

wide loop, or not tapering, ends blunt, with 2 or 3 loose

spirals or tightly coiled.

Fossombronia crispa grows on soil at river banks,

seepage areas and at road sides. Although fairly fre-

quently sterile, it is, nevertheless, the most common

southern African species of Fossombronia and its range

extends from the winter rainfall area of Western Cape to

the summer rainfall areas of Eastern Cape, KwaZulu-

Natal, Mpumalanga and Northern Province (Figure 4).

When fertile, the species bears ripe sporangia during

most of the year in the summer rainfall areas. Since F.

crispa is so common, it is clear why it was first described

by the mid 1800’s and not as late as 1900 by Stephani

under the epithet, F. zeyheri.

Fossombronia crispa is distinguished by its entire,

crisped leaves, its frequently robust size, generally purple

stem, pseudoperianths with lobed, undulating mouth,

reticulate or incompletely reticulate spores with low

lamellae and elaters with strong spirals. Although there is

some similarity in their spores, the elaters of F. crispa are

clearly different from those of typical F. capensis (see

Perold 1997b), which are short, have weak spirals and

collapse upon drying.

It is shown in Perold (1997d) that F. crispa Nees, as

described in the protologue, definitely has entire leaves.

The spores, as was later found, are reticulate or incom-

pletely reticulate but certainly not spinose. This species

was subsequently redescribed by Stephani (1900) as F.

zeyheri (sub F. crispa), and was considered by Scott &

Pike (1987a) to be part of the widely distributed and later

described, F. foveolata complex, because of similarities in

spore ornamentation. By inference F. crispa would also

be part of this complex. It was, however, described 30

years before F. foveolata and the specific name, F. crispa,

would therefore have priority. In general, F. crispa is a

larger plant than F foveolata and I continue to treat them

as distinct taxa, because this study is as yet confined to

southern African species. Moreover, the specific epithet,

F. foveolata, has a long history of acceptance.

The epithet, F. crispa, has, however, since Stephani

(1900) generally been misapplied to plants with dentate

FIGURE 4 — Distribution of F. crispa, •; F. leucoxantha, □; and F. lu-

mida, O, in southern Africa.

leaves and spinose spores (i.e. F. leucoxantha). For some

reason Scott & Pike (1988) regarded the BM specimen,

(top right corner of herbarium sheet, Perold 1997d: fig.

6C), as the type of F. crispa. They referred to it as ‘Cape

of Good Hope, leg. Zeyher, sub ‘ Jungermannia crispa ’

Sprengel, BM (hb. Hampe. sin. num. 14/8/1825)’ and an-

notated it on the sheet as 1 : 3. As I learnt from the label, this

specimen is most likely an Ecklon collection, no. 64, and

was gathered on Devil’s Peak (Teufelsberg). I consider it

to be a possible syntype of F. leucoxantha (Perold 1997d).

2. Fossombronia leucoxantha Lehm. in Linnaea

4: 368 (1829); Lehm.: 55 (1831); Sim: 36 (1926). Type:

Cape of Good Hope, Table Mountain, Ecklon sub Jung-

ermannia leucoxantha n.sp., cf. Hepat. Capens. L. 29 (S,

lecto.!, fide Scott & Pike 1987b) (BM, isolecto.!; the

identity of the duplicate in BM was confirmed with the

aid of spores found in the glue on the sheet).

Plants in scattered loose colonies or in crowded patch-

es, young apical leaves bright green, small, older leaves

larger, soon becoming pale yellow or tinged with pink

and translucent, medium-sized; shoots smaller in male

plants, 6.0 mm long, 0.8 mm high, 1.5 mm wide; female

plants larger, simple, up to 7.5 mm long, 2.6 mm high,

1.0 mm wide apically, increasing to 4.0 mm wide more

proximally, sometimes once (Figure 6A), rarely twice

furcate, terminal segments moderately divergent, only ±

1.5 mm long. Stems prostrate, green, outer cell layer be-

coming red, planoconvex in cross section, in male plants

apically 175-300 pm (11 cell rows) high, 400-550 pm

wide, in female plants apically (Figure 5K) ± 375 pm (11

or 12 cell rows) high, 600-750 pm wide, tapering proxi-

mally (Figure 5L), 230 pm high, 400 pm wide. Rhizoids

purple, 12.5-22.5 pm wide, some with internal mycor-

rhizal hyphae and broad, flat tips. Leaves suberect to

partly spreading, overlapping, mostly ‘ruched’ above,

succubously inserted on stem, often decurrent, shape ir-

regular, sometimes like a half-opened fan, shorter than

wide or as long as wide or almost as long as wide above,

generally narrower toward base, apex somewhat irregu-

larly rounded to nearly truncate, margins with few to sev-

eral folds (Figure 6B) and 7-24(-30) toothed projections,

(more numerous on the proximal (trailing) edge), 1-3 (4)

cells high, topped with a slime papilla; in male plants

leaves (Figure 5A-E) smaller, 500-1 300(-1675) x

425-875(-1375) pm; in female plants (Figure 5F-H)

larger, 1575-2250 pm long, width above 1875-3950 pm

and below 550-1500 pm. Leaf cells mostly thin-walled,

in male plants generally somewhat smaller but otherwise

not appreciably different from females, at upper margins

(Figure 51) subquadrate to rectangular across, 32.5^42.5

x 27.5-55.0 pm, at lower lateral margins long-rectangu-

lar, 50.0-87.5 x 17.5-40.0 pm, upper laminal cells 5- or

6-sided, 50.0-67.5 x 40.0-62.5 pm, middle laminal cells

75.0-112.5 x 37.5-65.0 pm; basal cells 100.0-162.5 x

37.5-50.0 pm. Oil bodies 14-18 per cell, tiny; chloro-

plasts in young apical leaves numerous, granular, round

or oval, 5 pm in diameter (Figure 5J).

Dioicous. Antheridia dorsal on stem, usually in 2

crowded rows (Figure 6C, D), short-stalked, globose,

320-380 pm in diameter, turning yellow, each subtended

by a perigonial bract (Figure 5M-0), sometimes

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

109

FIGURE 5. Fossombronia leucoxantha. A-E, male leaves; F-H, female leaves; I, leaf margin; J, median leaf cells with oil bodies (solid lines)

and chloroplasts (dotted lines); K, cross section of female stem apex; L, cross section of female stem base; IVUO, bracts; P, opened

pseudopenanth; Q, pseudoperianth from side; R, cells in capsule wall; S, cross section of seta. A, B. F, G, 1. K. M-Q, Oliver 9225, C-E,

H, J, L, S, S.M. Perold 3340 ; R, S.M. Perold 3329. Scale bars: A-H, P, Q, 500 pm; K-O, 250 pm: I. J, R, 50 pm; S, 100 pm. Artist. G.

Condy.

110

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

FIGURE 6. — Fossombronia leucoxantha. A, branched female stem; B, detail of leaves; C, branched male stem; D, detail of bracts; E, pseudope-

rianth from side; F, pseudoperianth from above. A-E, Oliver 9225', F, S.M. Perold 3340. A, x 8.3; B, x 21.6; C, x 8; D, x 25; E, x 24; F, x

17.

coloured pink, 310-450 x 200-400 pm, occasionally 2

adjacent ones joined together, margins with 3-5 papillae,

cells of interior 4-6-sided, 50.0-75.0 x 30.0-37.5 pm.

Archegonia in 1 or 2 rows along stem, hidden by leaves,

sometimes 2 in close proximity becoming fertilized.

Pseudoperianth (Figure 6E, F) campanulate, proximal to

apex, as tall as leaves or projecting somewhat above

them, raised on a short stalk, then widely flaring above,

1500-2250 pm long, 750-1500 pm wide at base, 2375-

4375 pm wide across mouth, margin much ‘ruched’, with

several ‘folds’ and up to 39 toothed processes (Figure 5P,

Q), 3-7 cells or 100-325 pm long, topped by a slime

papilla, ± 12.5 x 15.0 pm and gradually widening below;

cells comparable in shape and size to those of leaves.

Capsules globose, 800-1050 pm in diameter, wall bi-

stratose, cells of inner layer irregularly shaped (Figure

5R), 30.0-62.5 x 32.0-50.0 pm, each cell wall with 2 or

3 dark brown, nodular, and sometimes semi-annular

thickenings. Seta 0.2-4. 0 mm long, ± 220 pm in diame-

ter, 7 or 8 cells across (Figure 5S). Spores light brown,

42.5-55.0 in diameter, including spines projecting at

margin (Figure 7D); hemispherical; distal face (Figure

7A-C) convex, with 12-15 truncate or conical spines up

to 5 pm long, in irregular rows across diameter of spore,

some confluent to form short ridges and mostly intercon-

nected by small buttressing ridges that radiate from the

bases of adjacent spines, often with several smallish

papillae interspersed between spines and ridges; proxi-

mal face (Figure 7E) with triradiate mark distinct or lack-

ing, flat, ornamentation variable, from numerous, rather

fine papillae to coarse tubercles, often interspersed with

short, irregular ridges, around spore periphery with up to

30 or occasionally more spines seen in profile or broad-

on. Elaters yellow-brown, 130-202 pm long, 7.5 pm

wide in centre, tapering to tips, 2. 5-5.0 pm wide, some-

times surface sprinkled with fine papillae (Figure 7F),

bispiral or trispiral.

Fossombronia leucoxantha grows on damp, rather

coarse to clayey soil at various places in the Peninsula and

Western Cape, i.e. Bakoven, Bot River, Cave Peak,

Chapman’s Peak, Constantia Slopes, Devil’s Peak,

Genadendal, Karweiderskraal, Kirstenbosch Gardens,

Kloofnek, between Kloofnek and Round ffouse, Lion’s

Head, Round House, Signal Hill, Table Mountain and

Wynberg, Cape Town (Figure 4). In this rather restricted

area the species is quite common. It is distinguished by its

‘ruched’ leaves, of which the margins, as well as the rim

of the mouth of the pseudoperianth are denticulate to in-

cised-dentate. There are a few specimens that have almost

entire leaves, notably Esterhuysen 24885 and Arnell 616 ,

that probably do not belong here in spite of having spin-

ose spores. The spores of F. leucoxantha are densely spin-

ose, but often have papillae or short ridges between the

spines. This species is distinguished from F. glenii (Perold

1997a) which also has spinose spores, but is restricted to

the summer rainfall area in Northern Province, Gauteng

and Mpumalanga and its leaves are angular, and the rather

small pseudoperianth is divided into deep lobes.

Fossombronia leucoxantha was described by

Lehmann (1829) from an Ecklon collection. This Ecklon

specimen was mixed with a tumid-leaved plant, later de-

scribed by Mitten (1878) as F. tumida from a collection

by Rev. Eaton at the Cape. Stephani’s leones (1985), nos.

3044 and 3045, illustrate F. tumida , but at the bottom

right corner they bear the epithet, F. leucoxantha. In a

note under his description of F. leucoxantha , Stephani

(1900) referred to its leaves as ‘aufgeblasen’, which

could only apply to F. tumida. Subsequently, Sim (1926)

complained that Stephani ‘mentions it [meaning F. tumi-

da] near F. leucoxantha , which is not its place’.

Arnell (1963) placed F. leucoxantha Steph. (surely

implying sensu Steph.) in synonymy under F. tumida and

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

FIGURE 7. — Fossombronia leucoxantha. A-E, spores: A, B, distal face; C, side view of distal face; D, detail of spinous processes, at margin of

distal face; E, proximal face. F, detail of part of elater. A, Ecklon s.n. (W) 7693', B, D, S.M. Perold 3345', C, Ecklon s.n. (S) L. 29; E, Oliver

9225', F, S.W.Arnell 247. A, x 742; B, x 642; C, x 835; D, x 2196; E, x 802; F, x 1477.

made no further reference to the former in his book, al-

though there are specimens held at BOL, PRE and S that

he had identified as F. leucoxantha. Scott & Pike (1987b)

have already drawn attention to the confusion between F.

leucoxantha and F. tumida. They also state that ‘Arnell’s

own specimens which he had identified as F. leucoxantha

‘L. & L’. are mostly F. spinifolia St.’. This assumption is

incorrect; they had no knowledge of the spore morphol-

ogy of F. spinifolia , as they had overlooked a capsule

with ripe spores in the type specimen. Fossombronia

spinifolia has spores with short irregular lamellae and

very few spines. It also is a small plant and has been

treated in a previous paper in the current series (Perold

1997c). Scott & Pike (1988) expressed the opinion that

the spores ‘of what we take to be this species (i.e. F.

spinifolia) are very similar to those of F. crispa ’(p. 199)

and ‘apparently identical,’ (p. 193) (see their figs 5 & 6

of spinose spores from the BM sheet, top right corner).

The spores which Scott & Pike (1988: figs 27 & 28) il-

lustrate under F. spinifolia belong to F. leucoxantha.

Their spore micrographs of the lectotype of F. leucoxan-

tha (Scott & Pike 1987b: figs 3 & 4) depict spines and

some ridges and are marginally different from mine (see

Figure 7A-E in this paper), but are nevertheless still

within the acceptable range of variation in spore orna-

mentation that I found in the many spore micrographs

that I took of this species.

Stephani (1900) recognized three southern African

species with spinose spores, F. spinifolia , the so-called F.

crispa and F. leucoxantha. He did not have the opportu-

nity to examine spore-bearing material of F. leucoxantha

and F. tumida which he confused with each other; Sim

(1926) recognized two species with spinous spores, F.

crispa with ‘long papillae’ and F. leucoxantha with ‘short

papillae’ in which he followed Stephani; Arnell (1963)

placed F. leucoxantha ( sensu ) Steph. in synonymy under

F. tumida , treating F. crispa as the only species with spin-

ous spores; Sergio (1985) accepted F. crispa as having

spinose spores and F. zeyheri as having reticulate spores;

Scott & Pike (1988) retained F. crispa as a species with

spinose spores and thought that Arnell’s earlier determi-

nations of F. leucoxantha were actually F. spinifolia.

3. Fossombronia tumida Mitt, in Journal of the

Linnean Society 16: 193 (1878); Sim: 35 (1926); S.W.

Arnell: 80 (1963). Type: Cape of Good Hope, ‘on damp

ground near the pine plantation at the foot of the Lion’s

Head, near the beginning of the Kloof road, Cape Town’,

Rev.A.E. Eaton (Aug. & Sept. 1874) (NY, holo.!; W 6447,

iso.!).

Plants in densely crowded or loosely scattered

colonies, pale green, becoming white, often tinged with

violet-red or with scattered small red flecks; medium-

sized to quite robust; shoots simple, 5-12 mm long,

1.1-1. 8 mm high, 1 .0 — 2.5( — 3.0) mm wide, or once

(Figure 9A), rarely twice furcate, terminal segments

closely to moderately divergent, ± 3 mm long. Stems

prostrate, plano-convex in cross section, apically (Figure

81) 300-440 pm (up to 15 cell rows) high, 530-730 pm

wide, tapering proximally and toward base (Figure 8J),

420 pm high, 480 pm wide, pale green to yellowish,

sometimes ventrally purple, occasionally with a lateral

bud. Rhizoids purple, 12.5-20.0 pm wide, some with in-

ternal mycorrhizal threads. Leaves (Figure 8A-E) over-

lapping (Figure 9C), suberect, flaccid, very concave, ap-

pearing inflated, in terminal segments apices from

opposite sides of stem incurved over one another (Figure

9B), obliquely inserted, proximal (trailing) edge almost

mid-dorsal on stem, distal (leading) edge lateral, rounded

to somewhat irregular, rarely with an appendage at proxi-

mal edge, shorter than wide, apically smaller, 675-800 x

1425-1625 pm, covered and preceded by mostly larger,

billowing, older leaves, 850-1575 x 1450-2250 pm; mar-

! 12

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

FIGURE 8. — Fossombronia tumida. A-E, leaves; F, detail of leaf margin; G, median leaf cells with oil bodies (solid lines) and chloroplasts (dot-

ted lines); H, scattered red-stained leaf cells with dark round body; I, cross section of stem apex; J, cross section of stem base; K-M, bracts;

N, opened pseudoperianth; O, pseudoperianth from side; P, cells in capsule wall. A-C, E, G, J, O, Liibenau-Nestle SA 425\ D, F, I, C. M.

van Wyk I494\ H, N, P, Garside 6109\ K, L, M, Garside 8335. Scale bars: A-E, N, O, 500 pm; F-H, P, 50 pm; I-M, 250 pm. Artist: G.

Condy.

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

1 13

FIGURE 9. — Fossombronia tumida. A, branched stem; B, apex of branch with tightly inflexed leaves seen from above; C, overlapping leaves seen

from the side; D, leaves and young pseudoperianth seen from above; E, young pseudoperianth seen from side; F, pseudoperianth with mouth

inflexed. A, D-F, Garside 6109', B, C, Liibenau-Nestle SA 425. A, x 6.6; B, x 15.6; C, x 25; D, x 8; E, x 14; F, x 9.

gins entire, sometimes becoming eroded at upper edge,

with up to 9, usually well-spaced slime papillae, ± 17.5 x

17.5 pm, occasionally raised on a basal cell, ± 10.0 x 22.5

pm. Leaf cells thin-walled, at upper margins (Figure 8F)

subquadrate to rectangular across, 27.5-50.0 x 37.5-55.0

pm, at lower lateral margins long-rectangular, 87.5-1 12.5

x 12.5-20.0 pm, upper laminal cells 5- or 6-sided, 55.0-

75.0 x 45.0-50.0 pm, middle laminal cells 87.5-100.0 x

50.0- 62.5 pm, basal cells 80.0-87.5 x 47.5-52.5 pm; scat-

tered throughout some leaves, single cells often stained

red and containing a dark, round, internally granular body,

rarely 2, up to 50 pm in diameter (Figure 8H). Oil bodies

rounded, (Figure 8G) oval or irregular in shape, minute;

chloroplasts mostly lost in the material examined or

clumped together at cell margins.

Dioicous. Male plants seemingly scarce, generally

longer and narrower than females with pseudoperianths,

but gametangia hidden by inflexed leaves. Antheridia

dorsal on stem, between leaves, globose, short-stalked, ±

150 pm in diameter, each one subtended by a small, ± tri-

angular perigonial bract (Figure 8K-M), 250-400 x

120-170 pm, cells in interior 5- or 6-sided, 37.5-45.0 x

25.0- 27.5 pm. Archegonia naked, in an interrupted, ir-

regular row along stem. Pseudoperianths (Figure 8N, O)

on female plants which are simple, inflated, subglobular

‘balls’ (Figure 9D), ±5x3 mm, with leaves up to 2500

x 3375 pm, mostly single, rarely two in a row, almost

sessile, turbinate, rather shorter than or as tall as leaves,

1375 pm long, basally ± 750 pm wide, then quickly Oar-

ing above (Figure 9E), ± 2250 pm wide across mouth,

occasionally inOexed (Figure 9F), irregularly and shal-

lowly lobed, sometimes with projecting longitudinal

‘seam’ on inside; cells not appreciably different in shape

and size from those of leaves. Capsules globose, ± 1000

pm in diameter, wall bistratose, cells of inner layer

(Figure 8P) irregularly shaped, 22.5-60.0 x 22.5-25.0

pm, each cell wall with ± 3 yellow-brown, nodular and

semi-annular thickenings or sometimes entire wall thick-

ened. Seta ± 400 pm long, 250 pm in diameter. Spores

brown, 45-55 pm in diameter, including marginal lamel-

lae; hemispherical; distal face (Figure 10A, B) convex,

with rather wavy, ± parallel lamellae, (Figure 10C),

5. 0-7. 5 pm high, projecting at periphery (Figure 10D),

over polar area anastomosing to form few to many (± 36)

areolae, 2. 5-5.0 pm wide; proximal face (Figure 10E)

lacking triradiate mark, flat, covered with irregularly

curving and branching ridges, (sometimes markedly

raised), and a few coarse papillae, ± 28 ‘spines' project-

ing around spore periphery, not connected by perispore.

Elaters (Figure 10F) yellow-brown, 152.5-200.0 pm

long, 10 pm wide in centre, tapering to looped tips, 5 pm

wide, smooth, bispiral or partly trispiral.

Fossombronia tumida grows on damp, rather sandy

soil at Lion’s Head, the Round House, Kloofnek,

Stellenbosch Flats and at Roman River, south of

Wolseley (Figure 4). A specimen, Wager 39 (CH 3703) is

said to be from East London, but this locality could be

wrong. Sim (1926) observed that it is found in S.W.

(meaning Western Cape) localities, ‘but not seen east-

ward’. This species is by no means common.

Fossombronia tumida is distinguished by its inflated

or tumid appearance and very concave leaves, with

small, scattered red flecks containing round bodies. The

spores are generally reticulate over the distal pole, and

the outer areolar walls break down into lamellae which

continue to the margin.

Scott & Pike (1987b) regard F. tumida as very similar

vegetatively to F. intestinalis Tayl. from Australia and

Tasmania, but ‘with experience, however, they can be

separated. The former is larger, with flaccid leaves often

tinged with purple-brown and with entire instead of

slightly denticulate leaves. The spores are quite distinct’.

114

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

FIGURE 10. — Fossombronia tumida. A-E, spores: A, B, distal face; C, side view of distal face; D, detail of lamellae at margin of distal face; E,

proximal face. F, elater. A, E, Garside 6109\ B, D, Garside 8335\ C, F, Duthie CHI 580. A, x 659; B, x 562; C, x 642; D, x 2356; E, x 672;

F, x 356.

Scott (1985) claims that F. intestinalis also occurs in

southern Africa, but does not cite a particular specimen.

I have not found it so far. The confusion between F. tu-

mida and F. leucoxantha is discussed above under the lat-

ter species.

SPECIMENS EXAMINED

With one exception, only fertile specimens are includ-

ed; held at PRE, unless otherwise indicated.

S.W. Arnell 39, 46, 1 16 (2) BOL, 149 (2) BOL, 199 (2) BOL, 247 (2),

266 (2) BOL; 274 (2), 275 (2) BOL, 282 (2), 384 (2) BOL, 626 (2)

BOL, 941 (2) BOL, 1118 (2) BOL, 1205 (2) S, 2161, 2181 (1) BOL,

2184, 2201 (1).

Bottomley CH 3567 ( 1 ). Breutel herb. no. 024665 (2) G.

Duthie CH 1580 (3).

Eaton (3) NY (holo.), herb. no. 6447 (3) W (iso.). Ecklon ex herb. Dr

Winter, herb. no. 024660 (1) G; L. 29 (lecto.) (2) S; (isolecto.) (2) E;

herb. no. 7693 (2) W; 64 (?syntype) (2) BM; herb. no. 7692 (3) W.

Garside 6109 (3) BOL; 6218 (2) BOL, 6463 (2) BOL, 6488 (2) BOL,

6498a (2) BOL; 6498 (3) BOL; 6703 (2) BOL, 6707 (2) BOL; 6722 (2)

BOL; 8335 (3) PRE. Garside & Arnell 115 (2). Glen 2258, 2261a (1).

Liibenau-Nestle SA3 (2), 14 (1), SA425 (3) private herb.

Oliver, E.G.H. 9225 (2).

S.M. Perokl 65, 2704, 2457, 2887 (sterile, det. E.W. Jones as F. z.ey-

heri ), 3280 pp., 3317 (1); 3329\ 3331, 3332, 3337, 3340, 3341, 3344,

3345, 3355 (2); 3444 (1). S.M Perold & Koekemoer 3282, 3606, 3615

( 1 ). S.M. Perold & Van Rooy 3558, 3567 ( 1 ). Pillans 4241 ( 1 ) BOL.

Reichenbach herb. no. 354138 ( 1 ) W. Reinecke CHI 82 (1). Rehmann

herb. no. 5578 (3) W.

Schelpe 5160 (1) BOL. Sim CHI 587, CHI 61 6, CHI 633, CHI 634,

CHI 645, CH1648 (1). Sprengel L. 32, no. 244 (1) S. S. Strauss, 134a,

209, CHI 3664 (I).

CM Van Wyk, 1494 (3). .1 Victor, 1379, 1380 0).

H A Wager, 27, 28 ( 1 ); 39 (3). V.A. Wager, 112 ( 1 ). Wilms 2538 (3) W

Zeyher herbarium sheet, top row: left corner, middle, lower row: left

BM, ex herb Moricand no. 481 herb. no. 024661 (G), Flora Cap. no.

482 S, herb. no. 024663 G, ex herb. Rabenhorst herb. no. 024669 G, ex

herb. (?)ope herb. no. 024670 G, Flora Cap. no. 482 G herb no. 024676

G(l).

Without collector's name

Cap (3 written on packet in pencil) STR, lecto., ex herb. Lehmann S, ex

herb. Karl Muller S, Gottsche dedit. herb. no. 024659 G, ex herb, de

Candolle ex herb. Mull. herb. no. 024662 G, Jack dedit. herb no.

024664 ( 1) G.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

I wish to sincerely thank Dr R. Grolle for refereeing

this paper; my colleagues at NBI, particularly Ms M.

Koekemoer, Mrs C. Bredenkamp and Mr J. van Rooy for

their kind assistance with fieldwork; also the curators of

BM, BOL, E, G, NY and S as well as Dr Liibenau-Nestle

for the loan of specimens. My thanks to Ms G. Condy for

the drawings, Mrs A. Romanowski for developing and

printing many photographs and to Ms D. M tree for typ-

ing the manuscript.

REFERENCES

ARNELL, S.W. 1963. Hepaticae of South Africa. Swedish Natural

Science Council, Stockholm.

GOTTSCHE, C.M., LINDENBERG. J.B.G. & NEES AB ESENBECK,

C.G. 1844-1847. Synopsis hepaticarum. Meissner, Hamburg.

LEHMANN, J.G.C 1829. Hepaticarum capensium a C.F. Ecklon.

Linnaea 4: 357-371 .

MITTEN, W. 1878. List of Hepaticae collected by Rev. A. E. Eaton at

the Cape of Good Hope (Aug. & Sept 1874). Journal of the

Linnean Society (Botany) 16: 187-197.

PEROLD, S.M. 1997a. Studies in the liverwort genus Fossombronia

(Metzgeriales) from southern Africa. 1. Three new species from

Gauteng, Northern Province and Mpumalanga. Bothalia 27:

17-27.

PEROLD, S.M. 1997b. Studies in the liverwort genus Fossombronia

(Metzgeriales) from southern Africa. 2. An amendment to three

species from Western Cape, described by S.W. Arnell. Bothalia

27: 29-38.

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

PEROLD, S.M. 1997c. Studies in the liverwort genus Fossombronia

(Metzgeriales) from southern Africa. 3. An amendment to F.

spinifolia. Botluilia 27: 39-42.

PEROLD, S.M. !997d. The lectotypification of Fossombronia crispa.

Botluilia 27: 137-139.

SCOTT, G.A.M., 1985. Southern Australian liverworts. Bureau of Flo-

ra and Fauna, Canberra.

SCOTT, G.A.M. & PIKE, D.C. 1987a. The Fossombronia foveolata

complex. Lindbergia 13: 79-84.

SCOTT, G.A.M. & PIKE, D.C. 1987b. Studies on Fossombronia in

Australia 3. Taxonomic and nomenclatural problems. Journal of

115

the Hattori Botanical Laboratory 63: 99-105.

SCOTT, G.A.M. & PIKE, D.C. 1988. Revisionary notes on Fossom-

bronia. The Bryologist 91: 193-201.

SERGIO, C. 1985. Notulae Bryoflorae Lusitanicae 1. 5. Notas Acerca

do genero Fossombronia Raddi em Portugal. Portugaliae acta

biological B) 14: 181-198.

SIM, T.R. 1926 The Bryophyta of South Africa. Transactions of the

Royal Society of South Africa 15: 1-475. Cape Town.

STEPHANI, F. 1900. Species hepaticarum Vol. 1. Geneva.

STEPHANI, F. 1985. leones hepaticarum, microfiche. Inter Documen-

tation Company bv, Leiden.

Bothalia 27,2: 117-123 (1997)

Taxonomic notes on the Geastraceae, Tulostomataceae, Nidulari-

aceae and Sphaerobolaceae (Gasteromycetes) sensu Bottomley, in

southern Africa

J.C. COETZEE*, A. EICKER** and A.E. VAN WYK**

Keywords: Gasteromycetes, Geastraceae, Nidulariaceae, nomenclature, southern Africa, Sphaerobolaceae, taxonomy, Tulostomataceae

ABSTRACT

Bottomley’s (1948) Gasteromycetes of South Africa is still widely used for identification purposes. However, as a result

of developments since 1948, the work has become outdated in many respects. Entries in the Geastreae (Lycoperdaceae),

Tulostomataceae, Nidulariaceae and Sphaerobolaceae sensu Bottomley (1948) that require updating are listed and briefly

commented on.

INTRODUCTION

Although Bottomley’s (1948) Gasteromycetes of South

Africa was, in her own words, ‘... not in any sense a criti-

cal revision...’ but ‘... merely an assembling of the known

records of these fungi in Southern Africa’, it still remains

the standard source of reference with regard to the identi-

fication and classification of the Gasteromycetes of the re-

gion. However, errors in the original work, changes to the

International Code of Botanical Nomenclature (ICBN)

and particularly, considerable changes in Gasteromycete

systematics since 1948, contributed to an unfortunate situ-

ation in which current users of Bottomley (1948) are at

considerable risk of ending up with incorrect identifica-

tions or outdated names. In the families considered in this

paper more than 70% of the entries in Bottomley (1948)

are affected to a greater or lesser degree.

Since a comprehensive revision of the southern

African Gasteromycetes is still some years in the offing,

there is a need for an interim guide listing those entries in

Bottomley (1948) which may lead to the inaccurate iden-

tification and classification of specimens. In this first in-

stalment, the Geastreae (Lycoperdaceae), Tulostoma-

taceae, Nidulariaceae and Sphaerobolaceae sensu

Bottomley (1948) are considered. It is emphasized that

this paper is primarily a reflection of views and ideas ex-

pressed in the literature since 1948, and that it does not

claim to be a critical re-appraisal of any of the taxa con-

cerned. The principle objective is to provide an interim

aid towards the more effective use of Bottomley (1948).

The order of arrangement of the taxa listed below fol-

lows Bottomley (1948), and the taxon name and author

citation heading each entry have been taken, unchanged,

from that publication. The number in brackets following

each heading refers to the relevant page number in

Bottomley (1948). Entries in Bottomley (1948) which, to

our present knowledge, do not require comment, are not

included in the list. This also applies to names in which

* Department of Biological Sciences, Peninsula Technikon, P.O. Box

1906, 7535 Bellville, Cape Town.

** Department of Botany, University of Pretoria, 0002 Pretoria.

MS. received: 1996-07-10.

the only ‘error’ to be corrected is the outdated use of the

capital letter in epithets derived from personal names

(e.g. Batarrea Stevenii instead of Batarrea stevenii).

Suggested taxon names are supplied in bold. Unless stat-

ed otherwise, references to ICBN articles and recom-

mendations pertain to the Tokyo Code (Greuter et al.

1994). Author citations are abbreviated according to

Brummitt & Powell (1992).

ANNOTATED LIST OF TAXA

1 . Geastreae (586)

The tribe Geastreae sensu Bottomley (1948) has sub-

sequently been treated at the family level (Geastraceae

Corda\ order Lycoperdales) by most eminent gas-

teromycete taxonomists (Zeller 1949; Eckblad 1955;

Kreisel 1962; Demoulin 1968; Ponce de Leon 1968;

Dring 1973; Calonge & Demoulin 1975; Demoulin &

Dring 1975; Demoulin & Marriott 1981; Sunhede 1989;

Mornand 1993). Exceptions include Dorfelt and co-

workers who place these organisms in the order

Geastrales (Dorfelt & Miiller-Uri 1984; Dorfelt &

Burnzaa 1986; Dorfelt & Heklau 1987).

1.1 Geastrum Persoon (586)

In accordance with the changes to the ICBN enacted

in 1981 (Korf 1983), the appropriate author citation, in-

dicating the sanctioned status of this name, is Geastrum

Pets.: Pers.

De Villiers (1994) has recently completed a revision

of the genus Geastrum in South Africa, providing an up-

dated key to their identification.

1.1.1 Geastrum pectinatum Persoon (588)

According to Korf (1983) the author citation as used

in Bottomley (1948) is acceptable in non-taxonomic

works only. In taxonomic treatments authors are strong-

ly advised to use the more informative Geastrum pecti-

natum Pers.: Pers.

118

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

1.1.2 Geastrum Bryantii Berkeley (589)

Ponce de Leon (1968) dismissed both Geastrum

bryantii Berk, and Geastrum striatum DC. as mere vari-

ations of Geastrum pectinatum Pers.: Pers. His view,

however, has not been widely accepted and subsequent

authors (Dorfelt & Heklau 1987; Sunhede 1989; Mornand

1993) treat G. striatum and G. pectinatum as separate

species. According to Dorfelt & Heklau (1987), Sunhede

(1989) and De Villiers (1994), however, G. bn’antii Berk,

is a synonym of Geastrum striatum DC.

1.1.3 Geastrum nanum Persoon (589)

Ponce de Leon’s (1968) merging of Geastrum nanum

Pers. with G. pectinatum does not seem to have found

widespread acceptance and recent authors have retained

the two as separate species (Dorfelt & Heklau 1987;

Sunhede 1989; Mornand 1993). As pointed out by

Dorfelt & Heklau (1987) and Sunhede (1989), however,

G. ncmum Pers. is an illegitimate name to be replaced

with Geastrum schmidelii Vittad.

1.1.4 Geastrum ambiguum Montague (591)

Bottomley (1948) and Ponce de Leon (1968) regard

Geastrum drummondii Berk, and Geastrum ambiguum

Mont, as the same species. Dring (1964) and Sunhede

(1989), however, both expressed the view that more

material should be examined before such a conclusion

is drawn. According to Sunhede (1989) both of these

species are very similar to Geastrum campestre

Morgan. Demoulin & Dring (1975), on the other hand,

state that G. ambiguum in Bottomley (1948) is the same

as the G. drummondii of Dring (1964) and Dring &

Rayner (1967), and that it differs from the type speci-

mens of G. ambiguum and G. drummondii. They adopt

the name Geastrum schweinfurthii Henn. for this fun-

gus. Bottomley (1948) and Ponce de Leon (1968) re-

garded G. schweinfurthii as conspecific with G. am-

biguum. De Villiers (1994) does not follow Demoulin &

Dring (1975) in recognizing G. schweinfurthii as a sep-

arate species, stating that ‘...there is not (sic) doubt that

the southern African collections of G. ambiguum have

been correctly identified by Bottomley ...’. The last

word on the identity of this fungus has probably not

been spoken.

1.1.5 Geastrum quadrifidum Persoon (591)

According to Korf (1983) the author citation as used

in Bottomley (1948) is acceptable in non-taxonomic

works only. In taxonomic treatments authors are strong-

ly advised to use the more informative Geastrum

quadrifidum Pers.: Pers.

1.1.6 Geastrum dissimile n. sp. (592)

According to Dissing & Lange (1962), Dring &

Rayner (1967), Sunhede (1989), De Villiers (1994) and

De Villiers & Eicker (1996), this is a good species and

not a synonym of Geastrum minimum Schwein. as re-

ported by Ponce de Leon (1968). The name, correctly

cited, therefore, is Geastrum dissimile Bottomley.

1.1.7 Geastrum limbatum Fries (594)

Ponce de Leon (1968), Calonge & Demoulin (1975)

and Sunhede (1989) all regard Geastrum limbatum Fr. as

a synonym of Geastrum coronatum Pers.: Pers.

According to Sunhede (1989), Geastrum limbatum

sensu Coker & Couch is the same fungus as the one de-

scribed by Lloyd as Geaster limbatus, cited by Bottomley

(1948) as a good description of G. limbatum Fr. G. lim-

batum sensu Coker & Couch, however, is generally ac-

cepted to be a synonym of Geastrum smardae V.J.Stanek

(Ponce de Leon 1968; Sunhede 1989).

A comparison of the descriptions in Bottomley (1948)

and Sunhede (1989) indicates that Bottomley’s fungus

might be G. coronatum rather than G. smardae. This

view has recently been confirmed by De Villiers (1994).

1.1.8 Geastrum triplex Junghuhn (595)

Ponce de Leon (1968), Smith & Ponce de Leon (1982)

and, according to Sunhede (1989), several other authors

have regarded Geastrum indicum (Klotzsch) Rauschert

as the legitimate name for Geastrum triplex Jungh. Other

authors such as Sunhede (1977), Dorfelt & Miiller-Uri

(1984), Dorfelt & Heklau (1987) and Sunhede (1989),

however, all argue that G. indicum should be rejected as

a nomen dubium and that G. triplex should be retained as

the correct name for this species, as has also been done

by Mornand (1993).

Geastrum lageniforme Vittad. and Geastrum morganii

Lloyd, cited by Bottomley as synonyms of G. triplex are,

however, accepted as good species by Sunhede (1989).

De Villiers (1994) also accepts a distinction between G.

lageniforme and G. triplex.

According to Dorfelt & Miiller-Uri (1984), Geastrum

capense Thiim., also cited as a synonym of G. triplex by

Bottomley (1948), is a later synonym of Geastrum sac-

catum Fr. However, De Villiers (1994) regards G.

capense as a synonym of G. lageniforme.

1.1.9 Geastrum mirabile Montague (598)

It is generally accepted (Zeller 1948; Dring & Rayner

1967; Ponce de Leon 1968; Demoulin & Dring 1975; De

Villiers 1994) that Geastrum mirabile Mont, is a syn-

onym of Geastrum schweinitzii (Berk. & M. A. Curtis)

Zeller.

1.1.10 Geastrum velulinum Morgan (599)

Ponce de Leon (1968) regarded Geastrum velutinum

Morgan as synonym of the earlier described Geaster ja-

vanicus Lev., and created the new combination Geastrum

javanicum (Lev.) P.Ponce de Leon. As explained in

Demoulin (1984), however, Geaster is merely an ortho-

graphic variant of Geastrum , which makes Ponce de

Leon’s combination superfluous. According to Dring &

Rayner (1967), as well as Sunhede (1989), a thorough re-

vision of G. velutinum and related taxa is desirable. De

Villiers (1994) accepts G. velutinum as the correct name,

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

but if this fungus is indeed conspecific with G. javan-

icum, the correct spelling and citation will be Geastrum

javanicum Lev.

This fungus must have confused Bottomley (1948) as

well, since, while she regards it as a good species on p.

599, she also lists the name Geastrum velutinum as a syn-

omym under G. saccatum on p. 597.

1.1.11 Geastrum arenarium Lloyd (600)

Ponce de Leon (1968) considers this to be a synonym

of Geastrum minimum Schwein. Despite Sunhede’s

(1989) acknowledgment of the similarity between

Geastrum arenarium Lloyd and G. minimum , he prefers

to retain them as separate species (Sunhede 1986, 1989),

a view endorsed by De Villiers (1994). According to the

latter author, Bottomley (1948) correctly referred her ma-

terial to G. arenarium.

1.1.12 Geastrum mammosum Chevallier (600)

Ponce de Leon (1968) treats this fungus as Geastrum

recolligens (Sowerby) Desv. which, according to

Sunhede (1989), should be Geastrum recolligens (With.)

Desv. According to Dorfelt & Bumzaa (1986), however,

both Geastrum mammosum Chevall. and G. recolligens

[the latter as G. recolligens (Woodw.) Desv.] should be

treated as synonyms of Geastrum corollinum (Batsch)

Hollos. Sunhede (1989) gives a detailed explanation for

this. Mornand (1993) also accepts that the correct name

for both G. mammosum and G. recolligens should be

Geastrum corollinum (Batsch) Hollos.

1.1.13 Geastrum fornicatum (Hudson) Fries (601)

Ponce de Leon (1968) regards this as a synonym of

Geastrum quadrifidum Pers.: Pers., but Sunhede (1989),

followed by De Villiers (1994), accepts Geastrum forni-

catum and G. quadrifidum as separate species. Sunhede

(1989) also explains why the correct author citation for

G. fornicatum should be Geastrum fornicatum (Huds.)

Hook.

1.1.14 Geastrum floriforme Vittadini (602)

The combination Geastrum floriforme (Vittad.) G.

Cunn. as cited in Ponce de Leon (1968) is superfluous

and the name used in Bottomley (1948) is correct.

Geastrum hungaricum Hollos, cited by Bottomley

(1948) as well as Ponce de Leon (1968) as a synonym of

G. floriforme , is, however, considered to be a good

species by several authors, including Dorfelt & Bumzaa

(1986) and Sunhede (1989).

1.1.15 Geastrum hygrometricum Persoon (603)

The transfer of this fungus to the genus Astraeus

Morgan and its placement in the family Astraeaceae

V.J.Stanek (order Sclerodermatales) seems to be gener-

ally accepted (Dring 1973; Calonge & Demoulin 1975;

Demoulin & Marriott 1981; Sunhede 1989; Mornand

1993). The correct name and author citation are Astraeus

hygrometricus (Pers.: Pers.) Morgan.

1 19

1.1.16 Geaster MacOwani Kalchhr. (604)

Geaster is an orthographic variant of Geastrum

(Demoulin 1984). According to ICBN article 60.11 and

recommendation 60C.l.(b), the orthography of the epi-

thet also needs to be corrected to Geastrum macowanii

Kalchbr.

Ponce de Leon (1968) regards this fungus, listed in

Bottomley (1948) as a ‘Doubtful Species’, as conspecif-

ic with G. quadrifidum Pers.: Pers. According to Dring &

Rayner (1975), however, the true identity of G. macow-

anii remains unknown.

1.2 Myriostoma coliforme (Dickson ex Persoon) Corda

(605)

The author citation is incorrect, according to Sunhede

(1989) and Mornand (1993). The correct citation should

be Myriostoma coliforme (With.: Pers.) Corda.

1.3 Geasteropsis Conrathi Hollos (606)

According to Sunhede (1989) and article 60.11 of the

ICBN, the correct orthography should be Geasteropsis

conrathii Hollos.

Long (1945) placed this fungus in the genus

Trichaster Czer. as Trichaster conrathii (Hollos) Long,

while Ponce de Leon (1968) created the new combina-

tion Geastrum conrathii (Hollos) P.Ponce de Leon. In his

authoritative revision of the Geastraceae, however,

Sunhede (1989) is absolutely convinced that this fungus

has no place in any of the above two genera and that it

should be retained in the genus Geasteropsis Hollos.

Sunhede (1989) warns, however, that his inclusion of

Geasteropsis in the Geastraceae, as accepted also by De

Villiers (1994), is tentative, pending further studies.

2. Tulostomataceae (607)

Bottomley (1948) places this family in the order

Lycoperdales but it is now widely recognized (Dring

1973; Calonge & Demoulin 1975; Demoulin & Dring

1975; Demoulin & Marriott 1981; Moreno et al. 1992b;

Mornand 1993) that it is more appropriately placed in the

order Tulostomatales erected by Demoulin (1968).

Bottomley provides no author citation for this family,

which, according to David (1993), should be cited as

Tulostomataceae E.Fisch.

In her key to the genera of the Tulostomataceae,

Bottomley (1948) included the genus Schizostoma Ehrenb.

ex Lev. emend. Lloyd , although it had not yet been recorded

from southern Africa at the time. Schizostoma laceratum

(Fr.) Lev. has, however, been recorded since then (Talbot

1958) and appears to be fairly common.

2.1 Tulostoma Persoon (608)

The appropriate author citation, indicating the sanc-

tioned status of this name, is Tulostoma Pers.: Pers.

From Wright (1987) it is evident that serious short-

comings exist in Bottomley’s descriptions of the southern

120

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

African Tulostoma species and that numerous specimens

cited in Bottomley (1948) have been incorrectly identi-

fied. A taxonomic reassessment of the Tulostoma speci-

mens at PREM should therefore be a worthwhile exer-

cise.

2.1.1 Tulostoma album Massee (610)

Wright (1987) regards this as a doubtful species, but

accepts Tulostoma macalpinianum Lloyd, which

Bottomley (1948) cites as a synonym of Tulostoma

album Massee, as a validly published species. As far as

could be ascertained, T. macalpinianum has not been

recorded in southern Africa yet. The specimen listed by

Bottomley ( 1948) as T. album ( PREM 28528 ) is, howev-

er, Tulostoma lesliei Van der Byl (Wright 1987).

2.1.2 Tulostoma purpusii Henn. (611)

According to Wright (1987), PREM 11690, listed in

Bottomley (1948) as Tulostoma purpusii Henn., is in fact

Tulostoma adhaerens Lloyd. The identity of the rest of

the material cited in Bottomley (1948) requires verifica-

tion.

2.1.3 Tulostoma albicans White (611)

This name is to be cited as Tulostoma albicans

V.S. White. Wright (1987), however, regards T. albicans

as ‘...an ill-defined species, easy to mistake for oth-

ers...’, and excludes Africa from its distributional range.

PREM 8764 , listed in Bottomley (1948) as T. albicans ,

has been described as a new species under the name

Tulostoma exasperatosporum J.E. Wright (Wright 1983),

while PREM 28638 is Tulostoma involucratum Long

(Wright 1987).

2.1.4 Tulostoma bonianum Patouillard (612)

According to Wright (1987) Tulostoma bonianum Pat.

is a synonym of Tulostoma pusillum Berk.

However, with two exceptions, Wright (1987) referred

all of the specimens cited under T. bonianum in

Bottomley (1948) ( PREM 1344; 1969; 20378 & 30617),

to Tulostoma verrucosum Morgan, which, in turn, is a

synonym of Tulostoma squamosum (J.L.Gmel.: Pers.)

Pers. (Moreno et al. 1992a). Wright (1987) regards T.

pusillum as a fungus of tropical rain forests and does not

include southern Africa in its distributional range. In the

light of this, the status of T. pusillum in southern Africa

requires verification.

2.1.5 Tulostoma brumalc Persoon (613)

In accordance with the changes to the ICBN enacted

in 1981 (Korf 1983), the appropriate author citation, in-

dicating the sanctioned status of this name, should be

Tulostoma brumale Pers.: Pers.

According to Wright (1987), T. brumale is a typical

European species not occurring in southern Africa. He

diagnosed PREM 20946 & 31 371 , cited as T. brumale in

Bottomley (1948), as Tulostoma rufum Lloyd and

Tulostoma nanum (Pat.) J.E. Wright respectively. In the

light of this the identity of the other specimens cited as T.

brumale in Bottomley (1948) is suspect and requires ver-

ification.

2.1.6 Tulostoma squamosum ( Gmelin ) Persoon (613)

Cf. T. bonianum above.

According to Korf’s (1983) interpretation of the

changes to the ICBN that were enacted in 1981, the au-

thorship of this name would be more appropriately cited

as Tulostoma squamosum (J.F.Gmei: Pers.) Pers.

2.1.7 Tulostoma cyclophorum Lloyd (615)

According to Wright (1987) the specimens cited by

Bottomley as Lloyd Myc. Coll. 28934. 28958 are in fact

Tulostoma purpusii Henn. The identity of the rest of the

material cited in Bottomley (1948) requires verifica-

tion.

2.1.8 Tulostoma obesum Cooke et Ellis (616)

According to Wright (1987) this is merely a variety of

Tulostoma volvulatum I.G.Borshch., namely Tulostoma

volvulatum var. obesum (Cooke & Ellis ) J.E. Wright.

Although the closely related Tulostoma volvulatum

var. elatum Har. & Pat. has been reported from Namibia,

Africa is not included in the distributional range of T.

volvulatum var. obesum (Wright 1987). Bottomley

(1948) mentions a single collection of this fungus from

southern Africa, but hastens to add that no material had

been available for examination. Unless Bottomley’s

(1948) record can be verified, the status of this fungus in

southern Africa should be regarded as doubtful.

2.1.9 Tulostoma MacOwani Bresaclolci (617)

Orthographic error. According to ICBN article 60. 1 1

and recommendation 60C.l.(b), the spelling of the epi-

thet should be corrected. The correct spelling and author

citation for this name, first published in Petri (1904),

therefore is Tulostoma macowanii Bres. ex Petri.

2.1.10 Tulostoma australianum Lloyd (617)

According to Wright (1987), PREM 27501 is not

Tulostoma australianum Lloyd as stated in Bottomley

(1948), but might be Tulostoma vulgare Long &

S. Ahmad.

2.1 . 1 1 Tulostoma adherens Lloyd (618)

Orthographic error. The correct spelling (Lloyd 1923),

used also by Wright (1987), is Tulostoma adhaerens

Lloyd.

Although T. adhaerens does occur in South Africa

( PREM 11690; 41432), the specimen cited in Bottomley

(1948) under this name is Tulostoma caespitosum Trab.

ex Sacc. (Wright 1987).

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

121

2.1.12 Tulostoma angolense Welwitsch et Carrey (618)

According to Bottomley (1948), who lists this as a

doubtful species, Welwitsch & Currey (1870) remarked

that Tulostoma angolense Welw. & Curr. is possibly not

distinct from Chlamydopus meyenianus (Klotzsch)

Lloyd. This is unlikely, however, considering its smooth

spores (Wright 1987). Wright (1987) accepts this as a

good species, although he classifies it as ‘critical’, but

also mentions the possibility that it might well be

Tulostoma volvulatum var. elatum Har. & Pat.

2.2 Batarrea Per soon (619)

As discussed in Coetzee & Eicker (1992) this name

has been spelled in various ways. Bottomley (1948) used

Persoon’s original spelling which lends itself to correc-

tion as provided for by article 60 of the ICBN. In a num-

ber of recent works, Battarraea has been the preferred

form of spelling (Rauschert 1986; Wright 1987; Mornand

1993 and several other authors cited in Martin &

Llimona 1994). Another school of thought, however,

strongly opposes this (Martin & Llimona 1994), recog-

nizing Battarrea as the correct spelling. Until this matter

is resolved, we prefer to use the original spelling of this

name, to be cited as Batarrea Pers.: Pers.

2.2.1 Batarrea phalloides ( Dickson ) Persoon (619)

According to Korf’s (1983) interpretation of the

changes to the ICBN enacted in 1981, the authorship of

this name would be more appropriately cited as Batarrea

phalloides (Dicks.: Pers.) Pers.

2.2.2 Batarrea Diqueti Patouillard et Harlot (621)

The transfer of this fungus to the genus Battarreoides

Herrera (Heim & Herrera 1961) has been widely accept-

ed (Dring 1973; Hawksworth etal. 1983; Miller & Miller

1988; Coetzee & Eicker 1994; Moreno et al. 1995). The

correct name and author citation is Battarreoides di-

quetii (Pat. & Har.) R.Heim & T.Herrera.

2.3 Phellorina Berkeley (622)

Orthographic error. According to Farr et al. (1979)

Phellorina is an orthographic variant, the correct spelling

being Phellorinia Berk.

2.3.1 Phellorina inquinans Berkeley (623)

According to the description in Bottomley (1948) this

is the ‘scaly’ form of Phellorinia herculeana (Pall.: Pers.)

Kreisel, which, according to Dring (1964) and Dring &

Rayner (1967), is Phellorinia herculeana (Pall.: Pers.)

Kreisel subsp. herculeana.

2.3.2 Phellorina strobilina Kalchbrenner (624)

According to the description in Bottomley (1948) this

is the ‘warty’ form of Phellorinia herculeana (Pall.;

Pers.) Kreisel, which, according to Dring (1964) and

Dring & Rayner (1967), is Phellorinia herculeana

subsp. strobilina (Kalchbr.) D.M. Dring.

2.4 Dictyocephalos Underwood (626)

White (1901) attributed the name Dictyocephalos to

Underwood. It is, however, not easy to determine from

the original publication whether this should be treated as

an ‘in’ or ‘ex’ case as discussed in ICBN article 46

(Greuter et al. 1994). We therefore accept the citation

suggested in Greuter et al. (1993), namely Dictyo-

cephalos Underwood ex V.S. White.

2.5 Podaxis Desvaux (627)

Bottomley’s (1948) placement of this genus in the

family Tulostomataceae (order Lycoperdales) has defi-

nitely not found widespread acceptance. Most authors,

including Zeller (1949), Dissing & Lange (1962), Dring

( 1964, 1973), Dring & Rayner ( 1967), De Villiers (1988)

and Miller & Miller (1988), place it in the family

Podaxaceae Corda which Zeller (1949), Dring (1973),

De Villiers ( 1 988) and Miller & Miller ( 1988) believe be-

longs in the order Podaxales.

2.5.1 Podaxis pistillaris (Linnaeus ex Persoon) Morse (628)

In terms of article 47.1 of the Tokyo Code, the re-

assessment of this species by Morse (1933) ‘... does not

warrant a change of author citation for the name of the

taxon', as has been done by Bottomley (1948). The appro-

priate citation, as employed in Dring & Rayss (1964),

Binyamini (1973) and De Villiers et al. (1989), adapted

here to reflect the changes to the ICBN enacted in 1981

(Korf 1983), is Podaxis pistillaris (L.: Pers.) Fr. emend.

Morse.

One of the specimens listed in Bottomley (1948) as P.

pistillaris ( PREM 27280). has been described as a new

species by De Villiers et al. (1989), namely Podaxis ru-

gospora De Villiers et al.

3. Nidulariaceae Fries (631)

According to David (1993) this family name is not at-

tributable to Fries. It should be cited as Nidulariaceae

Dumort.

3.1 Crucibulum Tulasne (631)

Stafleu & Cowan (1986) point out that L.R. Tulasne’s

brother, Charles, co-authored the work on the Nidulariales

and according to Greuter et al. (1993), the correct author

citation for this name should be Crucibulum Tul. &

C. Tul.

3.1.1 Crucibulum vulgare Tulasne (632)

This name, correctly cited as Crucibulum vulgare Tul.

& C.Tul., is incorrect (Eckblad 1955; Brodie 1975) and

Crucibulum laeve is widely accepted as the correct name

for this fungus (Eckblad 1955; Brodie 1975; Calonge &

Demoulin 1975; Ortega & Buendia 1986; Kreisel 1990;

Mornand 1993). All of the aforementioned authors, how-

ever, use different author citations. The present authors

agree with Kreisel (1990) who cites the name as

Crucibulum laeve (Huds.) Kambly.

122

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

3.2 Cyathus Haller ex Persoon (633)

According to Greuter et al. (1993) the name Cyathus

is attributable to Persoon, but, as indicated by Bottomley

(1948) and Brodie (1975), the name dates from much

earlier. In accordance with the changes to the ICBN en-

acted in 1981 (Korf 1983), the appropriate author cita-

tion, indicating the sanctioned status of this name, should

be Cyathus Haller: Pers.

3.2.1 Cyathus dasypus Nees (634)

Brodie (1975) regards this as a synonym of Cyathus

olla (Batsch: Pers.) Pers., stating that ‘ Cyathus dasypus

from South Africa is surely a form of C. olla with extra

large irregular peridioles’. The peridiole measurements

given in Verwoerd (1928) and Bottomley (1948) are,

however, considerably smaller than the dimensions given

for C. olla in Bottomley (1948), Eckblad (1955), Brodie

(1975) and others. In the light of this, Brodie’s statement

does not make sense and might be worth investigating.

3.2.2 Cyathus minutosporus Lloyd emend. Verwoerd

(634)

In his authoritative monograph of the Nidulariaceae,

Brodie (1975), apparently unaware of the amplified de-

scription of this fungus by Verwoerd (1928), lists it as a

doubtful species which, according to him, ‘... cannot

legally be recognized as a valid species, but if found

again it should be easily recognized by collectors of

African material because of the minute spores’.

3.2.3 Cyathus microsporus Tulasne (635)

Stafleu & Cowan (1986) point out that L.R. Tulasne’s

brother, Charles, co-authored the work on the Nidulari-

ales, and consequently, names published therein should be

attributed to both brothers. The correct author citation for

this name therefore is Cyathus microsporus Tul. & C.Tul.

3.2.4 Cyathus olla Persoon (636)

When Persoon (1801) transferred this fungus to the

genus Cyathus , he simultaneously sanctioned the basionym

(Korf 1983). Following Korf’s (1983) interpretation of the

1981 changes to the ICBN, the correct author citation for

this name therefore is Cyathus olla (Batsch: Pers.) Pers.

3.2.5 (C. stercoreus) forma Leseurii Tulasne (638)

Spelling error and incorrect author citation. Cyathus

lesueurii Tul. & C.Tul. has been reduced to synonymy

under Cyathus stercoreus (Schwein.) De Toni (Lloyd

1906; Brodie 1948; Eckblad 1955; Brodie 1975). Since

Lloyd (1906) first assigned it to the form lesueurii (Brodie

1948), the correct name and author citation are Cyathus

stercorius forma lesueurii (Tul. & C.Tul.) Lloyd.

3.2.6 Cyathus Poeppigii Tulasne (639)

For the reason slated in 3.2.3 this name should he

cited as Cyathus poeppigii Tul. & C.Tul.

3.2.7 Cyathus Montagnei Tulasne (640)

For the reason stated in 3.2.3 this name should be

cited as Cyathus montagnei Tul. & C. Tul.

3.2.8 Cyathus Berkeleyanus Tulasne (640)

Brodie (1975) explains that the Tulasne brothers re-

garded this as a variety of C. microsporus, calling it

Cyathus microsporus var. berkeleyanus Tul. & C.Tul. If

it is to be treated as a separate species, however, the cor-

rect author citation would be Cyathus berkeleyanus

(Tul. & C.Tul.) Lloyd.

4. Sphaerobolaceae Schroeter (641 )

Although this family has traditionally been treated in

the order Nidulariales (Zeller 1949; Eckblad 1955; Dring

1973; Brodie 1975; Dominguez de Toledo 1993), there

seems to be an increasing tendency to place it in the order

Sclerodermatales (Demoulin 1968; Calonge & Demoulin

1975; Demoulin & Marriott 1981; Ing 1984; Herrera &

Perez-Silva 1987; Mornand 1993). According to David

(1993) the correct author citation for this family is

Sphaerobolaceae J.Schrot.

4.1 Sphaerobolus Tode ex Persoon (641)

In accordance with the changes to the ICBN enacted

in 1981 (Korf 1983), the appropriate author citation, in-

dicating the sanctioned status of this name, is

Sphaerobolus Tode: Pers.

4.1.1 Sphaerobolus stellatus Tode ex Persoon (641)

In accordance with the changes to the ICBN enacted

in 1981 (Korf 1983), the appropriate author citation, in-

dicating the sanctioned status of this name, and used by

authors such as Herrera & Perez-Silva (1987), Hjortstam

et al. (1993) and Mornand (1993), is Sphaerobolus stel-

latus Tode: Pers.

REFERENCES

BINYAMINI, N. 1973. Gasteromycetes of the Sinai desert. Israel

Journal of Botany 22: 33-37.

BOTTOMLEY, A M. 1948. Gasteromycetes of South Africa. Bothalia

4:473-810.

BRODIE, H.J. 1948. Variation in fruit bodies of Cyathus stercoreus

produced in culturse. Mycologia 40: 614-626.

BRODIE, H.J. 1975. The bird's nest fungi. University of Toronto Press,

Toronto.

BRUMM1TT, R.K. & POWELL, C.E. 1992. Authors of plant names.

Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew.

CALONGE, F.D. & DEMOULIN, V. 1975. Les Gasteromycetes d’Espagnc.

Bulletin de la Societe Mycologique de France 91,2: 247-292.

COETZEE, J.C. & EICKER, A. 1992. Batarrea, Battarrea, Battarraea

or...??? The Mycologist 6,2: 61-63.

COETZEE, J.C. & EICKER, A. 1994. Battarreoides diquetii

(Gasteromycetes, Tulostomatales) in southern Africa. Mycotaxon

50: 19-25.

DAVID, J.C. 1993. Fungal family names in current use. In W. Greuter,

NCU-I. Family names in current use for vascular plants,

bryophytes and fungi. Regnum Vegetabile 126: 71-95. Koeltz

Scientific Books, Konigstein.

DEMOULIN, V. 1968. Gasteromycetes de Belgique: Sclerodermatales,

Tulostomatales, Lycoperdales. Bulletin du Jardin botanique na-

tional de Belgique 38: 1-101.

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

123

DEMOULIN, V. 1984. Typification of Geastrum Pers.: Pers. and its or-

thographic variant Geaster (Gasteromycetes). Taxon 33:

498-501.

DEMOULIN, V. & DRING, D M. 1975. Gasteromycetes of Kivu

(Zaire), Rwanda and Burundi. Bulletin du Jardin botanique na-

tional de Belgique 45: 339-372.

DEMOULIN, V. & MARRIOTT, J.V.R. 1981. Key to the

Gasteromycetes of Great Britain. Bulletin of the British

Mycological Society 15: 37-56.

DE VILLIERS, J.J.R. 1988. 'n Elektronmikroskopiese studie van die

basidiospore van sommige Suid-Afrikaanse Gasteromycetes.

M.Sc. thesis, University of Pretoria.

DE VILLIERS, J.J.R. 1994. A reassessment of the southern African

Geastraceae using morphological features. Ph D. thesis,

University of Pretoria.

DE VILLIERS, J.J.R. & EICKER, A. 1996. Notes on the type material

of Geastrum dissimile Bottomley (Geastraceae). South African

Journal of Botany 62: 117-120.

DE VILLIERS, J.J.R., EICKER, A. & VAN DER WESTHUIZEN,

G.C.A. 1989. A new section and two new species of Podaxis

(Gasteromycetes) from South Africa. South African Journal of

Botany 55: 159-164.

DISSING, H. & LANGE, M. 1962. Gasteromycetes of Congo. Bulletin

du Jardin botanique national de Belgique 32: 325-416.

DOMINGUEZ DE TOLEDO, L. 1993. Gasteromycetes (Eumycota)

del centro y oeste de la Argentina. I. Analisis critico de los car-

acteres taxonomicos, clave de los generos y orden Podaxales.

Darwiniana 32: 195-235.

DORFELT, H. & BUMZAA, D. 1986. Die Gasteromyceten (Bauch-

pilze) der Mongolischen Volksrepublik. Nova Hedwigia 43: 87-

111.

DORFELT, H. & HEKLAU, FI. 1987 Beitrag zur Systematik der

Geastrales II. Feddes Repertorium 98: 357-368.

DORFELT, H. & MULLER-URI, C. 1984 Beitrag zur Systematik der

Geastrales. Feddes Repertorium 95: 701-71 1.

DRING, D M. 1964. Gasteromycetes of West tropical Africa.

Mycological Papers 98: 1-60.

DRING, D M. 1973. Gasteromycetes. In G.C. Ainsworth et al, The

Fungi: an advanced treatise. Vol 4B: 451-478. Academic Press,

New York.

DRING, D M. & RAYNER, R.W 1967. Some Gasteromycetes from

eastern Africa. Journal of the East Africa Natural History

Society 26: 5 — 46.

DRING, D M. & RAYSS, T. 1964 (dated 1963). The Gasteromycete

fungi of Israel. Israel Journal of Botany 12: 147-178.

ECKBLAD, F.-E. 1955. The Gasteromycetes of Norway. The epigaean

genera. Nytt magasin for Botanikk 4: 19-86.

FARR, E.R., LEUSSINK, J.A. & STAFLEU, F.A. (eds) 1979. Index

noininum genericorum (plantarum), Vol. III. Regnum Vegetabile

102. Bohn, Scheltema & Holkema, Utrecht.

GREUTER, W„ BRUMMITT, R.K., FARR, E„ KILIAN, N„ KIRK,

P.M. & SILVA, PC. 1993. NCU-3. Names in current use for ex-

tant plant genera. Regnum Vegetabile 129. Koeltz Scientific

Books, Konigstein.

GREUTER, W„ BARRIE, F.R., BURDET, H.M., CHALONER, W.G.,

DEMOULIN, V., HAWKSWORTH, D.L., JORGENSEN, P.M.,

NICOLSON, D.H., SILVA, PC., TREHANE, P & MCNEILL.

J. 1994. International Code of Botanical Nomenclature (Tokyo

Code). Regnum Vegetabile 131 Koeltz Scientific Books,

Konigstein.

HAWKSWORTH, D.L., SUTTON, B.C. & AINSWORTH, G.C. 1983.

Ainsworth and Bisby’s dictionary of the Fungi, 7th edn.

Commonwealth Mycological Institute, Kew.

HEIM, R. & HERRERA, T. 1961. Una nueva especie de Podocrea y

una nueva combinacion el nombre de un hongo Mexicano del

genero Battarreoides. Anales del instituto de biologia de la uni-

versidad nacional de Mexico 32: 29-31 .

HERRERA, T. & PEREZ-SILVA, E. 1987. Sphaerobolus : record of a new

genus of Gasteromycetes for Mexico. Mycotaxon 28: 413, 414.

HJORTSTAM, K„ RYVARDEN, L. & WATLING, R 1993. Prelimi-

nary checklist of non-agaricoid macromycetes in the Korup

National Park, Cameroon and surrounding area. Edinburgh

Journal of Botany 50: 105-119.

ING, B. 1984. A provisional census catalogue of British Gasteromycetes.

Bulletin of the British Mycological Society 18: 98-104.

KORF, R.P. 1982a. Citation of author’s names and the typification of

names of fungal taxa published between 1753 and 1832 under

the changes in the code of nomenclature enacted in 1981

Mycologia 74: 250-255.

KORF, R.P. 1982b. Mycological and lichenological implications of

changes in the code of nomenclature enacted in 1981

Mycotaxon 14: 476-490.

KORF, R.P. 1983. Sanctioned epithets, sanctioned names and cardinal

principles in ‘: Pers.’ and ‘: Fr.’ citations. Mycotaxon 16: 341-352.

KREISEL, H 1962. Die Lycoperdaceae der Deutschen Demokrati-

schen Republik. Feddes Repertorium 64: 89-201.

KREISEL, H. 1990. Crucibulum laeve (Huds.) Kambly, Tiegel-

Teuerling. Boletus 14,2: front & inside front cover.

LLOYD, C.G. 1906. The Nidulariaceae or ‘bird’s nest fungi.’ Myco-

logical Writings 2: 1-32.

LLOYD, C.G. 1923. Tylostoma adhaerens from Dr J Burton Cleland,

South Australia. Mycological Writings 7: 1199.

LONG, WH. 1945. Studies in the Gasteromycetes XI. The genera

Trichaster and Terrostella. Mycologia 37: 601-608.

MARTIN, M.P. & LLIMONA, X. 1994. Gasteromycetes checklist of

the northeastern Iberian peninsula and Balearic islands.

Mycotaxon 51: 289-312.

MILLER, O.K. & MILLER, H.H. 1988. Gasteromycetes. Morpholo-

gical and development features with keys to the orders, families

and genera. Mad River Press, Eureka.

MORENO, G., ALTES, A. & WRIGHT, J.E. 1992a. Tulostoma squa-

mosum, T. verrucosum and T. mussooriense are the same

species. Mycotaxon 43: 61-68.

MORENO, G„ ALTES, A. & WRIGHT, J.E. 1992b. Tulostoma

pseudopulchellum sp. nov. (Tulostomatales, Gasteromycetes)

and allied species. Mycotaxon 43: 479-486.

MORENO, G„ ALTES, A.", OCHOA, C. & WRIGHT, J.E. 1995.

Contribution to the study of the Tulostomataceae in Baja

California, Mexico. I. Mycologia 87: 96-120.

MORNAND, J. 1993. Contribution a la connaissance des champignons

de Maine-et-Loire. 2 — Gasteromycetes. Bulletin de la Societe

Mycologique de France 109,3: 149-163.

MORSE, E E 1933. A study of the genus Podaxis. Mycologia 25: 1-33.

ORTEGA, A. & BUENDIA, A.G. 1986. Contribucion al catalogo mi-

cologico de Sierra Nevada (Grenada, Espana). International

Journal of Mycology and Lichenology 3: 17-54.

PERSOON, C.H. 1801 Synopsis methodica fungorum. Dieterich,

Gottingen.

PETRI, D.L. 1904. Sul valore diagnostico del capillizio nel genere

‘ Tylostoma ’ Pers. Annales Mycologici 2: 412-438.

PONCE DE LEON, P. 1968. A revision of the family Geastraceae.

Fieldiana, Botany 31: 303-349.

RAUSCHERT, S. 1986. Proposal to conserve the spelling Battarraea

(Fungi: Gasteromycetes). Taxon 35: 733-736.

SMITH, C.W. & PONCE DE LEON, P. 1982. Hawaiian geastroid

fungi. Mycologia 74: 712-717.

STAFLEU, F.A. & COWAN, R.S. 1986. Taxonomic literature, edn 2,

Vol. VI Regnum Vegetabile 115. Bohn, Scheltema & Holkema,

Utrecht.

SUNHEDE, S. 1977. Morphology and intraspecific variation in

Geastrum triplex Jungh. Botaniska Notiser 130: 403^-16.

SUNHEDE, S. 1984. Notes on the type material of Geastrum hierony-

mi Hennings. Windahlia 14: 69-75.

SUNHEDE, S. 1986. Notes on the type material of Geastrum arenari-

um. Windahlia 15: 35-43.

SUNHEDE, S. 1989. Geastraceae (Basidiomycotina). Morphology,

ecology and systematics with special emphasis on the North

European species. (Synopsis Fungorum 1). Fungiflora, Oslo.

TALBOT, PH B 1958. New and interesting records of South African

fungi. Part 111. Bothalia 7: 109-115.

VERWOERD, L. 1928. Aantekenings oor ’n paar minder bekende

Suid-Afrikaanse swamme. South African Journal of Science 25:

237-239.

WELWITSCH, F. & CURREY, F. 1870. Fungi Angolenses. A descrip-

tion of the fungi collected by Dr. Friedrich Welwitsch in Angola

during the years 1850-1861. Transactions of the Linnean

Society of London 26: 279-294.

WHITE, V.S. 1901 The Tylostomaceae of North America. Bulletin of

the Toney Botanical Club 28: 421-444.

WRIGHT, J.E. 1983. Tulostoma exasperatosporum, a new species with

reticulate spores from South Africa. South African Journal of

Botany 2: 126-128.

WRIGHT, J.E. 1987. The genus Tulostoma (Gasteromycetes) — a world

monograph. Bibliotheca Mycologica 113: 1-338.

ZELLER, S.M. 1948. Notes on certain Gasteromycetes, including two

new orders. Mycologia 40: 639-668.

ZELLER, S.M. 1949. Keys to the orders, families and genera of the

Gasteromycetes. Mycologia 41: 36-58.

Bothalia 27,2: 125-128 (1997)

FSA contributions 8: Ceratophyllaceae

C.M. WILMOT-DEAR*

Family Ceratophyllaceae S.F.Gray, A natural ar-

rangement of British plants 2: 554 (1821).

Aquatic herbs, monoecious, perennating by buds, free-

floating; stems branched, often reddish. Leaves in whorls

of 3-10, filiform, once or more dichotomously branched,

often ± rigid and brittle, margins often spinose-dentate,

lowest part sometimes swollen and ± sac-like (due to para-

site attack), apical segments truncate, 2-spined and with

central reddish and glandular projection; stipules 0. Flow-

ers unisexual, axillary, male 1 ( — 4), female 1 per node,

male and female often at different nodes, ± sessile. Peri-

anth lobes (8 — )9 — 1 2( — 15), united at base, some often

joined in pairs to over halfway, strap-shaped or obovate,

each margin often with single spine or ± lacerate, apex

2-spined and glandular as leaves. Male flowers', stamens

up to ± 30 in several whorls on domed torus around pis-

tillode; filaments short or 0; anthers oblong, extrorse; lo-

culi 2, parallel, dehiscing longitudinally; connective

produced into 2 apical spines and glandular projection;

immature anthers flattened, resembling perianth lobes but

margins 1-3-spined, mature anthers swollen, glandular

projection detached, tissues becoming gas-tilled, bearing

detached anther to surface where it Boats horizontally and

dehisces. Female flowers : staminodes 0; ovary superior,

sessile, ovoid, tapering to long style; ovule 1, pendulous.

Fruit: an achene, ovoid or ellipsoid, slightly laterally flat-

tened, sometimes sufficiently to form a marginal rim or

crenate to spiny wing, a pair of basal spines often present,

surface smooth, spiny or warty; style ± persistent, forming

a distinct terete apical spine; embryo straight, endosperm

absent.

A worldwide family of one genus only.

2516000 CERATOPHYLLUM

Ceratophyllum L., Species plantarum 1: 992

(1753); Agnew: 81 (1974); Hauman: 165 (1951); A.Ray-

nal: 103 (1980); Wilmot-Dear: 243 (1985a); Wilmot-Dear:

1 (1985b); Wilmot-Dear: 124 (1991); Symoens & Wil-

mot-Dear: 212 (1996). Type species: C. demersum L.

Description as for family.

Ceratophyllum is a more or less cosmopolitan genus,

here considered to comprise three very widespread spe-

cies. Past authors have recognized between one and more

than 10 species, although most have accepted three. Re-

cent revisions have all subdivided it into three ‘groups’,

whose types are respectively C. demersum L., C. submer-

* The Herbarium, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, Richmond, Surrey TW9

3AB, England.

MS. received: March 1984.

sum L. and C. muricatum Cham., but have recognized these

groups at differing taxonomic rank. Les (1986, 1989) treats

them as three sections, within which six species and several

further infraspecific taxa are recognized. Wilmot-Dear

(1985a) treated them as species or subspecies, reducing the

C. muricatum ‘group’ to a subspecies of C. submersum in

recognition of their extreme vegetative similarity and the ex-

istence (sometimes in the same one population) of a range

of intermediate fruit forms, both of which facts suggest a

very close affinity between the two taxa. However, taking

into account all recent work, it seems more satisfactory to

recognize C. demersum , C. submersum and C. muricatum

at the rank of species, each having a typical form which is

geographically widespread and to which belong most of the

specimens collected; in each group other infraspecific taxa,

of restricted distribution, are also recognized. In southern Af-

rica only C. demersum L. sens it stricto and C. muricatum

Cham, sensu stricto have been positively identified. The third

species, C. submersum, which is very similar to C. murica-

tum but differs in lacking basal spines on its fruit, may also

occur here. All fruits seen from southern Africa, however,

had basal spines (see also notes under C. muricatum).

la Leaves branching twice, rarely once or (only in lower parts,

especially of main axis) thrice, spiny teeth on margin

often many, prominent; mature fruit with long apical spine

and 2 prominent basal spines, lateral flattening of fruit

slight, surface ± smooth 1. C. demersum var. demersum

lb Leaves, at least the majority on all parts of plant, branched

3-4 times, spiny teeth on leaf margin few, always small,

inconspicuous; fruit with long or very short apical spine,

with or without basal and marginal spines, lateral flatten-

ing of fruit ± well marked, forming a longitudinal mar-

ginal rim or wing, surface strongly papillose or warty:

2a Fruit with distinct, irregularly crenate to spinulose marginal

wing; basal spines present, apical spine ( 1— )4 — 9 mm

long; surface with abundant, often ± elongated warty

papillae 2. C. muricatum subsp. muricatum

2b Fruit with ± distinct marginal rim but without wing; basal

spines absent, apical spine up to 1 5(— 20) pm long; sur-

face with numerous tiny warty-prickly papillae giving

bristly appearance especially along marginal run (oc-

currence in southern Africa unconfirmed)

3. ?C. submersum var. submersum

1. Ceratophyllum demersum L, Species plantarum

1: 992 (1753); J.M.Wood: t. 551 (1912); Engl.: 206 (1914);

Skan: 326 (1917); Skan: 580 (1925); Robyns: 167 (1948);

F.W.Andrews: 14, t. 13 (1950); Cufod.: 106 (1953); Keay:

65 (1954); Friedr.-Holzh.: I (1968); Lind & Tallantire: 114

(1971); J.H.Ross: 168 (1972); R.A.Dyer: 152 (1975); Wil-

mot-Dear: 3 (1985b); Wilmot-Dear: 125 (1991); Symoens

& Wilmot-Dear: 214 (1996). Type: Hortus clijfortianus 446

(BM, lecto.!).

Aquatic herb to 3 m long; main stem to 2 mm diam.,

delicate to robust and wiry. Leaves bright or olive green.

7-1 1 per whorl, 8—40 mm long, (once-) twice-dichoto-

mous (in lower part of plant sometimes 3 times dichoto-

mous), 0. 2-0.7 mm (lowest segments sometimes to 1 mm)

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

FIGURE 1. — Ceratophyllum demersum var. demersum, 1.1 — 1. 3; 1.8, 1.9: 1 . 1 , part of plant, x 73, Mauve 4269', 1.2, leaf, x 2, Musil 450', 1.3, leaf, x

2, Ward 6582', 1.8, female flower, x 8, Bogden 2333', 1.9, fruit, x 4, Ward 6582. C. muricatum subsp. muricatum, 1.4-1. 7, 1.10, 1.11: 1.4,

male flower, x 8, 1.5, male perianth segment, x 24; 1.6, immature anther, x 24; 1.7, mature anther, x 24; 1.10, position of stem showing

leaf- whorl, x 1h, all from Stephens 31: 1.11, var. echinatunr. fruit. Van der Schijff 5672. Published with permission of Director, Royal Botanic

Gardens, Kew.

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

127

thick, apical and often lower segments with many, rarely

few, spine-tipped marginal teeth (0.1-)0. 2-0.5 mm long.

Male flowers 1-3 per node, often many per branch, up to

2.5(-3.5) mm in diam.; perianth broadly cup-shaped,

lobes 0.5- 1.3 x 0.2-0 .4 mm, glandular projection to 0.2

mm long; stamens : up to ± 30, anthers subsessile, 1-2 x

0.4-1. 5 mm when mature; pistillode ± 0.6 mm long. Fe-

male flowers solitary, few per branch; perianth closely

surrounding ovary, persistent in fruit, lobes resembling

male, glandular projection to 0.7 mm long. Ovary to 1.0

x 0.6 mm, smooth; style usually over 2 mm long. Fruit

dark green or red-brown at maturity, surface smooth or

finely papillose; basal spines usually long and conspicu-

ous, sometimes reduced or absent.

var. demersum

Ceratophyllum oxyacanthum Cham.: 504, t. 5, fig. 6b (1829); non

Schur. C. demersum var. oxyacanthum (Cham.) K.Schum.: 748 (1894);

Engl.: 178 (1895). Type: Berlin, 1829, Chamisso s.n., (B, holo.; K, photo,

of holo.!).

C. tuberculatum Cham.: 504, t. 5, fig. 6d (1829). Type: India, Tranken-

bar [Tranquebar], Feb. 1798, Klein 506 (3281) in Herb. Willd. 17546

(B-W1LLD, holo.; IDC Microfiche No. 7440-29/1267: 1.3-61).

Fruit very slightly laterally flattened and without mar-

ginal rim, (3.5-)4.0-5.5 x 3. 0-3. 5 mm; apical spine

( 1 .5— )3.5— 9.0 mm long; basal spines (0.5— )1 .5—6.0 mm

long; surface ± smooth, yellow-green becoming red-

brown, with sparse or numerous slightly raised dark gland-

dots. Figure 1.1 -1.3; 1.8, 1.9.

Found scattered in Caprivi Strip (Namibia), Botswana

(mainly towards north), Northern Province, Gauteng,

Mpumalanga, Swaziland, Free State and coastal regions

of Western and Eastern Cape; abundant along coastal re-

gion of KwaZulu-Natal (Figure 2); of almost worldwide

distribution. Occurs in static to fast-flowing shallow or

deep water, reed swamps, lakes, rivers, streams; tolerant

of brackish estuarine conditions of high salinity but not

found in seasonal, highly alkaline pools.

Vouchers: Allen 416', Mauve 4269\ Ward 7491\ Van Son 28791 .

2. Ceratophyllum muricatum Cham, in Linnaea

4: 504, t. 5, fig. 6c (1829). Type: Egypt, Damietta, June

1821, Sieber s.n. [B, holo.f; HAL, lecto. (designated in

Les: 296 (1986); K, G, iso.!].

C. demersum L. var. muricatum (Cham.) Hook.f. ex K.Schum.: 749

(1894).

C. submersum L. subsp. muricatum (Cham.) Wilmot-Dear: 266 (1985a).

Aquatic herb similar to C. demersum but usually more

delicate and differing as follows: Leaves usually lighter

green, 1 3—40 mm long, 3-4 times (rarely only twice in

some whorls) dichotomously branched, 0. 1-0.3 mm

(lower segments sometimes to 2.5 mm) thick, marginal

spiny teeth few, rarely numerous, inconspicuous, up to 0. 1

mm to 0.2 mm long, often absent from 2 lower segments.

Flowers resembling those of C. demersum , differing as

follows: male flowers generally 2 per node, often at same

node as female, diameter to 2 mm; anthers 8-15, often

smaller and relatively broader, 0.6-0. 8 x 0.4-0.7 mm. Fe-

male perianth lobes relatively narrower and usually

longer, ( 1 .5—) 1 .8—2.0 x 0.1-0. 3 mm. Fruit dark green or

brown at maturity, surface usually warty or papillose or

FIGURE 2. — Distribution of Ceratophyllum demersum var. demersum

in southern Africa.

sometimes with winged spines, lateral flattening sufficient

to form a distinct crenate or spiny wing with spines some-

times longer than basal spines. Figure 1.4- 1.7, 1.10.

Recent authors have treated the C. muricatum group

in various ways. However, whichever system is adopted,

the taxon found in Africa corresponds to the type of C.

muricatum.

subsp. muricatum

C. cristatum Perr. & Guilt: 296 (1833). Type: Senegal, circa Khan and

N ’Batel, ad peninsulam promontorii Vindis, March 71833. Guillemin

& Perrottet s.n. (P, holo.; K, iso.!).

C. submersum subsp. muricatum (Cham.) Wilmot-Dear var. echinatum

(A. Gray) Wilmot-Dear: 266 p.p. (quoad specimina palaeotropica)

(1985a); Wilmot-Dear: 126 (1991).

C. demersum sensu auctt. non L.: Skan: 327 (1917) p.p.; Keay: 65

(1954) p.p.

Fruit markedly laterally flattened with marginal rim

widened into ± entire or irregularly crenate to long-spi-

nose wing, ellipsoid, 3.0-4.5 x 2.0-3. 0(-3.5) mm; apical

spine ( 1 — )4— 9 mm long; 2 basal spines (0.5— )2.0— 6.0(— 1 0)

mm long; surface rarely smooth, usually with (few-)

many small, rounded to ± elongate warty papillae up to

0.2 mm long or sometimes with spines up to 0.3 mm high.

Figure 1.11.

Found in Mpumalanga and probably also elsewhere in

southern Africa (Figure 3; see note below on non-fruiting

material); Senegal, Ghana, Chad, Sudan, ?Mozambique

(fruit immature), India and Pacific Islands. Occurs mainly

in slow-flowing or stagnant water including seasonal

highly alkaline lakes and pools; not found in brackish es-

tuarine conditions.

Voucher; Van der Schijff 5672.

Only one of all southern African specimens seen with

3M times dichotomous leaves was in fruit and was posi-

tively identified as C. muricatum subsp. muricatum. The

identity of the remainder could not be determined for cer-

tain and it is possible that some of them belonged to C.

I

128

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

FIGURE 3. — Distribution of Ceratophyllum muricatum subsp murica-

tum in southern Africa: fruiting material of certain identity, •;

non-fruiting material of uncertain identity, O.

submersion var. submersion , which occurs in parts of Af-

rica in the same habitat and is vegetatively almost iden-

tical. A brief description of this taxon is therefore given

below and it also appears in the key.

Sterile material with 3-4 times dichotomous leaves is

found (rather rarely) in eastern KwaZulu-Natal and southern

coastal regions of Western and Eastern Cape (Figure 3).

Vouchers (specimens without fruit): Levyns 752 (BOL); Stephens 31.

3. ?Ceratophyllum submersum L., Species plan-

tarum edn 2: 1409 (1753); Hauman: 165 (1951); A.Ray-

nal: 103 p.p. (1980); Wilmot-Dear: 4 (1985b); Les: 278

(1986); Wilmot-Dear: 126 (1991); Symoens & Wilmot-

Dear: 216 (1996). Lectotype: Vaill.: 16 [not 21 as cited

in L.: 1409 (1763)], t. 2, fig. 2(2) (1719).

Aquatic herb almost identical to C. muricatum except

in fruit. Flowers: male with usually less than 10 stamens.

Fruit 4.5-6.0 x 3. 5-4.0 mm, surface with minute papillae

or irregular, elongated warts, rarely ± smooth; lateral flat-

tening sufficient to form a rim, this ± warty but never

winged or spinose; basal and lateral spines completely ab-

sent.

Wilmot-Dear (1985a) considered subsp. submersum

(which corresponds to C. submersum as conceived here)

to comprise three varieties, of which only the typical one

is widespread and known from Africa. Les (1986) did not

consider the other two varieties as distinct.

var. submersum

Fruit markedly laterally flattened with ± distinct lon-

gitudinal ‘marginal’ rim, ellipsoid, 3-5 x 2.5-3. 0 mm; api-

cal spine 0.45— 1 (—2) mm long; surface rarely smooth,

usually with numerous minute warty papillae especially

along rim, giving prickly appearance.

Found in Cameroons, Zaire, east tropical Africa, per-

haps southern Africa, Dominica, parts of Europe and Asia.

REFERENCES

AGNEW, A.D.Q 1974. Upland Kenya wild flowers. Oxford University

Press.

ANDREWS, FW. 1950. The flowering plants of the Anglo-Egyptian

Sudan 1: 13, 14. Buncle, Arbroath.

CHAMISSO, L.K.A VON 1829. Aquaticae quaedam diversae affinitatis

II: Ceratophyllum. Linnaea 4: 503-505.

CUFODONTIS, G. 1953. Enumeratio plantae aethiopiae spermatophyta

1: 106.

DYER, R.A. 1975. The genera of southern African flowering plants. Vol.

I . Department of Agricultural Technical Services, Pretoria.

ENGLER, H.G.A. 1895. Die Pflanzenwelt Ost-Afrilais und der Nachbar-

gebiete. C: 178. Berlin.

ENGLER, H.G.A 1914. Wissenschqftliche Ergebnisse der Deutschen

Zentral-Afrika Expedition 2.

FRIEDRICH-HOLZHAMMER, M. 1968. 40. Ceratophyllaceae. In H

Merxmiiller, Prodromus einer Flora von Siidwestqfrika. Cramer,

Lehre.

GRAY, S.F. 1821. A natural arrangement of British plants 2: 554, 555.

London.

HAUMAN, L.L. 1951. Ceratophyllaceae. Flore du Congo Beige et du

Ruanda-Urundi 2: 165, 166.

KEAY, R.W.J. 1954. Ceratophyllaceae. Flora of west tropical Africa, 2nd

edn 1,1: 65.

LES, D.H 1986. Systematics and evolution of Ceratophyllum L. A mono-

graph. Ph D. thesis, Ohio State University.

LES, D.H. 1989. The evolution of achene morphology in Ceratophyllum,

4. Systematic Botany 14: 254—262.

LIND, E M. & TALLANTIRE, A C. 1971. Some common flowering

plants of Uganda: 114.

LINNAEUS, C. 1753. Species plantation. Salvius, Stockholm.

LINNAEUS, C. 1763. Species plantarum, edn 2. Salvius, Stockholm.

PERROTTET, G.S. & GUILLEMIN, J.B.A. 1833. Ceratophylleae. In

J. B.A. Guillemin, G.S. Perrottet & A. Richard, Florae senegam-

biae tentamen 8: 296, 297.

RAYNAL-ROQUES, A. 1980. Ceratophyllaceae. In J R. Durand & C.

Leveque, Flore et faune aquatiques del I'Afrique Sahelo-

Soudanienne: 103. Paris.

ROBYNS, F.H.E.A.W. 1948. Flore des Spermatophytes du Parc National

Albert 1:167.

ROSS, J.H. 1972. The flora of Natal. Memoirs of the Botanical Survey of

South Africa No. 39.

SCHUMANN, K. 1894. Ceratophyllaceae. In C.F.P. Martius, Flora

brasiliensis 3,3: 738-752. Miinchen.

SKAN, S.A. 1917. Ceratophylleae. In D. Prain, Flora of tropical Africa

6,2: 326, 327. Reeve, London.

SKAN, S.A 1925. Ceratophylleae. In T. Thiselton-Dyer, Flora capensis

5,2: 580, 581. Reeve, London.

SYMOENS, J.J. & WILMOT-DEAR, C M 1996. Les Ceratophyllaceae

du Cameroun. Bulletin des Seances de VAcademie royale des

Sciences d'Outre-Mer 42: 209-220.

VAILLANT, S. 1719. Caracteres de quatorze genres des plantes.

Academic Royale des Sciences, Paris, Histoire 1719: 9-47.

WILMOT-DEAR, C.M. 1985a. Ceratophyllum revised — a study in fruit

and leaf variation. Kew Bulletin 40: 243-271.

WILMOT-DEAR, C M. 1985b. Ceratophyllaceae. In R M Polhill, Flora

of tropical East Africa, Ceratophyllaceae 1-5. Balkema, Rotter-

dam.

WILMOT-DEAR, C M. 1991. Ceratophyllaceae. In E. Launert & C.V.

Pope, Flora zambesiaca 9: 124—128. London.

WOOD, J.M. 1912. Natal plants Vol. 6. Natal Government & Durban

Botanic Society.

Bothalia 27,2: 129-133 ( 1997)

Two new species of Zygophyllum (Zygophyllaceae) from the Western

Cape, South Africa

L. VAN ZYL (nee HUGO)* and E.M. MARAIS*

Keywords: new species. South Africa, Western Cape, Zygophyllaceae, Zygophyllum

ABSTRACT

Two new species of Zygophyllum L. from the Western Cape are described, namely, Z. fuscatum Van Zyl from the coast-

line between Betty’s Bay and De Hoop Nature Reserve and Z. botulifolium Van Zyl from the Tanqua Karoo.

INTRODUCTION

Sonder (1860) in Flora capensis, recognized 25

species in his revision of the genus Zygophyllum in

southern Africa. Van Huyssteen (1937) added a few more

new species. Since then many more new taxa from all

over the distribution range of the genus have come to

light and in this paper two new species are dealt with.

Both belong to the subgenus Zygophyllotypus Huysst.,

section Capensia Engl, which is by far the largest section

of the southern African species of Zygophyllum.

Young stems of species in section Capensia are mostly

not round in cross section but Hat on one side and they

nearly always display lateral ridges containing vascular

bundles which presumably serve the stipules. The flat area

with lateral ridges occurs along the whole length of the

internode. This side of the young stem could be described

as nearest to the central axis of the shrub, and therefore the

descriptive term, ventral, is used with this situation in

mind. Members of another section of Zygophyllum , name-

ly section Alata, often display a distinct ventral groove

along the whole length of the internode. Figure 1.

Zygophyllum fuscatum Van Zyl, sp. nov., (§ Ca-

pensia), Z. fulvo L. affinis sed frutex erectus ramulis

dense foliaceis secundis, fructibus angulatis et costatis.

Figura 2.

Frutex erectus multicaulis. Ramuli dense foliacei,

secundi, internodia ventraliter complanata, costis later-

alibus angustis in lobum distinctum acutum distalem ter-

minantibus. Folia opposita, subsessilia, bifoliolata, foli-

ola elliptica vel obovata, in sicco nigrescentia. Pedicelli

brevissimi, 1-2 mm longi; petala flavissima. Squamae

staminum simplices, oblongatae, margine fimbriato, lon-

gitudine */3 filamentorum partes aequantes. Ovarium 5-

angulatum. Fructus capsula loculicida oblonga, 5-angu-

lata et 5-costata. Semen arillo albo, testa madida mucurn

procreans.

TYPE. — Western Cape, 3419 (Caledon): coastal

dunes between Kleinbaai and Danger Point, (-CB), May

1992, Van Zyl 4293 (NBG, holo.; B, PRE, S).

* Department of Botany, University of Stellenbosch, Private Bag XI,

Matieland, 7602 Stellenbosch.

MS received: 1997-01-02.

Erect, multistemmed, branched, glabrous shrub up to

1 .0 m high and 1 .5 m in diameter. Stems: old stems leaf-

less, dark grey, up to 20 mm thick; young branches

green, densely leafy, secund, internodes ventrally flat-

tened with narrow lateral ridges, each ending in a dis-

tinct, acute, distal lobe (Figure 2D). Leaves opposite,

subsessile, bifoliolate, khaki or yellow green, when dried

changing colour to dark brown or nearly black; leaflets

articulate, elliptic to obovate, not succulent, 12-16 x 2-5

mm, apex rounded or acuminate, with an apiculum, base

cuneate; stipules interpetiolar, membranous, caducous,

subrotund, sometimes slightly notched, 0.5-1. 5 x 1-2

mm. Flowers solitary or seldom two together, axillary.

Pedicel 1-2 mm long. Sepals 5, ovate to elliptic, attenu-

ate, 6-8 x 3-4 mm. Petals 5, patent, subrotund or ellip-

tic, 10-14 x 5-7 mm, apex round or acuminate, base

with a short claw, deep yellow and variously marked at

base with red or brown, or without any markings. Nectar

disc fleshy, papillose, 10-angled. Stamens 10; filaments

terete, 5. 5-8.0 mm long; staminal scales 10, simple,

oblong, margins unevenly lacerate, 2-3 x 1.0-1. 5 mm, ±

one third as long as filament. Ovary 5-angled and 5-loc-

ular; style terete; stigma simple. Fruit an oblong, 5-angu-

lar and 5-ribbed, few-seeded, loculicidal capsule, 12-14

x 11-12 mm. Seed oblong, up to 3 per locule, 4x2 mm,

dark brown with white aril, testa producing mucilage

when wet.

Diagnostic characters

Zygophyllum fuscatum resembles Z. fulvum L. and Z.

flexuosum Eckl. & Zeyh. but is readily distinguished

from the former by its erect, shrubby habit, densely leafy,

FIGURE 1 — Section through intemode. A, Z. fuscatum. Van Zyl 4293

(section Capensia ); B, Z. suffruticosum Schinz, Van Zyl 3809

(section Alata).

130

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

FIGURE 2. — Zygophyllum fuscatum, Van Zyl 4293, holotype. A, flowering branch; B, fruiting branch; C, sideview of leaflets; D, leaflet arrange-

ment, lateral ridges and distal lobe on intemode; E, section of internode; F, sepal; G, petal; H, section of capsule; I, stamen with scale; J,

ovary; K, section of ovary.

secund young branches which turn dark brown or nearly

black when dried, (hence the specific epithet which is

Latin for brown tinged with black), also by the absence

of scabrous leaf margins, which are characteristic of Z.

fulvum. The internodes of young stems are always flat on

the ventral side and have narrow, lateral ridges ending in

distinct, acute distal lobes. These ridges are present in all

three taxa mentioned above but only Z. fuscatum dis-

plays these distinctive lobes. The very short pedicels

( 1-2 mm) of Z. fuscatum also differ from those of Z. ful-

vum and Z. flexuosum which vary from 9-20 mm. The

oblong, 5-angled and 5-ribbcd, loculicidal capsules of Z.

fuscatum, with up to three seeds per locule, differ

markedly from those of Z. fulvum which are subrotund,

without angles, showing only faint remains of sutures,

and those of Z. flexuosum, distinguished by being wider

than long, and containing only one, extremely sticky

seed per locule.

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

131

Distribution and habitat

Z. fuscatum is found in a narrow strip along the south-

ern Western Cape coastline, from Betty’s Bay in the west

to De Hoop Nature Reserve in the east, mostly in close

proximity to the sea, from sea level to about 300 m alti-

tude (Figure 3). The vegetation is classified as Limestone

Fynbos by Rebelo (1996) and is restricted to calcareous,

neutral to alkaline, shallow sands overlying limestone

and associated calcretes of the Bredasdorp Formation.

The area falls within the winter and autumn-spring rain-

fall area, with rainfall varying from 350 to 600 mm per

year and with average daily temperatures of 17°C. Also

found in this area are two other Zygophyllum species,

namely Z fulvum L. and Z flexuosum Eckl. & Zeyh. Z.

fuscatum thrives in direct sunlight and is often seen as a

pioneer in disturbed areas along roadsides. Populations of

many scattered individuals exist, including seedlings and

young plants. Z. fuscatum is fairly common where found

and under no threat of extinction. Flowering occurs from

May to August and fruits are shed a month or two later.

Specimens examined

WESTERN CAPE. — 3418 (Simonstown): Holbaai Peninsula, E of

Hangklip, (-BD), June, Ruurke 423 (NBG); E of Blesberg, Hangklip,

(-BD), Sept., Boucher 684 (NBG); Betty’s Bay, (-BD), June, Hall

1738 (NBG). 3419 (Caledon); Danger Point, Caledon, (-CB), June,

Lewis 4025 (SAM); June, Martin 338 (NBG); near Die Kelders, (-CB),

May, Van Zyl 4294 (NBG); coastal dunes, W of Kleinbaai, (-CB), May,

Van Zyl 4292 (NBG); coastal dunes between Kleinbaai and Danger

Point, (-CB), May, Van Zyl 4293 (B, NBG, PRE, S); coastal fynbos at

Buffelsjag, Quoin Point, (-DC), July, Van derZeyde 54/83 (NBG); near

Ratel River mouth, (-DC), June, O'Callagan, Van Wyk & Fellingham

471 (NBG); near Quoin Point, Buffelsjag, (-DC), May, Van Zyl 4290

(NBG). 3420 (Bredasdorp): Dronkvlei flats, De Hoop Nature Reserve,

(-AD), June, Burgers 1854 (NBG); near Amiston, (-CA), July, Marsh

1452 (PRE, NBG); coastal dunes near Bredasdorp, (-CA), Aug., Van

Breda 814 (PRE).

Zygophyllum botulifolium Van Zyl , sp. nov., (§

Capensia), frutex erectus a speciebus aliis sectionis foli-

is cylindricis, succulentibus distinguitur. Figura 4.

Frutex erectus, multicaulis. Internodia ventraliter

complanata, leviter costata. Folia opposita, sessilia, bifo-

liolata; foliola cylindrica, succulenta. Petala sulphurea

vel aurea. Squamae staminum simplices, ellipticae, mar-

gine fimbriato, filamentis dimidia parte breviores. Ova-

rium 5-angulatum. Fructus capsula loculicida, subrotun-

da, 5-angulata et 5-costata. Semen arillo albo, testa madi-

da mucum procreans.

TYPE. — Western Cape, 3319 (Worcester): Doorn-

rivier crossing between Ceres and Sutherland, (-BB),

September 1989, Van Zyl 3935 (NBG, holo.; B, BOL,

PRE, S, WIND).

Erect, compact,. branched, woody shrub, up to 0.6 m

high and 0.6 m in diameter. Stems', old stems woody,

dark grey, resprouting at nodes, young branches green,

ventrally flattened, with weakly developed lateral ridges

on internodes. Leaves opposite, sessile, bifoliolate, dark

green, sometimes with brown tints; leaflets articulate,

cylindrical, succulent, 7-13 x 2-3 mm, apex and base

rounded; stipules interpetiolar, membranous, caducous,

triangular, 1.0-1. 5 mm. Flowers solitary, axillary. Pedicel

7-10 mm long. Sepals 5, ovate, 7-8 x 3 mm, light green.

Petals 5, patent, elliptic to subrotund, 9-11 x 4—5 mm,

with short claws, sulphur-yellow to rich golden yellow,

variously marked in red, brown or khaki at base. Nectar

disc fleshy, papillose, 10-angled. Stamens 10; filaments

terete, 5-7 mm long; staminal scales simple, elliptic, 3-4

x 1.0-1. 5 mm, more or less half as long as filament, mar-

gins long fimbriate. O vary oblong, 5-angled; style terete;

stigma simple. Fruit a subrotund, 5-angled and 5-ribbed,

loculicidal, few-seeded capsule, 11 x 10 mm. Seed

oblong, 4. 0-2. 5 mm, dark brown, white aril present, testa

granular, producing mucilage when wet.

Diagnostic characters

Zygophyllum botulifolium is distinguished by its very

succulent, cylindrical leaflets (hence the specific epithet

which is Latin for sausage-leaved), a feature in which it

resembles the dwarf shrubs of the Mesembryanthema-

ceae amongst which it is always found. Z. simplex also

has succulent but not cylindrical leaves and these two

species should not be confused with one another because

of their very different habit: Z. simplex is a prostrate

annual whereas Z. botulifolium is an erect, woody shrub.

Although the young stems of Z botulifolium are flat on

the ventral side, the lateral ridges on the internodes are

poorly developed compared to other members of section

Capensia. It is further distinguished by the staminal

scales with long, fimbriate margins and by the subro-

tund, 5-angled and 5-ribbed capsule. This species has no

close affinities with other members of the section Ca-

pensia.

Distribution and habitat

Z. botulifolium is restricted to the southern part of the

Tanqua Karoo and, according to distribution records, is

found together with only one other Zygophyllum species,

namely Z. retrofractum Thunb. which belongs to sub-

genus Agrophyllum Huysst. The vegetation of the Tanqua

Karoo is classified as Lowland Succulent Karoo by

Hoffman (1996), or Tanqua Karoo by Acocks (1988), and

contains a high succulent plant species diversity.

According to Acocks (1988) the valleys of the Tanqua

FIGURE 3. — Distribution of Zygophyllum fuscatum Van Zyl, •; Z

botulifolium Van Zyl, ■.

132

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

FIGURE 4. — Zygophyllum botulifolium, Van Zyl 3935 , holotype. A, flowering branch; B, fruiting branch; C, leaflets with cross section; D, sepal;

E, petal; F, section of capsule; G, seed; H, section of intemode; I, stamen with scale; J, ovary; K, section through ovary.

and Doom Rivers are flat country, mostly 300-450 m

above sea level, and receive less than 150 mm rain per

annum, falling mostly in winter. The lower parts of these

valleys can be considered as being almost total desert. It

is quite normal to find very few flowers and even fewer

fruits on shrublets of Z. botulifolium. Over a period of

nearly 10 years, during which collections were made, this

was mostly the case with the exception of one good rainy

season when plants were found covered in flowers and

fruits. Populations of Z. botulifolium consist of a few

dozen scattered plants which are usually found near dry

stream beds, mostly tributaries of the Doom River. In a

sterile state this species may be mistaken for a shrublet of

the Mesembryanthemaceae. Most plants are heavily

grazed and have a gnarled, pruned appearance. The fact

that plants are edible and that the whole of the distribu-

tion range falls within sheep farming area, could account

for the near absence of seedlings or young plants.

Because of the small size of populations and grazing

pressure, this species could be considered as vulnerable.

Flowering takes place from July to August.

Specimens examined

WESTERN CAPE. — 3219 (Wuppertal): Grootrivierloop at Sout-

panskoppies, Ceres Karoo, (-DD), July, Van Zyl 4200 (NBG, PRE).

3319 (Worcester): Doornrivier crossing between Ceres and

Sutherland, (-BB), Sept., Van Zyl 3935 (B, BOL, NBG, PRE, S,

WIND); Doornrivier crossing between Ceres and Sutherland, (-BB),

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

133

July, Van Zyl 4026 (NBG, PRE); near Doornrivier, Ceres, (-BB),

Sept., Van Zyl 3742 (NBG, PRE); Doornrivier crossing between Ceres

and Sutherland, (-BB), Sept., Van Zyl 4237 (NBG, PRE); between

Inverdoorn and Tweeriviere, Ceres Karoo, (-BB), Aug., Van Zyl 4238

(NBG). 3320 (Montagu): between Toorberg and Perdekraal, (-AA),

Nov., Van Zyl 4153 (NBG, PRE).

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

We are most grateful to Mrs Inge Oliver for the care

with which she prepared the line drawings and to Mr

E.G.H. Oliver for the Latin translations.

REFERENCES

ACOCKS, J.P.H. 1988. Veld types of South Africa, 3rd edn Memoirs

of the Botanical Survey of South Africa No. 57: 1-146.

FIOFFMAN, T. 1996. Lowland Succulent Karoo. In A B Low, & AG

Rebelo, Vegetation of South Africa, Lesotho and Swaziland.

Dept Environmental Affairs & Tourism, Pretoria.

REBELO, A.G. 1996. Limestone Fynbos. In A. B . Low, & A.G. Rebelo,

Vegetation of South Africa, Lesotho and Swaziland. Dept

Environmental Affairs & Tourism, Pretoria.

SONDER, O.W. 1860. Zygophyllaceae. In W.H Harvey & O.W.

Sonder, Flora capensis 1 : 355-365. Reeve, Ashford, Kent.

VAN HUYSSTEEN, D C. 1937. Morphologisch-systematische Studien

iiber die Gattung Zygophyllum mit besonderer Beriick-

sichtigung der afrikanischen Arten. Inaugural-Dissertation der

Mathematisch-Naturwissenschaftlichen Fakultiit der Friedrich

Wilhelms-Universitat zu Berlin.

Bothalia 27,2: 135-147 (1996)

Notes on African plants

VARIOUS AUTHORS

CACTACEAE

RHIPSAL1S BACCIFERA SUBSP. MAUR1T1ANA : THE CORRECT NAME FOR THE INDIGENOUS SOUTHERN AFRICAN CACTUS

Apart from about 20 naturalized species of Cactaceae,

most of which are noxious weeds, e.g, Opuntia ficus-in-

dica (L.) Mill., southern Africa has only a single indige-

nous cactus species. The species, Rhipsalis baccifera

(J.S.Mill.) Stearn (Figure 1), occurs in the subtropical

eastern parts of the subcontinent (Figure 2) and is, ac-

cording to Obermeyer (1976), plentiful in the northeast-

ern Cape (Eastern Cape Province), Zululand and south-

ern Natal (KwaZulu-Natal). The genus Rhipsalis Gaertn.

comprises 33 species (Barthlott & Taylor 1995) and oc-

curs over much of the New World tropics. R. baccifera,

the only Old World representative of the genus, and in-

deed of the family, was treated for the Flora of southern

Africa by Obermeyer (1976) who interpreted the species

as a single variable entity. Barthlott (1987), on the other

hand, split R. baccifera into three subspecies, including

the typical subspecies. This taxonomic refinement result-

ed in the species, as it is known in southern Africa, being

included in R. baccifera subsp. mauritiana (DC.) Barth-

lott. In a recent note, precursory to a monographic treat-

ment of the tribe Rhipsalideae of the Cactaceae, Barthlott

& Taylor (1995) divided R. baccifera into six subspecies,

but prudently added that their treatment should be re-

garded as provisional only, as this complex species re-

quired further investigation. Since this further refinement

will have no effect on the correct name of the southern

African representatives of the species, the treatment of

Barthlott (1987) will be incorporated into PRECIS, the

comprehensive southern African plant taxonomic data-

base. Following the treatment of Barthlott (1987), the

nomenclature of the indigenous southern African cactus

FIGURE 1. — Flowers of Rhipsalis baccifera subsp. mauritiana, G. F.

Smith 110 (PUC). Material collected near KwaMabeyana on the

Ozwatini Plateau in central KwaZulu-Natal. Scale bar: 10 mm.

FIGURE 2. — Distnbution map of Rhipsalis baccifera subsp. mauri-

tiana in southern Africa.

is as follows:

5416000-2+ Rhipsalis baccifera [J.S.Mill.) Stearn

subsp. mauritiana (DC.) Barthlott : 100 (1987);

Barthlott & Taylor: 64 (1995). Type: lectotype designat-

ed by Barthlott & Taylor (1995): Mauritius, Le Pouche,

Sieber [fl. maur. 2:] 259 (G-IDC microfiche; L, lec-

topara.).

R. cassytha (var.) mauritiana DC.: 476 (1828).

A distribution map of Rhipsalis in southern Africa

was not included in Obermeyer (1976), and is given here

for the sake of completeness (Figure 2). The palaeotropi-

cal distribution of Rhipsalis was depicted by Barthlott

(1983: fig. 2).

REFERENCES

BARTHLOTT, W. 1983. Biography and evolution in neo- and

palaeotropical Rhipsalinae (Cactaceae). Sonderbdnde des

naturwissenschaftlichen Vereins in Hamburg 7: 241-248.

BARTHLOTT, W. 1987. New names in Rhipsalidinae (Cactaceae).

Bradleya 5:97-100.

BARTHLOTT, W. & TAYLOR, N.P 1995. Notes towards a monograph

of Rhipsalideae (Cactaceae). Bradleya 13: 43-79.

DE CANDOLLE, A.P. 1828. Cactaceae. Prodromus systematis natu-

ralis regni vegetabilis 3: 457^t76. Treuttel & Wiirtz, Paris.

OBERMEYER, A. A. 1976. Cactaceae. 2. Rhipsalis. Flora of southern

Africa 22: 147, 148.

G.F. SMITH* and E.M.A. STEYN*

* Research Directorate, National Botanical Institute, Private Bag XI 01,

Pretoria 0001.

MS. received: 1997-01-13.

t See Germishuizen (1997: Bothalia 27: 146).

136

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

BRYOPHYTA

NEW AND INTERESTING RECORDS OF MOSSES IN THE FLORA OF SOUTHERN AFRICA AREA:

4. NEW RECORDS AND GEOGRAPHIC REGIONS

This is the fourth report of new and interesting records

of mosses from regions inside the Flora of southern

Africa ( FSA ) area, comprising Botswana, Lesotho, Nami-

bia, South Africa and Swaziland. The records are listed in

the same order and form as previously (Van Rooy &

Perold 1990, 1992a, b) except that the genera are now al-

phabetically arranged under each family. This report

also includes new records for regions referred to in

Memoirs of the Botanical Survey of South Africa No.

62— Plants of southern Africa: names and distribution

(Van Rooy 1993).

The geographic regions referred to in the previous re-

ports (Van Rooy & Perold 1990, 1992a, b) are the same

as those presented in the first two fascicles of the

Bryophyta in the Flora of southern Africa (Magill 1981,

1987). To reflect recent constitutional developments in

southern Africa some of these regions, partly demarcated

by former provincial boundaries, have been changed.

The changes have, however, been kept to a minimum for

the sake of continuity. The former western Transvaal re-

gion now forms part of the northern Cape region, and the

former Transkei region has been added to the eastern

Cape region (Figure 3). The name of the South West

Africa/Namibia region has been changed to Namibia,

that of the Orange Free State region to Free State, and

that of Natal to KwaZulu-Natal. The name Zululand is

retained for the northern part of KwaZulu-Natal

Province. The ‘Cape’ and ‘Transvaal’ regions referred to

in this report no longer coincide with the former Cape

and Transvaal provinces of South Africa.

FIGURE 3. — Amended geographical regions for the moss flora of

southern Africa. B — Botswana, CC — central Cape, CE — east-

ern Cape, CN — northern Cape, CNW — northwestern Cape,

CS — southern Cape, CSW — southwestern Cape, FS — Free

State, KZN — KwaZulu-Natal, L — Lesotho, NAM — Namibia,

S — Swaziland, TC — central Transvaal, TE — eastern Transvaal,

TN — northern Transvaal, TS — southern Transvaal, Z —

Zululand (northern KwaZulu-Natal).

FISSIDENTACEAE

Fissidens

rufescens Hornsch. (Magill 1981: 47)

Namibia, first record in PRE with a precise locality (1917 DA:

Smook 8983).

usambaricus Broth. (Magill 1981: 43)

Swaziland (2631 AA: Braun 1 456).

ARCHIDIACEAE

Archidium

acanthophyllum Snider (Magill 1981: 75)

Swaziland ( 2631 AB: Smook 8885).

globiferum (Brid.) J.-P.Frahm (as A. ohioense in Magill 1981: 74)

Free State (2827 DC: Van Rooy 515).

DITRICHACEAE

Ditrichum difficile (Duby) M.Fleisch. (Magill 1981: 93)

Central Transvaal (2527 CD: Glen 3173).

DICRANACEAE

Trematodon

divaricatus Bruch ex C.Krauss (Magill 1981: 114)

Southern Cape (3323 DC: Powrie 234).

Iongicollis Michx. (Magill 1981: 115)

Southern Cape (3321 AC: Perold 3285).

POTTIACEAE

Bryoerythrophyllum campylocarpum (C.Miill.) H. A. Crum (as B.

jamesonii in Magill 1981: 248)

Southern Transvaal (2628 DA: Glen 2847).

Hymenostylium recurvirostrum (Hedw.) Dixon (Magill 1981: 182)

Free State (2828 DA: Perold. Koekemoer & Smook 3007).

Hyophila involuta (Hook.) A. Jaeger (Magdl 1981: 228)

Swaziland (2631 AB: Braun 1719. 2631 AC: Braun 1468).

Syntrichia papillosa (Wilson in Spruce) Jur. (as Tortula papillosa in

Magill 1981: 218)

Namibia (2715 BD: Oliver 10208).

Timmiella pelindaba Magill (Magill 1981: 253)

Eastern Transvaal (2530 BC: Anderson CHI 3585).

Trichostomum tenuirostre (Hook. & Taylor ) Lindb. (as Oxystegus cylin-

dricus in Magill 1981: 259)

Eastern Transvaal (2530 BC: Burrows 5983).

BRYACEAE

Brachymenium nepalense Hook. in Schwdgr. (Magill 1987: 347)

Swaziland (2631 AA: Veltman 111).

Bryum

canariense Brid. (Magill 1987: 381)

Swaziland (2631 AB: Smook 8935a).

capillare Hedw. (Magill 1987: 372)

Southern Transvaal (2628 CA: Glen 2513)

cellulare Hook. (Magill 1987: 363)

Swaziland (2631 AA: Braun 1714).

BARTRAMIACEAE

Philonotis afrieana (C.Miill.) Paris (Magill 1987: 429)

Southern Cape (3322 DC: Koekemoer 1000).

ERPOD1ACEAE

Erpodium beccarii C.Miill. (Van Rooy 1993: 35)

Swaziland (2631 BB: Braun 767).

PTYCHOMITRIACEAE

Ptychomitrium eurybasis Dixon (Van Rooy 1993: 35)

Free State (2828 DB: Magill 6604).

ORTHOTRICHACEAE

Orthotrichum rupestre Schwdgr. (Van Rooy 1993: 36)

KwaZulu-Natal (2929 CB: Magill 7052).

HEDWIGIACEAE

Braunia secunda (Hook.) Bruch. Schimp. & W.Giimbel (Van Rooy 1993:

37)

Free State (3027 AC: Van Rooy 2545).

THUIDIACEAE

Haplohymenium pseudotriste (C.Miill.) Broth. (Van Rooy 1993: 42)

Swaziland (2631 AA: Glen 3114).

HYPNACEAE

Vesicularia galerulata (Duby) Broth. (Van Rooy 1993: 45)

Namibia (2017 AD: Volk 1117).

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

137

POLYTRICHACEAE

Atrichum androgynum (C.MUll.) A. Jaeger (Van Rooy 1993: 46)

Swaziland (2631 AB: Smook 8912).

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

I would like to thank all the collectors of bryophytes

in southern Africa for their contribution to bryology.

REFERENCES

MAGILL, RE. 1981. Bryophyta 1,1: 1-291. Flora of southern Africa.

Botanical Research Institute, Pretoria.

MAGILL, RE. 1987. Bryophyta 1,2: 293^143. Flora of southern Africa.

Botanical Research Institute, Pretoria.

VAN ROOY, J. 1993. Musci. In T.H. Arnold & B.C. de Wet, Plants of

southern Africa: names and distribution. Memoirs of the

Botanical Survey of South Africa No. 62: 17-46

VAN ROOY, J & PEROLD, S.M. 1990. New and interesting records

of mosses in the Flora of southern Africa area: 1

Sphagnaceae-Grimmiaceae. Bothalia 20: 211-213.

VAN ROOY, J. & PEROLD, S.M. 1992a. New and interesting records

of mosses in the Flora of southern Africa area: 2.

Gigaspermaceae-Bartramiaceae. Bothalia 22: 37.

VAN ROOY, J. & PEROLD, S.M 1992b New and interesting records

of mosses in the Flora of southern Africa area: 3. Miscellaneous

acrocarpous taxa. Bothalia 22: 195.

J. VAN ROOY*

* National Botanical Institute, Private Bag X101, 0001 Pretoria.

MS received: 1997-02-06.

METZGERIALES-FOSSOMBRONIACEAE

THE LECTOTYPIFICATION OF FOSSOMBRON1A CR1SPA

In the protologue of F. crispa Nees in Gottsche et al.

(1844-1847), the second species of the genus to be de-

scribed from southern Africa, the following is stated:

‘foliis subhorizontalibus planiusculis subrotundo-qua-

dratis truncatis integerrimis subrepandis’ (leaves

with margins absolutely entire, very slightly uneven and

wavy), and in the commentary it is noted that, ‘differt ab

adfinibus foliis nec lobatis neque dentatis’ (differs from

the allies in the leaves being neither lobed nor dentate).

The following synonyms are given: Jungermannia

crispa Spreng. in sched. Herb. Zeyher, and J. pusilla

Lehrn. Hep. Cap. Ecklon in Linn. 4: 369, No. 42. [pre-

sumably in the sense of Lehmann, since Linnaeus ( 1 753)

is the author of this taxon]. The locality is stated to be ‘In

Promontorio Bonae Spei, locis umbrosis ad latus orien-

tale montis Tabularis et in locis humidis prope hortos

eiusdem montis’. It is also noted that ‘Octobri cum

fructibus (Ecklon in Hb. Zeyher, N. et L.)’. This Ecklon

holotype in Hb. Zeyher has not been traced.. In the ab-

sence of a holotype. Article 9.9 of the ICBN (Greuter et

al. 1994) permits the designation of a lectotype chosen

from the original material. I propose to do this in the fol-

lowing paragraph.

Acting on the advice of Dr R.Grolle, who kindly ref-

ereed an earlier draft of this note, the F. crispa speci-

mens seen by Nees were requested on loan from STR

and graciously sent by the curator. Of the five specimens

sent, only one (numbered 3 in pencil) has spores; the or-

namentation is incompletely reticulate (Figure 4A, B),

and the margins of the leaves are entire. This specimen

(Figure 5) is here selected as the lectotype of F. crispa.

FIGURE 4. — Fossornbronia spores. F. crispa: A, distal face; B, proximal face. F. leucoxantha (non F. crispa ): C, distal face; D, proximal face. F.

leucoxantha (lectotype in S): E, distal face; F, proximal face. A, B, Zeyher (STR), lectotype; C, D, Ecklon 64 (BM); E, F, Ecklon L.29 (S),

lectotype. A, x 906; B, x 940; C, x 713; D, x 701 ; E, x 975; F, x 848.

138

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

fT

Fossombronia Crisps NeeS

■C<Xp , '

$dec(u( #£ lecbytyjpz,

Det./ Conf. S.M. Perold (PRE) 1QC

fictlyUuF i7

d>

1997

FIGURE 5. — Photograph of Fossombronia crispa packet and portion

of specimen held at STR.

There is no collector’s name on the packet, however. A

specimen (Figure 6D), which is presumably a duplicate,

since the label is in the same handwriting, is mounted on

a herbarium sheet held at BM (ex Herb. Hampe 1881). It

would appear that the epithet, F. crispa , has since

Stephani (1900) been wrongly applied to plants with

dentate leaves and spinose spores (i.e. F. leucoxantha)

and not to plants with entire leaves and reticulate spores.

specimens except 1:5 (6E) are labelled Jungermannia (or

Fossombronia) crispa. Specimens 6A, B and D have leaves

with entire margins and incompletely reticulate spores. The

five small pieces under 6C have dentate leaves and spinose

spores. Specimen 6E is labelled J. pusilla , and ‘No. 42’ has

been added to the label in pencil. It consists of a mixture of

two different species of Fossombronia ; they are both sterile

and could therefore not be identified to species level. This

specimen was originally referred to in Hepaticarum capen-

sium (Lehmann 1829), where it is remarked that it was col-

lected with fruit in October. As stated above, it was cited by

Nees under synonymy of F. crispa. Specimen 6F is not a

Fossombronia. It could be a Riccardia and need not be con-

sidered further.

A duplicate of one of the specimens with entire leaf

margins and incompletely reticulate spores (Figure 6A,

B or D) was described by Stephani (1900) as a new

species, F. zeyheri sub F. crispa Spreng. He selected the

specimens, leg. Carl Zeyher, previously held at Herb.

Rabenhorst ( G024669 ) and at Herb. I(?)ope (first letter

illegible) ( G024670 ) as ‘original’ and rewrote the labels

in his own hand. Both these specimens are now housed

in G (from whence the herbarium numbers). He was fol-

lowed in his treatment by Sim (1926), Arnell (1963),

Sergio (1985) and Scott & Pike (1988). Scott & Pike

(1988) misidentified the collections on the BM sheet

with incompletely reticulate spores (6A, B, D) as F.

pusilla and the duplicate of one of them (6B) in S (as

well as several other specimens) as F. capensis Arnell.

There are six liverwort collections pasted on the said

herbarium sheet in BM, in two rows of three each, one

below the other (Figure 6A-F). Scott & Pike (1987) num-

bered these specimens 1:1 (Figure 6A), up to 1:6 (6F). All

Fossombronia zeyheri Steph. is considered to be iden-

tical to the earlier F. crispa and is hereby placed in syn-

onymy under F. crispa Nees. Scott & Pike (1988) cited

HERB. HAMPE.— 1881. > HERB. HAMPE 1881.

& mi

IIERB. HAMPE. — 1881.

■ AfrJjpHsv j .... t -t-rUc? vfuKir

jtkft ■

*/•

*7^ * ~ '• v I

L Fy ,c^T.s

./ i'Jn 1 1

• v ■

i *

©

FIGURE 6. — Photograph of herbarium sheet of Fossombronia crispa ex Herb. Hampe 1881 held at BM.

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

139

specimen 1 :3 (6C) on the said BM sheet as the type of F.

crispa, even though it has dentate leaves and spinose

spores. It was most probably collected by Ecklon, but it

could not be ascertained which collection series the

number 64 on the label refers to. Gunn & Codd (1981)

remark that ‘it may be difficult to determine whether a

given specimen is collected by Ecklon, Zeyher, or both,

or whether it is part of a type gathering or not’. The orig-

inal plant name on the label, ‘S. .. subtilis' Hedw. (the

genus name is illegible), has been scored through and

Jungermannia is written above it and below it

Fossombronia crispa. Details of the collection site and

date are as follows, ‘Feuchte Stellen an der Erde, 2e Hohe

des Teufelsberges’, ‘cfr.’ and the date ‘Aug. 14, 1825’

were added. In a footnote in Lehmann (1829: 358), ref-

erence is made to ‘die zweite (Hohe) oder die Region der

Silberbaume ( Leucadendron argenteum) bis zu 1000

Fuss’ (i.e. above 500 feet; the ‘erste Hohe’ being below

500 feet). As mentioned before, since Stephani (1900)

the epithet F. crispa has been wrongly applied to speci-

men 6C and others like it. Stephani did not explicitly

mention the leaf margins, but the spinose spores are de-

scribed by him as ‘papillis longiusculis confertis his-

pidissimae’ (very hispid with longish crowded papillae).

He cited an Ecklon specimen (apparently specimen 6C);

a MacOwan collection ( G024668 ) (evidently misnamed

since it has entire leaf margins and is sterile); and a

specimen of Breutel (G024665) from Genadendal, which

has spinose spores and dentate leaves. Sim (1926) de-

scribed the leaf margins of F. crispa as ‘not dentate, the

lower margin usually inflexed’. Some sterile Sim speci-

mens at PRE, 7582 & 8024, have initially been identi-

fied by him as F. zeyheri and later as F. crispa, so his

concept of the species may not always have been clear.

According to Arnell (1963) the leaves of F. crispa are

usually entire.

In the protologue of J. ( — F.) leucoxantha (Lehmann

1 829) the following is stated: ‘foliis imbricatis horizon-

talibus subquadrato-rotundis involutis repando-crenu-

latis inciso-dentatisque’ (leaves imbricate, horizontal,

subquadrate-rotund, rolled inwards, repand-crenulate

and incised-dentate). It is stated to grow ‘ad latus orien-

tale et boreale montis Tafelberg, ad radicem montis

Teufelsberg et in monte Lowenschwanz humi inter ar-

buscula’. I consider, Ecklon 64 (specimen 6C), collect-

ed at Teufelsberg (Devil’s Peak), to be a syntype of F.

leucoxantha.

As already noted by Scott & Pike (1987), Stephani

treated F. leucoxantha as a tumid-leaved plant (i.e. F.

tumida Mitt.), because he studied a mixed collection of

these two species. The specimens he examined lacked

spores, therefore he was unaware that the true F. leu-

coxantha (with incised dentate leaves) has spinose

spores. My SEM micrographs of the spore ornamenta-

tion of the specimen Ecklon L.29 (S) (Figure 5E, F),

are slightly different from those published by Scott &

Pike (1987), who selected it as the lectotype of F. leu-

coxantha, but they are nevertheless still within the ac-

ceptable range of variation in spore ornamentation for

this species.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

I sincerely thank Dr R. Grolle, Jena, for drawing my at-

tention to the fact that Nees’ herbarium is held at STR and

for his helpful advice and constructive criticism; Dr D.J.B.

Killick, retired Deputy Director, BRI, as well as my col-

leagues at NBI, Dr H.F. Glen, Dr O.A. Leistner and Mr J.

van Rooy for profitable discussions and advice. Dr P.

Geissler, Geneva, is thanked for her investigations on my

behalf and for the loan of specimens. The curators of BM, S

and STR are also thanked for the loan of specimens.

REFERENCES

ARNELL, S.W. 1963. Hepaticae of South Africa. Swedish Natural

Science Council, Stockholm.

GOTTSCHE, C M., LINDENBERG, J.B.G. & NEES AB ESEN-

BECK, C.G. 1844—1847. Synopsis hepaticarum. Meissner,

Hamburg.

GREUTER, W„ BARRIE, F.R., BURDET, H.M., CHALONER, W.G.,

DEMOULIN, V., HAWKSWORTH, D.L., JORGENSEN, PM.,

NICOLSON, D.H., SILVA, PC., TREHANE, P. 1994.

International Code of Botanical Nomenclature ( Tokyo Code).

Koeltz. Konigstein.

GUNN, M. & CODD, L.E. 1981. Botanical exploration of southern

Africa. Balkema, Cape Town.

LEHMANN, J.G.C. 1829. Hepaticarum capensium a C.F Ecklon.

Linnaea 4: 357-371.

LINNAEUS, C. 1753. Species plantarum. Holmiae.

SCOTT, G.A.M & PIKE, D.C. 1987. Studies on Fossombronia in

Australia. 3. Taxonomic and nomenclatural problems. Journal

of the Hatton Botanical Laboratory 63: 99-105.

SCOTT, G.A.M. & PIKE, DC. 1988. Revisionary notes on

Fossombronia. The Bryologist 91: 193-201.

SERGIO, C. 1985. Notas acerca do genero Fossombronia Raddi em

Portugal. Notulae Bryoflorae Lusitanicae 1. Portugaliae acta

biological [B) 14: 188-194.

SIM, T.R. 1926. The Bryophyta of South Africa.. Transactions of the

Royal Society of South Africa 15: 1 — 475. Cape Town.

STEPHANI, F. 1900. Species hepaticarum. Vol. 1. Geneva.

S.M. PEROLD*

* National Botanical Institute, Private Bag X101, Pretoria 0001

MS. received: 1996-11-15.

PORTULACACEAE

PORTULACA RHODES1ANA. A SUCCULENT HITHERTO UNRECORDED IN SOUTHERN AFRICA

A miniature, mat-forming species of Portulacaceae

was unexpectedly collected by EJvJ during a field trip

undertaken in April 1996 to re-collect Crassula cymbi-

formis Toelken at Groothoek in the extreme western part

of the Waterberg, Northern Province (Figure 7). Plants

grew in association with the poikilohydric resurrection

plant, Myrothamnus flabellifolius Welw. EJvJ subse-

quently identified the portulacaceous specimen at the

National Herbarium (PRE), Pretoria, as Portulaca rhode-

siana R. A. Dyer & E. A. Bruce (1949). Plants were found

in shallow, gravel-filled pockets in sandstone and con-

glomerate of the Alma Formation, Waterberg Group.

140

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

FIGURE 7. — Known distribution of Portulaca rhodesiana in South

Africa.

Plants collected by EJvJ are kept in the living collection

of GFS and at the Kirstenbosch National Botanical

Garden, whence they will be distributed to other botani-

cal gardens of the National Botanical Institute. This new

collection ( E.J . van Jaarsveld 15051) represents a signif-

icant southward expansion of the distribution of the

species. It had previously been known only from

Zimbabwe, with the southernmost record from the

Matopo Hills where it grows as a pioneer on granite out-

crops (Dyer & Bruce 1949; Wild 1961).

More recently three of the authors (all except EJvJ)

collected the species near Middelburg, Mpumalanga,

where it had been observed by ST some years ago

(Figure 7). The identity of this specimen, too, was con-

firmed as P. rhodesiana, by Mrs Marie Jordaan of PRE.

The occurrence of this species at this locality represents

a further significant southeasterly extension of its known

distribution range.

These collections came at an opportune time since

they complement the list of succulent portulacas being

compiled by M. Jordaan for the List of southern Africa

succulent plants project, a joint effort of the National

Botanical Institute and the Succulent Society of South

Africa.

The species is a true miniature of the genus, mature

sterile plants hardly exceeding a height of 10 mm. It is

therefore not surprising that it has not been recorded for

southern Africa before. The habitat of the species near

Middelburg is seasonally wet, shallow soil pockets on

red porphyritic rhyolite of the Selons River Formation,

Rooiberg Group. The surrounding vegetation is grass-

land, which has been significantly transformed by graz-

ing cattle. At both localities plants grew in fully exposed,

sunny places.

The entry for the species in the taxon component of

PRECIS is as follows:

2421000-12# Portulaca rhodesiana R. A. Dyer &

E. A. Bruce in The Flowering Plants of Africa 27: t. 1069

(1949). Type: Zimbabwe, 67 km east of Salisbury (now

Harare), Eyles 8821 (K, holo., photocopy!).

Specimens examined

NORTHERN PROVINCE— 2427 (Thabazimbi): Rankin's Pass,

25 km from Alma on road to Thabazimbi, via Bakker Pass, in gravel

filled holes, on flat outcrops of rock on top of mountain. Petals white,

(-DB), E.J. van Jaarsveld 15051 (PRE).

MPUMALANGA. — 2529 (Witbank): pan, 6 km from Middelburg

on road to Hendrina, eastern side of road, ± 30 m from fence line, on

flat rock outcrops which are seasonally flooded. Petals pinkish white,

opening in hot, overcast weather, (-DC), G.F. Smith 252 (PRE).

REFERENCES

DYER, R.A. & BRUCE, E.A. 1949. Portulaca rhodesiana. The

Flowering Plants of Africa 27: t. 1069.

WILD, H. 1961. 23. Portulacaceae. In A.W. Exell & H. Wild, Flora

zambesiaca 1,2: 362-372.

G.F. SMITH*, E.J. VAN JAARSVELD**, B-E. VAN WYK***

and S TAYLOR+

* Research Directorate, National Botanical Institute, Private Bag X101,

Pretoria 000 1 .

** Kirstenbosch National Botanical Garden, National Botanical Institute,

Private Bag X7, Claremont, 7735 Cape Town.

*** Department of Botany, Rand Afrikaans University, P.O. Box 524,

Auckland Park, 2006 Johannesburg,

t 26 Sonneblom Street, Northmead, 1501 Benoni.

MS. received: 1997-02-19.

# See Gertnishuizen (1997: Bothalia 27: 146).

CAMPANULACEAE

VALID PUBLICATION OF WAHLENBERG1A U IT ENHA GENS IS VAR. DEB1L1S

In a note in Bothalia 26: 157 (1996), the new combi-

nation Wahlenbergia uitenhagensis var. debilis was not

validly published, as the basionym was not cited. This is

now corrected.

Wahlenbergia uitenhagensis (H.Buek) hammers

var. debilis (Sand.) W.G.Welman comb. nov.

Lightfootia ciliata (Thunb.) Sond. var. debilis Sond : 561 (1865).

Holotype: Uitenhage, Winterhoek, Zeyher 3 1 3 1 (S).

L. divaricata H Buek var. debilis (Sond.) Adamson: 182 (1955).

Type as above.

REFERENCES

ADAMSON, R.S. 1955. The South African species of Lightfootia.

Journal of South African Botany 21 : 155-218.

SONDER, O.W. I 865. Cantpanulaceae in W.H. Harvey & O.W

Sonder, Flora capensis 3: 561.

WELMAN, W.G. 1996. Transfer of eleven varieties of Lightfootia

nom. illeg. to Wahlenbergia. Bothalia 26: 157.

W.G.WELMAN*

* National Botanical Institute, Private Bag X101, Pretoria 0001

MS received: 1997-03-26.

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

141

CONVOLVULACEAE

TWO EXOTIC TAXA OF IPOMOEA AND MERREMIA IN SOUTHERN AFRICA

Recently two exotic taxa of the Convolvulaceae oc-

curring in southern Africa, attracted some attention.

Ipomoea carnea Jacq. subsp. fistulosa {Mart, ex

Choisy) D. Austin

I. fistulosa Mart, ex Choisy

/. crassicaulis (Benth.) Robinson

This pantropical weed has been recorded as poisonous

to goats in India, the Sudan, Tanzania and now also in

Mozambique (Prof. em. T.W. Naude pers. comm.). I.

carnea belongs to the section Eriospermum Hallier f. of

Ipomoea L. together with I. arborescens G.Don which is

often cultivated in southern Africa.

Description: erect to scrambling shrubs to 3 m high;

stems woody at base, herbaceous at tips, hollow, glabrous

or minutely pubescent. Leaves alternate, entire, ovate to

lanceolate, 100-250 mm long, truncate to shallowly cor-

date at base, long acuminate apically, pubescent on both

sides but sometimes glabrescent; petioles 20-100 mm

long. Flowers in cymose-paniculate clusters at branch

tips, 1- to several-flowered; sepals 5, suborbicular, 5-6

mm long, somewhat unequal, subcoriaceous, glabrous or

pubescent, persistent; corollas funnel-shaped, 5-lobed,

deep pink to rose-purple, throat darker than limb, 50-90

mm long, finely tomentose outside, midpetaline areas

well defined; stamens 5. Fruit a capsule, ovoid to sub-

globose, 20 x 10-15 mm, glabrous. Seeds usually 4, cov-

ered with long comose brown trichomes.

The subsp. fistulosa is distinguished by lanceolate to

ovate leaves whereas the subsp. carnea has cordate to

rounded leaves.

Distribution: I. carnea, with two subspecies, is of

tropical American origin. The subsp. carnea seems to be

confined to its natural distribution area from Peru to

Mexico. The subsp. fistulosa, however, with a natural

distribution area from Argentina to Florida and Texas,

has been introduced to the tropics of the Old World and

Hawaii, where it has often escaped from cultivation. In

southern Africa it is found in Mozambique, the Northern

Province, Mpumalanga, KwaZulu-Natal and probably

also in Swaziland. PRE has specimens from 2530BD,

2732CA, 2732CC, 2830CA, 2832AD, 2930DB, 3030AD

[expressed in terms of the Degree Reference System

(Edwards & Leistner 1971)].

Ecology: I. carnea flowers throughout the year. The

subsp. carnea prefers dry habitats whereas the subsp. fis-

tulosa prefers wet habitats. In southern Africa I. carnea

subsp. fistulosa is suberect and grows in open, sunny

sites, often climbing in shaded areas. It is cultivated as an

ornamental as well as in hedges and windbreaks and

often occurs as culture relic and escape from cultivation.

It will then occur in disturbed areas such as along road-

sides, but also in grassland, along river banks and in other

moist areas. C.J. Ward 12368 (PRE, UDW), collected

below the Inanda Dam wall in KwaZulu-Natal in August

1993, appears to have become naturalized.

Merremia dissecta {Jacq.) Hallier f.

Ross: 295 (1972) listed this species for Natal

(KwaZulu-Natal) with the voucher Schweickerdt 1361

(NH) from an unknown locality. In this way the name M.

dissecta became connected with the indigenous southern

African flora. It was listed as ‘Endemic’ and ‘Rare’ for

KwaZulu-Natal, and with its global conservation status

also ‘Rare’, by C.Hilton-Taylor in Red Data List of

southern African plants: 74 (1996).

The label of the cited specimen, Schweickerdt 1361 ,

however, states that it was cultivated in the Durban

Botanical Garden, flowering in May 1939. Another spec-

imen in NH and PRE, C.N.Buthelezi 636, was flowering

and fruiting in January 1986, and was growing in the

Natal Herbarium Garden, which adjoins the Durban

Botanical Garden. It seems that there are no further

records in NH or in PRE of this taxon, either cultivated

or as garden escapes.

Description: M. dissecta is a perennial twiner, coarse-

ly hirsute at first, becoming almost glabrous (petioles,

peduncles and young stems with long patent yellowish

hairs ± 4 mm long). Leaves deeply palmately 5-7-fid,

lobes lanceolate, up to 100 mm long, coarsely sinuately

dentate, middle lobe larger than lateral ones. Corolla

white, up to 35 mm long, with purple or dull reddish

throat. Capsule globose, ± 15 mm across, surrounded by

enlarged brownish sepals.

Distribution and ecology: native to the southern

United States of America and south to Argentina.

Occasionally it escapes from cultivation in tropical re-

gions, Bailey & Bailey: 729 (1977).

REFERENCES

AUSTIN, D.F. 1975. Flora of Panama: Convolvulaceae. Annals of the

Missouri Botanical Garden 62: 157-224.

AUSTIN, D.F. 1977. Ipomoea carnea Jacq. vs. Ipomoea fistulosa Mart,

ex Choisy. Taxon 26: 235-238.

AUSTIN, D.F. & HUAMAN, Z. 1996. A synopsis of Ipomoea (Convol-

vulaceae) in the Americas. Taxon 45: 3-38.

BAILEY, L.H. & BAILEY, E.Z. 1977. Hortus Third, a concise dictio-

nary of plants cultivated in the United States and Canada. Mac-

millan, New York.

EDWARDS, D & LEISTNER, O.A. 1971. A Degree Reference System

for citing biological records in southern Africa. Mitteilungen der

Botanischen Staatssammlung, Miinchen 10: 501-509.

HILTON-TAYLOR, C. 1996. Red Data List of southern African plants.

Strelitzia 4.

ROSS, J.H. 1972. The Flora of Natal. Memoirs of the Botanical Survey

of South Africa No. 39.

WELMAN, W.G. 1993. Convolvulaceae. In T.H. Arnold & B.C. de

Wet, Plants of southern Africa: names and distribution. Memoirs

of the Botanical Survey of South Africa No. 62.

W.G. WELMAN*

* National Botanical Institute, Private Bag X101, 0001 Pretoria.

MS. received: 1997-03-26.

142

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

ERICACEAE

A NEW SPECIES OF ERICA FROM THE WESTERN CAPE

Erica magnisylvae E.G.H.Oliv. sp. nov., E. are-

nariae L. Bolus propter pilos ramorum plumosos, Bores

albos parvos, antheras similes calcaribus parvis, pollina-

tionem vento affinis, sed habitu ad 3 m alta, pedicello

breviore, lobis corollae incurvis, antheris inclusis fila-

mentis brevibus, stigmate manifesto peltato-cyathiformi

albo dignoscenda. Figura 8.

TYPE. — Western Cape, 3419, Gansbaai area, Bavi-

aansfontein [Grootbos], hills due west of Swartkransberg

[Beacon 3], S-facing slopes, 1200 ft, (-CB), 17 April

1997, Oliver & Lutzeyer 10788 (NBG, holo.; BM, BOL,

E, G, K, MEL, MO, NY, P, PRE, S, W).

Shrub erect, slender, up to 3 m high, single-stemmed

reseeder. Branches : several main branches fast growing,

150-300 mm long within a year, continuing vegetative

growth apically, numerous secondary branches 10-100

mm long at each node of main branch, numerous tertiary

branchlets 2-5 mm long, secondary and tertiary branch-

es ending in a florescence; all with short simple hairs and

numerous plumose longer hairs ± 0.2 mm long. Leaves 3-

nate, spreading, 2. 0-2. 7 x 0.7 mm, lanceolate, adaxially

flattened, abaxially rounded and narrowly sulcate, with

margins acute, ciliate towards base with simple or occa-

sionally plumose hairs, otherwise glabrous; petiole ap-

pressed, 0.5 mm long, ciliate. Inflorescence-, flowers 3-

nate in 1(2) whorls, terminal on most secondary and

tertiary branches; spreading to subpendulous; pedicel 1

mm long, with simple and plumose hairs, pale greenish

white; bract partially recaulescent and subapproximate

to calyx, 0.9 x 0.7 mm, elliptic-lanceolate, glabrous,

shortly ciliate, narrowly sulcate in upper half, pale green

with dark green sulcate apical portion and white lateral

zones; bracteoles 2, approximate to calyx, 0.9 x 0.6 mm,

elliptic, otherwise like bract. Calyx 4-partite; lobes im-

FIGURE 8. — Erica magnisylvae E.G.H.Oliv.: A, flowering branch; B, stem; C, leaf; D, flower; E, bract; F, sepal; G, stamen; H, gynoecium; 1,

ovary, opened laterally; J, capsule; K, seed; L, testa cells, with one cell showing pits. All drawn from the type collection, Oliver & Lutzeyer

10788. A, x 0.5. Scale bars: B-K, 1 mm; L, 20 pm.

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

143

bricate, adpressed to calyx, 1.5 x 0.8 mm, elliptic,

glabrous to shortly ciliate, sometimes also with a few

small sessile non-sticky glands, colour as in bract but

with larger lateral white zones. Corolla 4-lobed, 1 .6 x 1.6

mm, ovoid to ovoid-urceolate, with zone between calyx

segments bulging outwards, glabrous, smooth, white;

lobes 0.8 x 0.9 mm, broadly triangular, obtuse, entire,

bent inwards towards style with slightly recurved mar-

gins and elongate-ovate gap between lobes. Stamens 8,

free, included; filaments 0.4 mm long, rectangular, erect,

straight, with or without minute lateral spurs below an-

ther, white basally and brown apically; anthers bilobed,

elliptic, erect, brown, muticous [but see filament]; thecae

appressed, 0.6 x 0.4 mm, narrowly elliptic, glabrous;

pore 7, length of theca; pollen in tetrads. Ovary 4-locu-

lar, 0.5 x 0.7 mm, ovoid, slightly emarginate, glabrous or

with a few simple apical hairs, green; nectaries absent;

ovules 4—7 per locule, pendulous to spreading from pla-

centa covering most of columella; style 0.6 mm long,

cylindric, erect, straight, glabrous, white; stigma peltate-

cyathiform, manifest or just above corolla lobes, green-

ish white sometimes with pinkish tinge, with 4 central

reddish stigmatic knobs. Fruit a dehiscent capsule, ± 2.8

x 3.8 mm, cyathiform, valves splitting for 2/3 their length,

septa with 50% portion on valve thick and other 50%

portion on columella thin, placenta flattened and indis-

tinct with only seed attachment points visible; seeds 0.5

x 0.4 mm, ovoid to ellipsoid, slightly reticulate, shiny,

yellow-brown, testa thin with cells slightly sunken, ±

20-25 x 15 pm, slightly longer than broad with straight,

slightly thickened anticlinal walls and numerous small

pits. Figure 8.

Erica magnisylvae is most similar to E. arenaria

L. Bolus, which also has an erect habit, but grows only to

1.5 m high, has the same type of plumose hairs on

branches and pedicels, small white flowers with similar-

ly shaped anthers with minute spurs and also a wind-pol-

lination syndrome. The new species may easily be distin-

guished by the shorter pedicel (± 7, as long as in E.

arenaria), the corolla lobes incurved with ovate sinuses

(not erect to outcurved with acute sinuses), the well in-

cluded anthers (not manifest to subexserted), the fila-

ments equal to or shorter than the anthers (not noticeably

longer than the anthers), the shorter style about equal to

ovary (not 4 x the length of the ovary), and the larger

peltate-cyathiform manifest stigma (not small and well

exserted).

E. arenaria is confined to the calcrete ridges near the

coast between Still Bay and the mouth of the Breede

River some 70 km to the east of the known locality of E.

magnisylvae. An unusual form of the former species has

been recorded from the hills near De Hoop ( Oliver 8447),

but needs further study to assess its taxonomic status

with respect to typical E. arenaria and E. magnisylvae .

There are a number of species in the genus which pos-

sess distinctive plumose hairs. These species are spread

throughout the whole genus and its geographical range,

including tropical Africa. In certain cases there are clear

indications of species alliances sharing this character, but

there are also cases where the plumose hairs are found in

totally unrelated species thus leading to the hypothesis of

convergent evolution.

The first record of this new species was made by S.

Privet, the resident ecologist at the Grootbos Nature

Reserve which is owned and run by the Lutzeyer family

who brought material to us for identification. Their re-

serve is being developed for ecotourism, hence the inter-

est in the vegetation and flora.

E. magnisylvae is a restricted endemic known thus far

only from the hills just inland from the main road be-

tween Gansbaai and Stanford (Figure 9). The hills fall

within the farm labelled as Baviaans Fonteyn (Bavi-

aansfontein] on the 1 : 50 000 trigonometrical survey

maps, but known locally as the Grootbos Nature Reserve,

hence the name [magnus = large, great; sylva (or silva in

classical Latin) = wood, forest; magnisylvae = of the

large forest]. The hills start at Swartkransberg (labelled

Beacon 3) and run due west for about 2.5 km. There the

species occurs on southern to southwestern slopes main-

ly in deep brownish grey sand, apparently wind-blown,

overlying calcrete deposits which have many sandstone

intrusions.

The type population on the westernmost hill, where

the plants are locally common, occurs on a fairly steep

south-facing slope in vegetation that is mostly of the

coastal fynbos type with some elements of strandveld

144-

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

vegetation intermixed. The vegetation is dominated by

large shrubs of Leucadendron coniferum (Proteaceae)

which is known to prefer habitats of wind-blown sand

(A.G. Rebelo pers. comm.) and Leucospermum pater-

sonii and numerous plants of Metalasia muricata. The

large size of the proteads and the Erica are the result of a

long period without any burning. No records are avail-

able to pinpoint the date of the last fire, but from the pro-

teads it is possible to estimate an age of about 25 years

for the vegetation. Smaller scattered populations occur

eastwards towards Swartkransberg where another large

population occurs. This grows on a west-facing slope on

sandstone covered by mountain fynbos vegetation which

includes Protea cynaroides.

The old plants were clearly single-stemmed with only

the ultimate branches being leafy. Seedlings were noted in

the disturbed areas along tracks in the area. Parts of a near-

by slope that had been burnt several years ago contained

numerous vigorously growing young plants 1 m high.

The pollination syndrome of the species is deduced to

be anemophily due to the lack of nectaries, to the en-

larged, manifest, peltate-cyathiform stigma complex and

the reduced size of the flowers (Oliver 1991; Rebelo et

al. 1985). When the populations were visited, the weath-

er was overcast and misty so that no shedding of pollen

was possible. However, material brought back to the

herbarium for detailed study and placed in vases shed

puffs of pollen when the specimens were disturbed the

following morning, thus simulating the field situation.

Flowering period is from March to May.

WESTERN CAPE. — 3419: Grootbos near Gansbaai, 1200 ft,

(-CB), 13-04-1997, Privet & Lutzeyer s.n. (NBG, paratype).

REFERENCES

OLIVER, E.G.H. 1991. The Ericoideae (Ericaceae) — a review.

Contributions from the Bolus Herbarium 13: 158-208.

REBELO, A.G. SIEGFRIED. W.R. & OLIVER, E.G.H 1985.

Pollination syndromes of Erica species in the southwestern

Cape. South African Journal of Botany 51: 270-280.

E.G.H. OLIVER* & I.M.OLIVER*

* Compton Herbarium, National Botanical Institute, Private Bag X7,

7735 Claremont, Cape Town.

MS received: 1997-05-15.

NEW RECORDS OF FLOWERING PLANTS FOR SWAZILAND

Two field trips were undertaken by the author to

Swaziland, one during March 1993 and the next during

January 1994. The purpose of these trips were threefold,

namely, for herbarium expansion, secondly as part of the

National Plant Collecting Programme, a project of the

National Botanical Institute to collect in undercollected

sites throughout southern Africa, and thirdly to make an

inventory of plant species growing in a proposed dam

site.

During March 1993 the first collections were made at

the old and new Nkomati bridges, 20 kilometers south of

Piggs Peak on the road to Mbabane in the 263 1AA quar-

ter degree grid and the second on the north bank of the

Nkomati River, east of the Mhlatane River in the

263 1AB quarter degree grid. During January 1994 the

Masilela and the Malandzela areas, on the Maphalaleni

road in the 263 1AB quarter degree grid, were visited. On

both these visits the following new and interesting

records were found.

Bulbostylis barbata (Rottb.) C.B. Clarke (Figure 10,

Table 1 ), is a new record for the Flora of southern Africa

region. This species is widespread especially in the

southern hemisphere. Voucher specimens of B. barbata

from Zimbabwe, Kenya. Burundi and Ghana are housed

at the National Herbarium (PRE).

Table 2 lists plant species collected on both field trips

not accounted for in the Flora of Swaziland (Compton

1976) and does not include any of the taxa mentioned in

Table 1 .

FIGURE 10. — Herbarium specimen of Bulbostylis barbata (Rottb.)

C.B Clarke, G.Germishuizen 6174 (PRE).

Bothalia 27,2 ( 1997)

145

TABLE 1 . — List of plant taxa found in Swaziland and not previously recorded in PRECIS at the National Herbarium, Pretoria. Vouchers: G Germishuizen

t Germishuizen 1997: 146

* EC, Eastern Cape; FSA, Flora of southern Africa; FS, Free State; G, Gauteng; KN, KwaZulu-Natal; MP. Mpumalanga; N, Namibia; NC,

Northern Cape; NP, Northern Province; NWP, North-West Province; Trop. Afr., Tropical Africa; WC, Western Cape; n, northern; s, southern.

TABLE 2. — List of plant taxa collected in Swaziland and not included in the Flora of Swaziland (R.H. Compton 1976). Vouchers; G. Germishuizen.

t Germishuizen 1997: 146

146

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

In conclusion it can be seen from both the tables that

there is still a strong need to collect in Swaziland and

secondly that there is a need to update the Flora of

Swaziland.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

My thanks go to the staff of the National Her-

barium for the identifications of the plants and to

Adela Romanowski for photographing the voucher

specimens.

REFERENCES

COMPTON, R.H. 1976. The Flora of Swaziland. Journal of South

African Botany. Suppl. Vol. 11.

GERMISHUIZEN, G. 1997. Revision of the computerized numbering

system for African plants. Bothalia 27: 146, 147.

G. GERMISHUIZEN*

* National Botanical Institute, Private Bag X 1 0 1 , 0001 Pretoria.

MS. received: 1997-02-26.

REVISION OF THE COMPUTERIZED NUMBERING SYSTEM FOR AFRICAN PLANTS

Three articles in this issue of Bothalia, namely Smith

& Steyn (1997: 135), Smith et al. (1997: 139), and

Germishuizen (1997: 144) adopt a revised numbering

system. Consequently, to avoid confusion until the next

edition of PRECIS (National Herbarium, PREtoria Com-

puterized Information System) is published, this expla-

nation is included here. However, there still exists a com-

puter link between the ‘old' numbers and the revised

numbers for those herbaria making use of the numbering

system used in Arnold & De Wet (1993).

The first comprehensive list of southern African

plants to be published from PRECIS was the List of

species of southern African plants (Gibbs Russell et al.

1984), comprising a basic inventory of names in current

use by PRE. This was followed by a second edition

which appeared in two parts and included synonyms and

references to recent literature. Part 1 (Gibbs Russell et

al. 1985) covered the bryophytes, pteridophytes, gym-

nosperms and monocotyledons. Part 2 (Gibbs Russell et

al. 1987) covered the dicotyledons. The third publica-

tion of this nature. Plants of southern Africa: names and

distribution , edited by Arnold & De Wet (1993), provid-

ed additional regional distribution data based only on

the collections in the National Herbarium (PRE).

In all three above-mentioned works the spermato-

phytes appear in the same sequence as in Dyer (1975,

1976), which in turn follow the numbering of genera by

Dc Dalla Torre & Harms (1958), in accordance with the

Engler system. The numbers for the genera are combined

with zeros to make up a seven-digit number for sorting

by computer. In genera traditionally indicated by letters

after the number (e.g. Senna, 3536b) the letter is replaced

by the equivalent number (e.g. Senna, 3536020).

Following the genus name, the species and infraspecific

taxa are listed alphabetically, numbered and combined

with zeros before — omitted in Arnold & De Wet 1993 —

and after the species number to make up a five-digit

number; a gap of 100 empty spaces was left between

species (Table 3) to allow for new names in their alpha-

betical position. This space became inadequate in many

cases as new species and infraspecific names were added

to the list.

These inadequacies, together with the incorporation

of the list of tropical African plant names compiled by

Lebrun & Stork (1991, 1992) into PRECIS at the begin-

TABLE 3. — Example of a section of the inventory in Arnold & De Wet

(1993) and its equivalent in the new numbering system of

Arnold & De Wet (1997)

ning of 1997, have led to the revision of the existing

numbering system for African plants.

In the revised system, the genus numbers remain the

same, but all the specific and infraspecific taxon numbers

change. The species numbers range from 1 to 999 (e.g.

Senna didymobotrya (Fresen.) Irwin Barneby is repre-

sented by 3536020-3). Species names newly included

automatically receive the next available number and are

not in their alphabetical position. In the full species num-

ber the genus number is separated from the species part

of the number by a hyphen (e.g. the number of Senna

corymbosa is 3536020-2).

REFERENCES

ARNOLD, T.H. & DE WET, B.C. 1993. Plants of southern Africa:

names and distribution. Memoirs of the Botanical Survey of

South Africa No. 62.

ARNOLD. T.H. & DE WET, B.C. 1997. Revised genspec numbers for

PRECIS. Unpublished.

DE DALLA TORRE, C.G. & HARMS, G. 1958. Register zu Genera

Siphonogamarum. Engelmann, Cramer, Weinheim.

DYER, R.A. 1975. The genera of southern African flowering plants.

Vol. 1. Department of Agricultural Technical Services, Pretoria.

DYER, R.A 1976. The genera of southern African flowering plants.

Vol. 2. Department of Agricultural Technical Services, Pretoria.

GERMISHUIZEN, G 1997. New records of flowering plants for

Swaziland. Bothalia 27: 144-146.

GIBBS RUSSELL, G.E., REID, C„ VAN ROOY, J. & SMOOK, L.

1985. List of species of southern African plants, edn 2, part 1.

Bryophyta, Pteridophyta, Gymnospermae, Monocotyledonae.

Memoirs of the Botanical Survey of South Africa No. 5 I

GIBBS RUSSELL, G.E. & STAFF OF THE NATIONAL HERBARI-

UM. 1984. List of species of southern African plants. Memoirs

of the Botanical Survey of South Africa No. 48.

GIBBS RUSSELL, G.E., WELMAN, W.G., RETIEF, E„ IMMEL-

MAN, K.L., GERMISHUIZEN, G„ PIENAAR, B.J.. VAN

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

147

WYK, M. & NICHOLAS, A 1987. List of species of southern

African plants, edn 2, part 2. Dicotyledonae. Memoirs of the

Botanical Survey of South Africa No. 56.

LEBRUN, J.-P. & STORK, A.L. 1991. Enumeration des Plantes a

Fleurs d’Afrique Tropicale Vol.l. Generalites et Annonaceae a

Euphorbiaceae et Pandanaceae. Conservatoire et Jardin

botanique de la Ville de Geneve, Geneve.

LEBRUN, J.-P. & STORK, A.L. 1992. Enumeration des Plantes a

Fleurs d’Afrique Tropicale Vol.2. Chrysobalanaceae a

Apiaceae. Conservatoire et Jardin botanique de la Ville de

Geneve, Geneve.

SMITH, G.F. & STEYN, E.M.A. 1997. Rhipsalis baccifera subsp.

mauritiana: the correct name for the indigenous southern

African cactus. Bothalia 27: 135.

SMITH, G.F., VAN JAARSVELD, E.J., VAN WYK, B-E. & TAYLOR.

S. 1997. Portulaca rhodesiana, a succulent hitherto unrecorded

in southern Africa. Bothalia 27: 139, 140.

G.GERMISHUIZEN*

* National Botanical Ititute, Private Bag X101, 0001 Pretoria.

.

Bothalia 27,2: 149-165 (1997)

FSA contributions 9: Onagraceae

P. GOLDBLATT* and PH. RAVEN**

Annual, biennial, or perennial herbs, sometimes

aquatic. Leaves opposite or alternate, simple, entire or

variously lobed; stipules usually present or 0. Flowers bi-

sexual, usually regular, mostly solitary and axillary, sub-

tending leaves sometimes greatly reduced or 0. Sepals

(2— )4— 5 (—7), lobes valvate, free floral tube present or 0.

Petals as many as sepals, or 0, caducous. Stamens as

many or twice as many as sepals; anthers oblong or lin-

ear, introrse, versatile. Ovary inferior, locules as many as

sepals, with 1 to many ovules in each loculus; style sin-

gle, terete, often thick; stigma entire or deeply lobed.

Fruit a capsule or nut, often elongated. Seeds terete or

prismatic-angled, smooth or papillose, with a terminal

tuft of hairs in Epilobium. Ancestral basic chromosome

number: x = 1 1 .

Characters not applicable in southern Africa: some

shrubs or trees; fruit a berry in Fuchsia, widely cultivat-

ed as an ornamental in southern Africa; flowers unisexu-

al in some species of Fuchsia.

Genera 17, species ± 674, cosmopolitan in tropical

and temperate areas, but mostly America. Two genera na-

tive in southern Africa, and two more introduced and nat-

uralized. Unless stated otherwise, all cited type speci-

mens were seen by one or both authors.

la Floral tube 0; sepals persistent in fruit after petals have fal-

len; petals lacking, or if present, yellow Ludwigia

lb Floral tube present; sepals not persistent in fruit, falling with

floral tube; petals yellow, rose-purple, or white:

2a Flower zygomorphic, petals white; fruit nutlike, indehis-

cent, with 2-8 ovules Gaura

2b Flower actinomorphic, petals yellow, rose-purple, or white;

fruit a dehiscent capsule, with many ovules:

3a Seeds with an evident coma (tuft of hairs); petals rose-

purple or white; capsule slender, more than 10 x as

long as broad; basal leaves opposite Epilobium

3b Seeds lacking a coma; petals yellow, rose-purple or

white; capsule clavate or elongate, thicker, less then

10 x as long as broad; all leaves alternate Oenothera

5793000 LUDWIGIA

Ludwigia L., Species plantarum 1 1 8 (1753); Harv.:

504 (1862); P.H.Raven: 327 (1963); Schreiber: 2 (1967);

R.Fern. & A.Fern.: 190 (1970); Ross: 262 (1972);

R. A. Dyer: 409 (1975); P.H.Raven: 333 (1978). Type

species L. perennis L.

Jussiaea L.: 388 (1753); Harv.: 504 (1862)

Annual or perennial herbs, or undershrubs, sometimes

prostrate, often associated with water. Leaves alternate or

* B. A. Krukoff Curator of African Botany, Missouri Botanical Garden,

P. O Box 299, St. Louis, Missouri 63166, USA.

** Director, Missouri Botanical Garden, P. O. Box 299, St. Louis,

Missoun 63166. Supported by grants from the U.S. National Science

Foundation.

MS received: 1986.

opposite, simple, usually entire. Stipules present, often

much reduced. Flowers actinomorphic, borne in axils of

reduced upper leaves, their opening not highly synchro-

nized. Sepals 3-7, persistent after petals have fallen.

Floral tube 0. Petals as many as sepals or 0, yellow, usu-

ally entire. Stamens as many as or twice as many as sepa-

ls; anthers ovoid or oblong. Pollen shed in tetrads or

singly. Stigma entire. Ovary with many pluriseriate or

uniseriate ovules in each loculus. Capsule terete or with

4 or 5 ribs, angles or wings, irregularly loculicidal. Seeds

ellipsoid, lacking hairs, free or embedded in endocarp at

maturity, light brown. Basic chromosome number: x = 8.

Species ± 85 and sections 23, worldwide, mainly

South America, relatively few in Africa; seven in south-

ern Africa, widespread in subtropical parts, extending to

southern Western Cape.

Note: Ludwigia perennis L. is treated as occurring in

southern Africa in Raven (1963: 367) based on the single

collection, Schlechter 12189 , from Lions Creek. This lo-

calitity has been found to be in southern Mozambique

(Raven 1978: 339). L. polycarpaea Short & Peter ex

Torr. & Gray has possibly heen introduced to southern

Africa: Zambatis 1165 from Klaserie and Barrett 488a

from Swaziland are housed at PRE. L. stenorrhaphe

(Brenan) Hara subsp. macrocephala (Brenan) P.H.Raven

has been collected in Botswana: Smith 1975 (SRGH,

PRE).

la Leaves opposite; petals absent 7. L. palustris

lb Leaves alternate; petals present:

2a Stamens twice as many as sepals; plants evidently pubes-

cent or glabrous;

3a Sepals 4; seeds free, not embedded in endocarp, plurise-

riate; stems without white pneumatophores;

4a Plants densely pubescent to subglabrous; capsules sub-

terete, 17^5 mm long; seeds 0.60-0.75 mm long,

raphe equal in diameter to body of seed . . 2. L. octovalvis

4b Plants subglabrous; capsules sharply 4-angled, 10-19

mm long; seeds 0.3-0.4(-0.5) mm long, the raphe

narrow 1 . L. erecta

3b Sepals 5-7, very rarely 4; seeds embedded in endocarp,

uniseriate; stems with white spindle-shaped pneu-

matophores:

5a Seeds firmly embedded in woody, coherent endocarp,

pendulous, appearing as bulges in capsule wall ±

1.5 mm apart; leaves with 6-12 lateral veins on

each side of midrib; pollen grains shed singly ...

6. L. adscendens subsp. diffusa

5b Seeds loosely embedded in horseshoe-shaped pieces of

endocarp, horizontal, appearing as bulges in cap-

sule wall ± 0.5 mm apart; leaves with 1 1-20 later-

al veins on each side of midrib; pollen grains shed

as tetrads 4. L. leptocarpa

2b Stamens as many as sepals; plants glabrous or minutely pu-

berulent:

6a Sepals 3 (very rarely 4 or 5); stems creeping and rooting

at nodes; capsules normally tapering to apex; seeds

free 3. L. smegalensis

6b Sepals 4; stems erect; capsule truncate at apex; seeds

loosely embedded in chunks of endocarp at maturity

5. L. abyssinica

150

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

1. Ludwigia erecta (L.) Hara in Journal of Japa-

nese Botany 28: 292 (1953); P.H. Raven: 348 (1963);

RH. Raven: 333 (1978). Jussiaea erecta L.: 388 (1753);

Brenan: 12 (1953b). Type: from America, probably

Colombia, from seeds cultivated in Europe.

Jussiaea altissima Perr. ex DC.: 55 (1828). Type: Senegal, in 1825,

Perrottet s.n. (G.-DC, lecto.; P, isolecto.).

Isnardia discolor Klotzsch, in Peters: 70 (1861). Type: Mozambique,

Zambezi R. between Sena and Lupata Mts. Peters s.n. (B, holo.t).

Subglabrous erect herb, sometimes woody at base, 30

mm to more than 3 m tall, freely branched, stems sharply

angled from decurrent leaf bases. Leaves 20-130 x 2-45

mm, lanceolate to elliptic, rarely ovate, main veins 1 6-27

on each side of midrib; petiole 2-15 mm long. Bracteoles

± 0.5 mm long. Sepals 4, 2-6 x 1.0- 1.5 mm. Petals

3. 5-5.0 x 2.0-2. 5 mm. Stamens 8. Pollen shed in tetrads.

Capsule 10-19 x 2. 0-2. 5 mm, sharply 4-angled with 4

nearly flat walls, subsessile or on a pedicel up to 2 mm

long. Seeds 0.3-0.4(-0.5) x 0.2-0. 3 mm, pluriseriate,

free, pale brown, raphe narrow. Autogamous. Chromo-

some number: n = 8.

Native in the New World from Mexico and Florida to

Brazil and Paraguay; introduced throughout tropical

Africa, and in southern Africa in Botswana (Figure 1).

Voucher: Smithers s.n. (SRGH).

2. Ludwigia octovalvis (Jacq.) PH. Raven in Kew

Bulletin 15: 476 (1962); RH. Raven: 356 (1963);

Schreiber: 4 (1967); Ross: 262 (1972); P.H. Raven: 336

(1978). Oenothera octovalvis Jacq.: 19 (1760). Type:

from West Indies. Figure 2A-C.

Jussiaea suffruticosa L.: 388 (1753); H Perrier: 20 (1950); Brenan:

14 (1953b). Type: from India. Not Ludwigia suffruticosa Walter.

./. angustifolia Lam.: 331 (1789); Harv.: 504 (1862). Type: from the

Moluccas.

J. linearis Willd : 575 (1799); Peters: 70 (1861). Type: Guinea, lsert

s.n. (B-Willdenow, photograph K). J. suffruticosa var. linearis (Willd.)

Oliv. ex Kuntze: 251 (1891); Brenan: 15 (1953b).

J. linearis Hochst.: 425 (1844), illegitimate homonym non Willd.

1799. Type: South Africa, KwaZulu-Natal, Umhloti and Umgeni

Rivers, Krauss 73 (K, iso.).

L. octovalvis subsp. sessiliflora (Micheli) P.H. Raven: 476 (1962);

P.H. Raven: 362 ( 1963); Ross 262(1972); P.H. Raven: 336(1978). J. oc-

tonervia forma sessiliflora Micheli: 171 (1875). Type: from Brazil.

J. didymosperma H. Perrier: 148 (1947); H. Perrier: 23 (1950). Type:

Madagascar, Firingilava, Perrier 755 (P, lecto.).

L. octovalvis subsp. brevisepala (Brenan) P.H. Raven: 476 (1962);

P.H. Raven: 365 (1963); Schreiber: 4 (1967); P.H.Raven: 338 (1978). J.

suffruticosa L. var. brevisepala Brenan: 168 (1953a). Type: Cameroun,

Cameroun River, in 1863, Mann 2227 (K, holo).

Robust well-branched herb, up to 4 m tall, freely

branched, subglabrous, puberulent, or densely villous.

Leaves linear to subovate, 7-145 x 1-40 mm, 11-20

main veins on each side of midrib; petiole 0 to 10 mm

long. Bracteoles 0-1 mm long. Sepals 4, 3-15 x 1.0-7. 5

mm. Petals 3-17 x 2-17 mm. Stamens 8. Pollen shed in

tetrads. Capsule 17-45 x 2-8 mm, terete, pale brown

with 8 darker ribs, readily and irregularly loculicidal;

pedicel up to 10 mm long. Seeds 0.60-0.75 x 0.5-0. 7 mm

including inflated raphe which is equal in size to body of

ridged, free, brown seed. Autogamous. Chromosome

numbers n = 16 (only number known for Africa), 24.

Throughout the tropics and subtropics of the world. In

southern Africa in N Namibia, Northern Province, North

West, Gauteng and Mpumalanga, KwaZulu-Natal and

also in southern Western Cape (Figure 1 ); wet places,

0-1 500 m. A careful study of this species throughout its

range has led to the conclusion that it is best not to at-

tempt to recognize infraspecific taxa in a formal taxo-

nomic sense. The most distinct of the entities recognized

earlier was subsp. brevisepala (Brenan) P.H.Raven, with

sepals only 3-6 mm long, which is confined to but wide-

spread in Africa.

Vouchers: Acocks 19643 ; Rodin 3037 ; Schlechter 2803: J.M. Wood

5341.

3. Ludwigia senegalensis (DC.) Troch. in Memoirs

de I'lnstitut Fran^ais d’Afrique Noire 2: 378 (1940);

P.H.Raven: 371 (1963); Schreiber: 4 (1967); P.H.Raven:

339 (1978). Prieurea senegalensis DC.: 58 (1828).

Jussiaea senegalensis (DC.) Brenan: 164 (1953a). Type:

Senegal, in 1825, Le Prieur s.n. (G-DC, holo.; P, iso.).

J. pulvinaris (Gilg) Brenan: 163 (1953a); P.H.Raven: 372 (1963). L.

pulvinaris Gilg: 324 (1903). Type: Angola, Huila, left bank of the

Cunene and Humbe, Baum 97 (COl, lecto ; BM, G, P. S, isolecto.).

L. pulvinaris subsp. lobayensis P.H.Raven: 373 (1963). Type: Zaire.

Yatolema-Yahila (route Stanleyville-Ikela) Leonard 1865 (BR, holo.).

Low herb, creeping and rooting at nodes, sometimes

completely submerged, stems mostly 50-350 mm long,

finely puberulent or glabrous. Leaves narrowly lanceolate

to rounded, 5-30 x 3-10 mm, veins obscure; petioles 1-2

mm long. Bracteoles 0. Sepals 3 (rarely 4 or 5), 1-3 mm

long. Petals 3 (rarely 4 or 5), 2.0-2. 5 x 0.5-1. 0 mm.

Stamens 3 (rarely 4 or 5). Pollen shed in tetrads. Capsules

plump, thin-walled, 3. 5-9.0 x 1. 3-2.0 mm, pale brown,

readily and irregularly loculicidal, subsessile. Seeds show-

ing clearly through capsule wall, in ± two rows in each

locule, free, ovoid, ±. 0.7 mm long, rounded at ends, light

brown; raphe narrow and inconspicuous. Autogamous or

cleistogamous. Chromosome number : n = 8.

Coastal Senegal to southern Sudan, Zaire, and south

to northern Namibia and probably northern Botswana

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

151

FIGURE 2. — A-C, Ludwigia octo-

valvis. A, flowering branch, x

0.5. B, C, seed, x 17: B, side

view; C, ventral view. D-K,

L. adscendens subsp. diffusa.

D, habit, x 0.5; E, flower bud,

x 1.5; F, flower, xl.5; G, style

and stigma, x 6. H, I, stamen,

x 6: H, ventral view; I, dorsal

view. J, fruit, x 0.5; K, fruit

splitting, x 0.5. A, Van

Rensburg 858: B, C, Eyles

120 ; D, E, J, K, Robson &

Fanshawe 679: F-I, Pope

154. Reproduced by kind per-

mission of Flora Zambesiaca

Managing Committee.

(Figure 3); wet places, sometimes completely sub-

merged.

Vouchers: Merxmiiller & Giess 1902: Vlok 1906.

4. Ludwigia leptocarpa (Nutt.) Hara in Journal of

Japanese Botany 28: 292 (1953); P.H. Raven: 376 (1963);

Schreiber: 3 (1967); RH. Raven: 340 (1978). Jussiaea

leptocarpa Nutt.: 279 (1818); Brenan: 16 (1953b). Type:

from North America.

J. pilosa Kunth: 101 (1823); Mogg in MacNae & Kalk: 150 (1958).

Type: from Colombia.

J. seminuda H. Perrier: 146 (1947). Type: Madagascar, south of

Maravoay, Boina, Perrier 17641 (P, lecto.).

Robust hairy plants to 3 m tall, reclining at base but

erect and well branched, with erect floating pneu-

matophores, often forming large masses. Leaves broadly

lanceolate, long-hairy, 35-180 x 1 0 — 40 mm, 11-20 main

veins on each side of midrib; petiole 2-35 mm long.

Bracteoles 0 or reduced. Sepals 5 (rarely 4, 6, or 7)

5.5-11 x 1. 5-3.0 mm. Petals 5-11 x 4-8 mm. Stamens

twice as many as sepals. Pollen shed in tetrads. Capsule

relatively thin-walled, long-hairy, 15-50 x 2.5 — 4 mm.

terete, dull light brown, with prominent ribs over locules

and less prominent ones over septa, marked on outside

with bulges ± 0.5 mm apart corresponding to position of

seeds, slowly and irregularly loculicidal; pedicels 2-20

mm long. Seeds uniseriate in each locule of capsule, hor-

152

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

FIGURE 3. — Distribution of Ludwigia leptocarpa, • ; and L. sene-

galensis, Si

izontal, obovoid, 1—1.2 mm long, shiny pale brown;

raphe much narrower than body of seed; each seed loose-

ly embedded in an easily detached horseshoe-shaped seg-

ment of firm pale brown endocarp ± 1 .0-1.5 mm thick

and ± 1 mm high. Somewhat outcrossing but self-com-

patible. Chromosome numbers: n = 24 (in Africa), 16 (in

New World).

In the Americas from the southeastern USA to

Argentina and in Africa. Rare in southern Africa, in

KwaZulu-Natal, northern Namibia and Botswana (Figure

3).

Vouchers: Carson 754 ; Killick & Leistner 3077 ; Tinley 225 ; Ward

5564.

5. Ludwigia abyssinica A. Rich., Tentamen florae

abyssinicae 1: 274 (1848); RH. Raven: 380 (1963);

Schreiber: 2 (1967); Ross: 262 (1972); P.H. Raven: 340

(1978). Type: Ethiopia, Shire, Quartin-Dillon & Petit s.n.

(P, holo.).

Jussiaea abyssinica (A. Rich.) Dandy & Brenan in F.W.Andrews: 145

(1950); Brenan: 18 (1953b).

L. jussiaeoides sensu Harv.: 505 (1862), non Desr. (1792).

Stout, subsucculent herb, sometimes woody at base,

up to 3 m tall, well branched, glabrous except for minute

hairs on midribs and margins of young leaves. Leaves

lanceolate or broadly elliptic, 20-130 x 0.5-3. 5 mm,

13-22 main veins on each side of midrib; petiole 2-20

mm long. Sepals 4, 1. 7-3.0 x 0. 4-1.0 mm. Petals

1 .5-3.5 x 1 .2-2.6 mm. Stamens 4. Pollen shed in tetrads.

Capsule relatively thin-walled, glabrous, 10-20 x 1-2

mm, terete, light brown; pedicels 0. 5-3.0 mm long.

Seeds uniseriate in each locule, diagonal, obovoid,

0.60-0.75 x 0.4-0. 5 mm brown; raphe inconspicuous,

each seed loosely but completely embedded in an easily

detached piece of soft powdery endocarp 0. 6-1.0 x

0. 5-0.7 mm. Autogamous. Chromosome number: n = 24.

Endemic in Africa from Senegal and Sudan to

Madagascar and southern Africa where it occurs only in

northern Namibia and in KwaZulu-Natal (Figure 4); in

swampy situations.

Vouchers: Loeb 495 ; Strey 5726 ; Wood 3877.

6. Ludwigia adscendens (L.) Hara subsp. diffusa

(Forssk.) P.H. Raven in Kew Bulletin 15: 476 (1962);

P.H. Raven & Tai: 876 (1979). Jussiaea diffusa Forssk.:

210 (1775). L. diffusa (Forssk.) Greene: 227 (1891) nom.

illeg., non Buch.-Ham. (1824). J. repens var. diffusa

(Forssk.) Brenan: 171 (1953a); L. adscendens var. diffusa

(Forssk.) Hara: 291 (1953). Type: Egypt, Rosetta, banks

of Nile, Forsskdl s.n. (C). Figure 2D-K.

J. stolonifera Guill. & Perr.: 292 (1833). L. stolonifera (Guill. &

Perr.) P.H. Raven: 390 (1963); Schreiber: 3 (1967); Ross: 262 (1972);

P.H. Raven: 341 (1978). Type: Senegal, in 1825, Perrottet s.n. (P, holo.).

J. fluitans Hochst.: 425 (1844) nom. illeg., non G.Don 1832; Harv.:

504 (1862). Type: South Africa, KwaZulu-Natal, Umlaas R., Krauss

s.n. (not seen).

J. alternifolia E.Mey. ex Peters: 69 (1861). Type: South Africa, be-

tween Omsamkulu and Omkomas, below 500 ft. Drege s.n. (HAL, PR,

SAM).

J. diffusa subsp. albiflora H. Perrier: 144 (1947). Type: Madagascar,

Ankarafontsika, Boina, Decary 12872 (P!).

Herb with prostrate or ascending stems, rooting at

nodes, with conspicuous, white, erect, spindle-shaped,

mucronate pneumatophores arising in clusters at nodes of

floating stems and from roots; plants more or less dense-

ly villous to glabrous. Leaves narrowly lanceolate to nar-

rowly elliptic, 20-90 x 5— 1 7(— 23) mm on flowering

stems, broader on floating non-flowering branches, 6-12

main veins on each side of midrib; petioles 2-20 mm

long. Bracteoles ± 1 mm long. Sepals 5, 5-14 x 1.5-2. 8

mm. Petals 7-18 x 4-10 mm. Stamens 10. Pollen grains

shed singly. Capsule 10-30 mm long, light brown, with

10 conspicuous darker brown ribs, terete, with bulges ±

1.5 mm apart, thick-walled, very tardily and irregularly

dehiscent; pedicel 5-20 mm long. Seeds uniseriate,

1 . 1- 1.3 mm long, pale brown, more or less vertical, firm-

ly embedded in coherent cubes of woody endocarp

1.2- 1. 5 x 1.0-1. 2 mm, endocarp firmly fused to capsule

wall. Somewhat outcrossing but self-compatible.

Chromosome number: n = 16.

Northern Namibia, Botswana and throughout eastern

southern Africa (Figure 5), widely distributed in Africa

and Middle East; wet places especially along rivers and

lakes and often floating, sometimes forming large masses.

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

153

FIGURE 5. — Distribution of Ludwigia adscendens subsp. diffusa.

Vouchers: Codd 4376', De Winter & Marais 447 7; Dinter 2730',

Drummond 7148', Ward 2284.

7. Ludwigia paiustris (L.) Elliott, A sketch of the

botany of South Carolina and Georgia 1: 211 (1817);

Harv.: 505 (1862); P.H. Raven: 399 (1963); Schreiber: 4

(1967); Ross: 262 (1972); P.H. Raven: 342 (1978).

Isnardia paiustris L.: 120 (1753). Type: from Europe.

Glabrous herb, creeping and rooting at nodes, with

opposite leaves, stems at most ascending-decumbent, up

to 0.5 m long or perhaps longer, well-branched and

forming mats. Leaves broadly elliptic or subovate, 7-45

mm x 4-23 mm, 4-8 main veins on each side of midrib.

Bracteoles 0 or up to 1 mm long. Sepals 4, 1. 4-2.0 x

0.8-1. 8 mm. Petals 0. Stamens 4. Pollen shed singly.

Capsule elongate-globose, (2.0— )2.5— 5.0 x 2-3 mm, ob-

scurely 4-angled, dull light brown, smooth and some-

what corky-walled, but fairly readily and irregularly lo-

culicidal, with a broad green band 0.4-0. 5 mm wide on

each angle of capsule. Seeds pluriseriate in each locule,

free, elongate-ovoid, 0.6-0. 9 x ± 0.3 mm thick, light

brown; raphe very narrow. Autogamous. Chromosome

number: n = 8.

Throughout southern Africa (Figure 6); widespread

from temperate North America to Colombia, in Eurasia

to Iran and in Africa N of the Sahara and in southern

Angola; margins of streams, lakes, wet places.

Vouchers: Dieterlen 1002', Galpin 10128 ; Parker 4852 ; Schlechter

6413 ; Thode A1212.

5795000 EPILOBIUM

Epilobium L., Species plantarum 347 (1753);

Harv.: 506 (1862); Adamson: 605 (1950); Schreiber: 1

(1967); P.H. Raven: 309 (1967); R.Fern. & A. Fern.: 199

(1970); Ross: 262 (1972); R.A.Dyer: 410 (1975);

P.H. Raven: 343 (1978). Type species: E. hirsutum L.

Perennial herbs, often flowering in first year. Leaves al-

ternate above, opposite below, entire or toothed. Stipules 0.

Flowers actinomorphic, borne in axils of reduced upper

leaves, their opening not highly synchronized. Sepals 4,

caducous. Floral tube present. Petals 4, rose-purple to

white, notched. Stamens 8; anthers linear to oblong.

Pollen shed in tetrads. Ovary with many uniseriate ovules

in each locule. Stigma entire or 4-lobed. Fruit a slender lo-

culicidal capsule. Seeds ellipsoid, with a terminal tuft of

hairs (coma), free, brown. Basic chromosome numbers: x

= 12, 13, 15, 16, or 18 (the only number in Africa).

A large cosmopolitan genus of ± 185 species, with a

centre of diversity in North America, 10 species in Africa,

four native in southern Africa and fairly widespread.

la Stigma deeply 4-cleft:

2a Stem clothed with long, spreading pubescence; leaves sub-

sessile, distinctly clasping at base; fleshy scales absent

at base of plant 1 . E. hirsutum

2b Stems clothed with strigillose pubescence; leaves distinct-

ly petiolate, rounded to obtuse or more rarely subcor-

date at base with petioles 1.0-2. 5 mm long; under-

ground stems invested with white, fleshy, rounded

scales 3. E. cape ns e

lb Stigma entire, clavate:

3a Leaves narrow, subsessile and strongly decurrent; flowers

erect at anthesis; petals pale lilac to pink, 2. 5-3. 5 mm

long 2.E. tetragonum

3b Leaves broader, distinctly petiolate, narrowly cuneate to at-

tenuate at base; flowers nodding in bud and when

opening first, later erect; petals at first white or cream,

rose following pollination, 5-15 mm long .... 4. E. salignum

1. Epilobium hirsutum L., Species plantarum 347

(1753); Harv.: 506 (1862); Hausskn.: 53 (1884); Burtt

Davy: 201 (1926); Adamson: 605 (1950); Schreiber: 2

(1967); P.H. Raven: 312 (1967); R.Fern. & A. Fern.: 200

(1970); P.H. Raven: 343 (1978). Type: from Europe.

E. tomentosum Vent.: t. 90 (1802); Brenan: 2 (1953b). Type: from

Persia, cultivated in France.

E. mirei Quezel: 90 (1957). Type: Chad, Tigui, in 1956, Quezel s.n.

(herb. Quezel, holo.).

Robust herb 0.2-2. 5 m tall; rhizome stout; plants

more or less white-pubescent all over. Leaves mostly op-

posite, oblong-lanceolate, sessile, clasping at base,

coarsely toothed, 20-120 x 4-30 mm. Inflorescence with

an admixture of glandular trichomes, erect in bud; flow-

ers erect in bud. Floral tube 2. 5-3.0 mm across, ±

1.0-1. 5 mm deep. Sepals 6-10 x 2. 0-2. 5 mm. Petals

6-16 x 6-15 mm, bright purplish rose. Style 6-10 mm

long; stigma deeply 4-lobed, held above anthers at an-

154

Bothalia 27,2(1997)

FIGURE 7. — Distribution of Epilobium hirsutum.

3. Epilobium capense Buch. ex Hochst. in Flora

27: 425 (1844); Hausskn.: 229 (1884); P.H.Raven: 324

(1967); P.H.Raven: 343 (1978). Type: South Africa,

Western Cape, George Dist., Knysna River, Krauss s.n.

(LZ, holo., destroyed; G, iso.). Figure 9.

E. flavescens E.Mey. ex Harv.: 506 (1862); Hausskn.: 230 (1884).

Type: South Africa, KwaZulu-Natal, Umlaas, Krauss 154 [K, lecto.;

BM, G, isolecto. fide Raven: 324 (1967)].

E. bojeri Hausskn : 90 (1879). Type: Madagascar, near Be’zongzong,

Feb. -Mar., Bojer s.n. (JE, lecto ).

E. biforme Hausskn.: 230 (1884). Type: South Africa, Eastern Cape,

Somerset East, Boschberg, 1 050 m, MacOwan 729 (BM, BOL, G,

GRA, K, NH, P, SAM).

E. jonathum Hausskn.: 231 (1884). Type: South Africa, Free State,

without precise locality, Cooper s.n. (K, holo.; BOL, iso ).

E. karsteniae Compton: 297 (1967). Type: Swaziland, Mbabane

Dist , swamps near Forbes Reef, 4500-5000ft, Compton 30487 (NBG,

PRE).

thesis, lobes 1.5-2. 5 mm long. Capsules 30-80 mm long;

pedicel 2-12 mm long. Seeds oblong-obovoid, acute at

base, coarsely papillose, 0.90-1.15 mm long, dark brown

or even coppery, coma 5-7 mm long, dull white.

Outcrossing but self-compatible. Gametic chromosome

number, n = 18. Protandrous.

Widespread in Africa, Europe and temperate Asia, in

wet places. In southern Africa it occurs on the Waterberg

in Namibia and throughout South Africa (Figure 7), pre-

dominantly in montane regions.

Vouchers: Rehmann 4752 ; Rodin 2586', Rudatis 1649 ; Schlechter

10446.

2. Epilobium tetragonum L., Species plantarum:

348 (1753); Harv.: 597 (1862); Adamson: 606 (1950).

Type: from France.

subsp. tetragonum PH. Raven, Flora zambesiaca

4: 318 (1967).

E. adnatum Griseb.: 851 (1852). E. tetragonum subsp. adnatum

(Griseb.) Maire in Jehandiez & Maire: 515 (1932). Type: from Europe.

Perennial herb 0. 1-1.2 m tall; underground stems ver-

tical or nearly so, densely invested with thick white,

fleshy, rounded scales ± 4 x 2-10 mm after first year;

plants strigillose with some glandular trichomes in the

more densnarrowly lanceolate, serrate with prominent

forward-directed teeth, 20-50 x 0.4-2. 5 mm; petioles

1.0-2. 5 mm long. Inflorescence erect in bud; flowers

erect or somewhat drooping in bud. Floral tube 2. 0-2. 5

mm across, 1.1-1. 5 mm deep. Sepals 4.2-10.0 x 1.2-2. 5

mm. Petals 6-16 x 3.0-10.5 mm, bright rose-purple,

paler purplish, creamy, or white. Stigma white, 4-lobed,

lobes 0. 7-2.0 mm long. Capsules 30-90 mm long; pedi-

cel 10-60 mm long. Seeds oblong-obovoid, papillose,

1.3-1. 6 mm long, brown, coma 5-7 mm long, dingy

white. Outcrossing or self-pollinating. Gametic chromo-

some number : n = 18.

Moist places and mountain meadows in Madagascar

and in Africa from southern Tanzania to the southern

Western Cape (Figure 10).

Vouchers: MacOwan 729', Schlechter 10095', Tyson 1813', Wood 686.

Perennial herb 0. 1-1 .0 m tall, producing leafy rosettes

from short stolons near base in autumn; plants strigillose,

especially above, and with raised lines running down

from bases of petioles, these pubescent above. Leaves

mostly opposite, subsessile and usually decurrent on

stem, narrowly lanceolate to nearly elliptical, 15-75 x

3— 1 5(— 2 1 ) mm, bluish green, evenly and strongly dentic-

ulate. Inflorescence erect in bud; flowers erect in bud.

Flower tube ± 1 mm across and deep. Sepals 2. 8-4. 2 x

0.8-1. 8 mm. Petals 2.5-5.0(-7.0) x 2.0-3.5(-4.5) mm,

pale lilac to pink. Stigma entire, clavate. Capsules

(35— )50— 1 10 mm long, on a pedicel 1. 2-3.0 mm long.

Seeds oblong-obovoid, acute at base, coarsely papillose,

1.0-1. 3 mm long, brown, coma ± 8-10 mm long, dull

white. Autogamous or cleistogamous. Gametic chrom-

some number, n = 18.

In South Africa'and Lesotho, coastal to high altitudes

(Figure 8), probably introduced early from Europe; in

Europe east to the Caucasus and Iran, in North Africa

from Tangier to Tunisia in the north including Madeira

and Canary Islands; in moist places.

Vouchers: Bolus 215', Dieterlen 936', Parker 3638', Schlechter 6129',

Thode A320.

4. Epilobium salignum Hausskn. in Oesterreich-

ische Botanische Zeitung 29: 90 (1879); Hausskn.: 236

(1884); Brenan: 5 (1953b); P.H.Raven: 331 (1967);

FIGURE 8. — Distribution of Epilobium tetragonum subsp. tetragonum.

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

155

FIGURE 9. — Epilobium capense. A,

habit, x 0.5; B, branch with

mature fruit, x 0.5. C. D, leaf,

x 1 : C, upper surface; D, un-

dersurface. E, bud, x 2. F, G,

flower: F, x 1.5; G, with petal

removed to show style and

stamens, x 2. H, part of style

with stigma, x 6; I, stamen, x

4; J, seed, x 4. A, C, D, Rob-

son 245\ B, J, Stohr N44\ E-I,

Chase 5883. Reproduced by

kind permission of Flora Zam-

besiaca Managing Committee.

P.H. Raven: 345 (1978). Type: Madagascar, Antananarivo

and Be’zongzong, Bojer s.n. (P, lecto.!).

E. neriophyllum Hausskn.: 19 (1880). Type: South Africa, Eastern

Cape, Somerset East, Boschberg 900 m, MacOwan 1487 (K, lecto.;

GRA, NH iso. lecto.).

E. mundtii Hausskn.: 235 (1884). Type: South Africa, Western Cape,

Cape Peninsula, in 1820, Mundt & Maire s.n. (JE, lecto.).

E. natalense Hausskn.: 235 (1884). Type: South Africa, KwaZulu-

Natal, ‘Natal Bay’, Gueinzius s.n. (LZ, holo., destroyed; JE, iso. lecto.).

E. oliganthum Baker: 345 (1886) nom. illeg., non Michx. (1803).

E benguellense Welw. ex Hiem: 378 (1898). Type: Angola, Huila,

Monino River, Welwitsch 4458 (LISU, lecto.; BM, COl, G, K, isolecto.).

E. tetragonum subsp. benguellense (Welw. ex Hiem) Engl.: 773 (1921).

E. tetragonum subsp benguellense var. welwitschii Engl.: 773

(1921). Type: Angola, Huila, Quilengues, rio Caculovar, Welwitsch

4459 (LISU, lecto.; B, COI, G, P, isolecto ).

E. madagascariense H.Lev.: 225 (1907). Type: Madagascar, Ranobe,

near Sirabe, in 1895, Forsyth-Major s.n. (G, holo.).

E. perrieri H.Lev.: 3 (1917). Type: Madagascar, Ankaratra, 900 m,

Perrier 6630 (P, lecto.).

E. schinzii H.Lev.: 225 (1907). Type: South Africa, KwaZulu-Natal.

Noodsberg, 600-900 m, J.M. Wood 5282 (Z, holo., not seen; BM, NH,

SAM, iso.).

156

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

FIGURE 10. — Distribution of Epilobium capense.

Perennial herbs 0.2-1. 6 m tall; strongly rhizomatous;

rhizomes lacking scales, long-spreading and giving rise

to new leafy shoots; plants evenly strigillose, sometimes

sparsely so, with faintly marked lines running down from

margins of pedicels. Leaves mostly opposite, very nar-

rowly to narrowly elliptic, rarely almost lanceolate,

weakly serrulate or rarely serrate, 20-80 x 3-20 mm;

petiole 1-8 mm long. Inflorescence erect in bud, to 300

mm long; bracts usually not much reduced; flowers nod-

ding in bud and when opening first, later erect. Floral

tube 0. 8-2.0 mm across, 1.5-2. 3 mm deep. Sepals

3. 5-8. 5 x 1.2-2. 2 mm. Petals 5-15 x 2-7 mm, at first

white or cream, then rose following pollination. Stigma

usually clavate, rarely subcapitate, entire. Capsules

30-70 mm long, on a pedicel 8-45 mm long. Seeds ob-

long-obovoid, obtuse at base, minutely reticulate,

1.00-1.35 x 0.35-0.60 mm; light brown or tan, coma ±

5-9 mm long, copious, white. Mainly autogamous.

Gametic chromosome number: n = 18.

Extending in southern Africa along the eastern moun-

tains to the Transkei, including Lesotho and Swaziland

(Figure 11), from the highlands of tropical and temperate

Africa and Madagascar; moist places, 500-3 000 m.

Vouchers: Flanagan 665 ; Rudatis 1346 ; Scheepers 625.

5819000 GAURA

Gaura L., Species plantarum 1: 347 (1753); L.:

163 (1754); R. A. Dyer: 410 (1975). Type species: G. bi-

ennis L.

Gauridium Spach: 379 (1835a).

Schizocarya Spach: 325, 381 (1835b); Spach: 170, 283 (1835c).

Annual, biennial, or perennial herbs. Leaves alternate,

entire to deeply lobed. Stipules 0. Inflorescence a spicate

raceme, sharply delimited, not leafy, more or less con-

spicuously pedunculate. Flowers usually strongly zygo-

morphic, borne in axils of much reduced upper leaves

(bracts), opening either near sunset or near sunrise and

fading within a day. Floral tube present, long and narrow.

Sepals 4, caducous. Petals 4, white, usually sharply

clawed, entire. Stamens 8; anthers linear, sporogenous

tissue divided by sterile tissue into discrete packets.

Pollen shed singly. Stigma deeply 4-lobed. Ovary with 1

or 2 ovules in each locule. Capsule indehiscent, nutlike,

with hard, woody walls, septa incomplete and fragile, not

evident at maturity. Seeds ovoid, yellowish to pale

brown. Basic chromosome number: x = 7.

A genus of 21 species of North America, centring in

the Great Plains and Texas. Two species are naturalized

in South Africa.

la Inflorescences strigillose; plants rhizomatous; flowers open-

ing near sunset; fruits evidently stipitate, with stipe 2-8

mm long 1 G. sinuata

lb Inflorescence villous; plants clumped; flowers opening near

sunrise; fruits sessile, broad-based 2. G. lindheimeri

1. Gaura sinuata Nutt, ex Set: in DC.. Prodromus

3: 44 (1828). Type: from USA.

Agressively rhizomatous perennial herb, forming ex-

tensive mats with well-branched stems 200-600 mm tall;

plants subglabrous or sparsely pubescent, stems strig-

illose and with long, spreading hairs; leaves densely st-

rigillose in relatively hairy plants. Leaves linear to nar-

rowly oblanceolate, 10-110 x 1-20 mm, sparsely

sinuate-dentate, rarely subentire, often undulate.

Inflorescence 100-300 mm long, simple or branched;

bracts lanceolate to narrowly ovate, 1-5 x 0. 5-2.0 mm.

Flowers opening near sunset. Floral tube 2. 5-5.0 mm

long. Sepals 7-14 x 1.25-2.50 mm, strigillose. Petals

7.0-14.5 x 3-7 mm, white, fading pink. Ovary outside of

floral tube, strigillose. Body of capsule 8-15 x 1.5-3. 5

mm; stipe 2-8 mm long. Seeds (l-)2^f x 2-3 mm, light

to reddish brown. Self-incompatible. Gametic chromo-

some number: n = 14.

Native to USA, Texas and Oklahoma; widely intro-

duced elsewhere in USA, in Italy and locally in South

Africa on Van Staden’s Pass (Figure 12); a noxious weed

limited by self-incompatibility.

Vouchers: Theron 1837 ; Wells 3192.

2. Gaura lindheimeri Engelm. & A. Gray in

Boston Journal of Natural History 5: 217 (1845). Type:

from USA. Figure 13.

G. filiformis Small var. munz.ii Cory: 420 (1937). Type: from USA.

Robust clumped perennial herb, usually branching co-

piously from a heavy underground crown; stems erect or

FIGURE 1 1 . — Distribution of Epilobium salignum.

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

157

FIGURE 12. — Distribution of Gaura sinuata, ■; and G. lindheimeri, •.

more often arching outward from crown to form a full,

clumped plant 0.5-1. 5 m tall; entire plant villous, inflo-

rescence with a more or less dense admixture of glandu-

lar trichomes. Leaves very narrowly elliptic (to occasion-

ally narrowly oblanceolate), 5-90 x 0.1-1. 3 mm,

coarsely and remotely serrate, occasionally subsinuately

so. Inflorescence 100-800 mm long, well branched or

simple; bracts narrowly to broadly elliptic, 4-11 x

1 .5-6.0 mm. Flowers opening near sunrise. Floral tube

4-9 mm long. Sepals 8.5-17.0 x 1-2 mm. Petals white,

fading to light or deep pink, 10.5-15.0 x 5-10 mm.

Capsule 6-9 x 2. 0-3. 5 mm. Seeds l^f, 2.3 x 1.0-1. 5

mm, yellowish to light brown. Self-incompatible.

Gametic chromosome number, n = 7.

Native to USA, Louisiana and Texas; widely cultivat-

ed and occasionally spontaneous; occurring in South

Africa in Gauteng, Free State and the Western Cape

(Figure 13).

Vouchers: Galpin 14525; Goldblau 1436; Leach & Bayliss I25B2.

5804000 OENOTHERA*

Oenothera L., Species plantarum 346 (1753); L.:

163 (1754); Harv.: 505 (1862); Munz: 79 (1965);

Schreiber: 5 (1967); P.H. Raven: 330 (1978); R.A.Dyer:

410 (1975). Type species: O. biennis L.

Annual, biennial, or perennial herbs. Leaves alternate,

entire to pinnatifid. Stipules 0. Flowers actinomorphic,

borne in axils of reduced leaves, often clustered near

ends of stems, opening either near sunset or near sunrise

and usually fading within a day. Floral tube present.

Sepals 4, caducous. Petals 4, yellow, white or rose-pur-

ple, usually entire. Stamens 8; anthers linear. Pollen shed

singly. Stigma deeply 4-lobed. Ovary' with many plurise-

riate or uniseriate ovules in each locule. Capsule stout,

loculicidal. Seeds lacking hairs, free, usually brown.

Basic chromosome number : x = 7.

Approximately 125 species, all native to North and

South America, but widely naturalized in the Old World;

14 species recorded in southern Africa.

la Petals white or rose-purple: flowers opening near sunrise or sunset; capsules evidently clavate:

2a Petals rose-purple, 5-10 mm long; flowers opening near sunrise, diurnal 13. O. rosea

2b Petals white, fading purplish, 20-35 mm long; flowers opening near sunset, nocturnal 14. O. tetraptera

lb Petals yellow; flowers opening near sunset; capsules not evidently clavate, sometimes slightly enlarged in upper

third:

3a Floral tube longer than 60 mm:

4a Buds densely grey-strigillose; open flowers ± reaching apex of stem and mostly concentrated there; capsules

sessile, broad at base; seeds sharply angular l.O. jamesii

4b Buds villous; open flowers not reaching apex of stem, well spaced; capsules cylindric; seeds rounded, not

sharply angular:

5a Plants not forming a basal rosette, softly villous; bracts longer than capsules they subtend; capsules ± en-

larged in upper third 8 O. affinis

5b Plants forming a basal rosette, coarsely and densely villous; bracts shorter than capsules they subtend; cap-

sules not enlarged above l.O. longiflora

3b Floral tube shorter than 60 mm:

6a Capsules broad at base; seeds sharply angular; open flowers ± reaching apex of stem:

7a Petals 35-50 mm long 3. O. glazioviana

7b Petals 7-25 mm long:

8a Floral tube 10-18 mm long; plant exclusively appressed pubescent (strigillose) throughout 5. O. villosa

8b Floral tube 20-50 mm long; plant glandular pubescent and with eglandular spreading hairs (villous):

9a Tips of sepals subterminal, divergent; petals 7-20 mm long; tip of inflorescence often arched . 4. O. parviflora

9b Tips of sepals terminal, erect; petals 10-25 mm long; tip of inflorescence erect 2.0. biennis

6b Capsules cylindrical or tapering at base; seeds rounded, not sharply angular; open flowers well-spaced down

stem, not especially clustered above:

10a Leaves usually deeply and coarsely toothed; buds curved upward ll.O. laciniata

10b Leaves with ± blunt, shallow teeth or entire to remotely sinuate-dentate; buds various:

1 la Petals 15 — 45 mm long:

12a Stems prostrate or decumbent; plant canescent; mature buds curved upward; leaves entire to remotely

sinuate-dentate 12. O. drummondii

12b' Stems erect; plant ± strigillose, never canescent; mature buds erect; leaves serrate 9. O. stricta

1 lb Petals 3-12 mm long:

13a Plants appearing glabrous to naked eye, but actually with very short erect hairs; bracts cuneate at base,

as long as or longer than capsules they subtend; capsules 1. 5-2.0 mm thick 6. O. indecora

13b Plants evidently erect-pubescent; bracts rounded at base, clearly shorter than capsules they subtend;

sepals often flecked with dark reddish brown; capsules 2-3 mm thick . . 10. O. parodiana subsp. parodiana

In collaboration with Werner Dietrich, University of Diisseldorf, and Warren Wagner, Smithsonian Institution, Washington DC.

158

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

FIGURE 13. — Gaura lindheimeri Engelm. & A. Gray. A, flowering

branch, x 0.4; B, capsule, scale bar: 2 mm. Artist: Yevonn

Wilson-Ramsey.

1. Oenothera jamesii Torr. & A.Gray, Flora of

North America 1: 493 (1840); Munz: 131 (1965). Type:

from Oklahoma or Texas.

Stout, erect winter annuals or biennials, simple or

sparsely branched, ± 1.0-1. 5 m tall, forming a rosette;

stems strigillose, with scattered longer subappressed

hairs, red papillae few or 0. Leaves : rosette leaves 60-200

mm long; cauline leaves broadly lanceolate, conspicuous-

ly sinuate-serrulate, acuminate at apex, strigillose,

50-120 x 20-35 mm; petioles 0-12 mm long. Bracts

10-50 mm long. Floral tube 80-130 mm long, strigillose

and glandular-pubescent. Sepals 35-60 mm long, strig-

illose, with free tips 3-6 mm long. Petals 40-50 mm long,

yellow. Anthers 12-22 mm long. Capsule 20-50 x 6-10

mm, strigillose but with short fine and longer coarser

hairs. Seeds sharply angled, 1. 5-2.0 mm long.

Outcrossing but self-compatible. Chromosome number, n

= 7 (7 bivalents or small rings at meiotic metaphase I).

Native to North America from Oklahoma and south-

ern Kansas to northeastern Mexico. In southern Africa

widespread in Northern Province, North-West, Gauteng

and Mpumalanga and local in northern Cape, coastal

KwaZulu-Natal and the Western and Eastern Cape

(Figure 14). First recorded in 1926 at Welverdiend

Station.

FIGURE 14. — Distribution of Oenothera jamesii, •; and O. biennis, ■.

2. Oenothera villosa Thunb., Prodromus plantae

capensium: 75 (1794); W.Dietr. & PH. Raven: 382

(1976). Type: South Africa, Western Cape, without pre-

cise locality, Thunberg s.n. (UPS, holo.).

O. biennis L. sensu Harv.: 505 (1862) pro parte.

O. strigosa subsp. canovirens (Steele) Munz: 136 (1965). Type: from

USA.

The African plants belong to subsp. villosa.

Biennial 50-200 mm tall, simple or branched plants,

forming a rosette, exclusively greyish strigillose

throughout, some of hairs arising from red papillae.

Cauline leaves narrowly lanceolate, acute to subacumi-

nate at apex, 70-150 x 14-30 mm. Bracts 10-50 mm long.

Floral tube 20-37 mm long, strigillose. Sepals 10-18 mm

long, strigillose, free tips 1-3 mm long. Petals 8—1 5(— 17)

mm long, yellow, often ageing orange. Anthers 4-7 mm

long. Capsules 18-43 x 4-6 mm, strigillose. Seeds

sharply angled, 1-2 mm long. Autogamous. Chromo-

some number : n = 7 (ring of 14 at meiotic metaphase I).

Native of North America, first recorded from the Cape

Peninsula by Thunberg in 1772-1775, and occasionally

since (Figure 15).

Vouchers: Ecklon & Zeyher 1762 ; Esterhuysen s.n.; Salter 8895.

Vouchers: Codd 2756; Galpin 2585; Stadler s.n.

FIGURE 15. — Distribution of Oenothera villosa.

Bothalia 27,2 ( 1997)

159

3. Oenothera biennis L., Species plantarum 346

(1753); non sensu Harv.: 505 (1862) vide O. villosa\

Munz: 132 (1965). Type: from Europe.

Weedy biennial 0. 3-2.0 m tall, simple or branched,

forming a rosette; stems pubescent throughout with short

appressed hairs (strigillose) and usually longer curved or

spreading hairs, some arising from red papillae. Cauline

leaves lanceolate, sinuate-denticulate, sharply acute to

acuminate at apex, strigillose and with some longer hairs,

80-170 x 20-50 mm; petioles short or 0. Bracts 10-40

mm long. Floral tube 25-40 mm long, with some gland-

tipped as well as non-glandular hairs. Sepals 8-28 mm

long, pubescent as in floral tube, free tips terminal, erect,

1. 5-3.0 mm long. Petals 10-25 mm long, yellow, gener-

ally aging old gold. Anthers 4-7 mm long. Capsule

14-40 x 3-6 mm, strigillose and villous to subglabrous.

Seeds sharply angled, 1.2-1. 8 mm long. Autogamous.

Chromosome number, n = 7 (ring of 14 or ring of 8 and

ring of 6 at meiotic metaphase I).

Native of eastern USA and Canada. Local in southern

Africa in Northern Province, North-West, Gauteng,

Mpumalanga, Lesotho and northern Karoo (Figure 14).

First recorded in 1910 at the Crocodile River (Ermelo

District).

Vouchers: Burn Davy 9311', Collins 9884\ Werger 1330.

4. Oenothera glazioviana Micheli , in Flora brasil-

iensis 13,2: 178 (1875). Type: from Rio de Janeiro,

Brazil.

O. erythrosepala (Borbas) Borbas: 203 (1902); Borbas: 245 (1903);

Munz: 130 (1965). Onagra erythrosepala Borbas: 203 (1902).

O. lamarckiana sensu auct., non Ser.

Erect, bushy biennial to short-lived perennial, 0.8-1. 2

m tall, forming a rosette; stems ± densely crisp-puberu-

lent and with numerous longer spreading hairs, many

arising from red papillae. Cauline leaves broadly lanceo-

late- to ovate-oblong, crinkled, obtuse to acute at apex,

substrigillose, mostly 50-100 x 25-40 mm; petioles

0-20 mm long. Bracts 1 0 — 30( — 50) mm long. Floral tube

35-50 mm long, glandular-pubescent and villous. Sepals

30^-0 mm long, glandular-puberulent and villous, free

tips 5-8 mm long. Petals 35-50 mm long, yellow.

Anthers 10-12 mm long. Capsule 20-25(-30) X 5-6 mm,

villous and glandular-puberulent. Seeds sharply angled,

1.3-1. 7 mm long. Outcrossing but self-compatible.

Chromosome number: n = 7 (ring of 12 and 1 bivalent at

meiotic metaphase I).

A species of garden origin, widely distributed in culti-

vation and as a naturalized plant in the Old World and

North America; in southern Africa local throughout east-

ern southern Africa, although not in Swaziland, and as far

south as Knysna (Figure 16). First recorded in 1891 in

Eastern Cape.

Vouchers: Dieterlen 633; Flanagan 723; Fourcade 2048; Strey

7285.

5. Oenothera parviflora L., Systema naturae edn

10: 988 (1759); Munz: 121 (1965). Type: from North

America or Europe.

FIGURE 16. — Distribution of Oenothera glazioviana, •; and O. parvi-

flora, ■ .

Weedy biennial 1.0-1. 5 m tall, simple or branched,

forming a rosette; stems subglabrous to strigillose-pu-

berulent and with looser longer spreading hairs that may

arise from red papillae. Cauline leaves narrowly lanceo-

late, shallowly denticulate, acute to subacuminate at

apex, strigillose to subglabrous, 50-120 x 12-30 mm;

petioles short. Bracts 10-30 mm or longer. Floral tube

20-40 mm long, subglabrous or strigillose or more or

less glandular-pubescent and strigillose, often also with

somewhat stiffer erect hairs. Sepals mostly 8-20 mm

long, usually pubescent as in floral tube, sometimes al-

most shaggy-villous, free tips subterminal, divergent,

1-5 mm long. Petals 7-20 mm long, yellow, ageing

somewhat orange. Anthers 4-7 mm long. Capsule 1 5 — 40

x 3-6 mm, ± scattered to densely villous and ± strig-

illose, only strigillose or almost glabrous. Seeds sharply

angled, 1.2-1. 8 mm long. Autogamous. Chromosome

number: n = 7 (ring of 14 at meiotic metaphase I).

Native of eastern USA and eastern Canada. Recorded

in southern Africa locally in Western Cape between the

Peninsula and Stellenbosch (Figure 16). First recorded in

1884.

Vouchers; Goldblatt 1435; Marloth 86; Purcell 442.

6. Oenothera indecora Cambess. in Saint-Hilaire,

Flora brasiliae meridionalis 2: 268 (1830); Munz: 658

(1935); P.H. Raven: 332 (1978); W.Dietr.: 515 (1978).

Type: from Brazil.

O. indecora subsp. bonariensis W.Dietr. 519 (1978). Type: from

Argentina.

Erect annual with several branches, up to 600 mm tall

from base, everywhere covered with fine, erect pubes-

cence. Leaves 10-60 mm long, sinuate-dentate, lanceo-

late or narrowly ovate, sessile. Inflorescence erect, buds

also erect; flowers borne in axils of much reduced leaves,

opening near sunset. Floral tube 8-15 mm long. Sepals

5-6 mm long with slender free tips ± 1 mm long. Petals

3-6 mm long, bright yellow, fading reddish. Anthers ± 2

mm long; filaments 4-6 mm long. Style surrounded by

anthers at anthesis; stigma with linear lobes 2-3 mm

long. Capsule 15-22 x 1. 5-2.0 mm, cylindric, not

winged, subsessile. Seeds 0.7-1. 3 mm long, broadly el-

160

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

lipsoid, indistinctly and shallowly pitted, light brown.

Autogamous. Chromosome number : n = 7 (7 bivalents or

ring of 14 at meiotic metaphase I).

Native of South America. Scattered in weedy places

and cultivated fields in eastern southern Africa, and also

in Western Cape and central Namibia (Figure 17); not

recorded in Swaziland or Lesotho. First recorded in 1918

on the Cape Peninsula, and only after 1948 elsewhere.

Vouchers: Parker 4849; Scheepers 270; Seydel 1965; Strey 7094.

7. Oenothera longiflora L., Mantissa plantarum

227 (1771); W.Dietr. 509 (1978). Type: cultivated in

Sweden from seeds from Buenos Aires, Argentina.

The African plants belong to subsp. longiflora.

Annual or biennial, 400-800 mm tall, forming a

rosette, simple or branched, densely long-villous and

sparsely glandular-pubescent. Cauline leaves oblong to

elliptic or narrowly ovate to ovate, short-acute, truncate to

subcordate at base, sessile, 15-60 x 10-25 mm. Bracts

10-30 mm long, usually red along margins. Floral tube

(65-)80-I00 mm long, often streaked and flecked with

dark red. Sepals 20-25 mm long, free tips 1-2 mm; apices

erect or divergent. Petals 20-30 mm long, yellow, often

with a red spot at base. Anthers 7-13 mm long. Capsule

mostly curved and with 4 clearly distinct crenate valves at

apex, 30-45 x 3-4 mm. Seeds ellipsoid to broadly ellip-

soid, 1. 5-2.0 mm long, brown. Autogamous. Chromosome

number, n = 7 (ring of 14 at meiotic metaphase I).

Native in southern Brazil, Uruguay and Argentina.

Recorded in southern Africa only locally in Western

Cape, from the Peninsula to Citrusdal (Figure 18). First

recorded in 1 835.

Vouchers: De Jongh sub Galpin 4932; Hanekom 1233.

8. Oenothera affinis Cambess. in Saint-Hilaire,

Flora brasiliae meridionalis 2: 269 (1830); W.Dietr.: 524

(1978). Type: from southern Brazil.

Erect annual, 0.4-1. 5 m high, without a rosette, un-

branchcd or ± well branched throughout, densely to

FIGURE 18. — Distribution of Oenothera longiflora.

sparsely long-villous, and densely glandular-pubescent.

Cauline leaves cultrate to narrowly lanceolate, apex

acute, acute to rounded at base, sessile, 50-150 x 5-15

mm. Bracts (30-)40-90 mm long. Floral tube

80— 110(— 130) mm long. Sepals 20-35 mm long, free tips

1. 5-4.0 mm long, erect or divergent. Petals very broadly

obovate, (15-)20-40 mm long, yellow. Anthers 10-14 mm

long. Capsule 20-40(-50) x 3-4 mm, thicker in upper

third, with 4 valves clearly separated at apex. Seeds el-

liptic in outline, 1. 5-2.0 x 0.5-0. 6 mm. Outcrossing but

self-compatible. Chromosome number: n = 7 (7 biva-

lents, ring of 14 or intermediate configurations at meiotic

metaphase I).

Native in South America, and widely naturalized else-

where. Reported in southern Africa, from coastal

KwaZulu-Natal, Lesotho, Northern Province, North-

West, Gauteng and Western Cape (Figure 19). First

recorded in 1902 in the central Northern Province.

Vouchers: Adamson 3076; Burtt Davy 1248; De Jongh sub Galpin

6529 ; Dieterlen 1352.

9. Oenothera stricta Ledeb. ex Link (‘striata’),

Enumeratio plantarum horti regii berolinensis altera I :

377 (1821); Munz: 661 (1935), tab. 82, figs B1-B9;

PH. Raven: 330 (1978); W.Dietr. 536 (1978). Type: from

Chile. Figure 20C-K.

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

161

FIGURE 20. — A, B, Oenothera

rosea: A, flowering branch, x

0.5; B, flower, xl.5. C-K, O.

stricta: C, habit, x 0.5; D,

flower bud, x 1 ; E, flower

partly dissected, x 1 ; F, style

and stigma, x 2; G, anther,

two aspects, x 2. H, I, fruit, x

1 : H, before dehiscence; I,

after dehiscence. J, K, seed: J,

ventral view, x 12; K, lateral

view, x 8. A, Drummond

4887 ; B, Brooke 233 ; C,

Phipps 2844: D, H, I, Chase

2960: E-G, Munz 169: J, K,

Goldsmith 126/68. Reproduc-

ed by kind permission of

Flora Zambesiaca Managing

Committee.

O. nocturna sensu Harv.: 506 (1862), non Jacq.; Burit Davy: 202

(1926). Type: from South Africa.

The African plants are subsp. stricta.

Annual or short-lived perennial, forming a rosette,

often flowering in first year, with several stout stems

0. 3-1.0 m tall from, a taproot, subglabrous below, vil-

lous and glandular pubescent above. Catiline leaves

20-80 mm long, narrowly oblanceolate, sparsely serru-

late, sessile. Flowers in axils of much reduced upper

leaves. Floral tube 20^15 mm long, slender. Sepals

15-22 mm long, with free tips ± 2 mm long. Petals

15-32 mm long, bright yellow, fading reddish. Anthers

7. 0-8. 5 mm long. Capsule cylindric, 20-40 x 3-4 mm,

enlarged upward, not winged, sessile. Seeds ± 1-5 mm

long, brown, obovoid, in 1 row in each locule. Auto-

gamous. Chromosome number: n = 7 (ring of 14 at mei-

otic metaphase I).

Native to southern Chile and Argentina, widely natu-

ralized elsewhere. Widespread in South Africa and

Lesotho (Figure 21). First recorded in 1888, in Eastern

Cape.

Vouchers: Dieterlen 169: Galpin 365: Leendertz 412: Parker 4391

10. Oenothera parodiana Munz , Physis 11: 283

(1933); W.Dietr.: 564 (1978). Type: from Argentina, Prov.

Buenos Aires.

162

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

The African plants are subsp. parodiana.

Erect or somewhat decumbent annual or biennial,

300-700 mm high, forming a rosette, main stem simple

or branched, obliquely ascending or arching side branch-

es arising from rosette, densely to sparsely long- and

short-villous and glandular-pubescent, or densely to

sparsely villous and glandular-pubescent. Cauline leaves

narrowly oblong to lanceolate or oblanceolate, acute,

rounded to truncate at base, sessile, 25-150 x 5-10 mm.

Bracts 10-20 mm long. Floral tube 10-20 mm long,

sometimes decked and streaked with red. Sepals 5-9 mm

long, often flecked with red, free tips 1.0-1. 5 mm long,

erect or divergent. Petals 7-12 mm long, yellow. Anthers

3-8 mm long. Capsule 20-30 x 2. 5-5.0 mm thick, valves

often clearly separated at end. Seeds ellipsoid, 1.1-1. 5 x

0.5-0. 8 mm. Autogamous. Chromosome number, n = 7

(ring of 14 at meiotic metaphase I).

Native in South America, from southern Brazil to

Argentina. In southern Africa, common in KwaZulu-

Natal, Free State, Northern Province, North-West,

Gauteng and Mpumalanga, and apparently local in

Eastern Cape, southern Western Cape, Lesotho, and cen-

tral Namibia (Figure 22). First recorded in 1909 in

Mpumalanga, but becoming common only after 1940.

Vouchers: Leendertz 9202 ; Ruch 2328; Seydel 2686; Ward 6192.

11. Oenothera laciniata Hill , The complete veg-

etable system, edn. 1: 12, Appendix: 64, t. 1 0—70 ( 1 767);

Hill: 172, t. 6 (1768). Munz: 654 (1935); P.H.Raven: 330

(1978). Type from seeds obtained near Charleston, S

Carolina.

Erect, often rank, annual, not forming a rosette, usual-

ly with many branches from base, these often decumbent

and up to 0.4 m long, strigillose and densely villous

above, especially in the inflorescence, also glandular-pu-

bescent. Cauline leaves 10-80 mm long, sinuate-dentate

or sinuate-pinnatifid, more rarely subentire, lanceolate,

lower ones petiolate, upper ones sessile. Flowers borne

in axils of much reduced leaves. Floral tube 12-35 mm

long. Sepals 5-15 mm long, with slender free tips 0. 5-3.0

mm long. Petals 5-22 mm long, bright yellow, fading

reddish. Anthers 2-5 mm long. Capsule 15-50 x 2-4

mm, cylindric, not winged, subsessile. Seeds ± 1 mm

long, obovoid, coarsely and conspicuously pitted, light

brown. Autogamous. Chromosome number, n = 7 (ring

of 14 at meiotic metaphase I).

Native in eastern N America. Widespread in eastern

southern Africa, although not recorded from Swaziland,

and the lowveld of Northern Province and Mpumalanga

(Figure 23). First recorded in 1905 in KwaZulu-Natal.

Vouchers: Gordon Gray 863; Jacot Guillarmod 4717; Pont 669;

Ward 3763.

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

163

12. Oenothera drummondii Hook, in Curtis’ Bota-

nical Magazine 61: t. 3361 (1834); Munz: 107 (1965).

Type: from Texas.

The African plants are subsp. drummondii.

Suffrutescent perennial not forming a rosette, with

prostrate or decumbent, mostly simple stems 200-500

mm long, densely canescent-pubescent throughout.

Cauline leaves oblanceolate or more often oblong-ovate

to -obovate, sessile or nearly so, densely appressed-pu-

bescent, 1CM-0 mm long, often with one pair or more of

rounded teeth or lobes near base, not much reduced up

the stem. Flowers borne in axils of leaves. Floral tube

25-50 mm long, densely villous. Sepals 20-30 mm long,

commonly reflexed in pairs at anthesis, free tips diver-

gent, 1-3 mm long. Petals yellow, turning reddish, 25-45

mm long. Anthers 7-12 mm long. Capsule sessile, cylin-

drical, 25-55 mm long, about 3 mm thick, often curved,

villous. Seeds ellipsoid to broadly ellipsoid, pitted,

1.0-1. 2 mm long, brown. Outcrossing, but self-compati-

ble. Chromosome number : n = 7 (usually 7 bivalents at

meiotic metaphase I).

Native in coastal North America from S Carolina to

eastern Mexico, with a second subspecies in lower

California. Naturalized locally in southern Africa north

of Durban and in the Port Elizabeth area (Figure 23).

First reported in 1912.

Vouchers: Paterson 2343; Urton 316; Watmough 492.

13. Oenothera rosea L'Her. ex Aiton , Hortus ke-

wensis edn 1, 2: 3 (1789); Burtt Davy; 202 (1926);

Schreiber: 5 (1967); P.H. Raven: 332 (1978). Type grown

from seeds collected in Peru. Figure 20A, B.

Weedy perennial, not forming a rosette, often bloom-

ing in first year, 20CK500 mm high, with numerous stems

from a somewhat woody caudex, strigillose throughout,

more densely so in inflorescence. Cauline leaves 20-50

mm long, oblanceolate to narrowly obovate, entire to

somewhat pinnatifid at base of blade, acute, base nar-

rowly cuneate; petioles 4-30 mm long, distinct. Flowers

borne in axils of much reduced leaves. Floral tube 4-8

mm long, slender. Sepals 5-8 mm long, commonly co-

herent and deflexed to one side in anthesis. Petals

4.5-10.0 mm long, bright purplish rose. Anthers 2. 5-4.0

mm long. Capsule clavate, 8-10 x 3-4 mm, strigillose,

narrowly winged, base passing gradually into hollow,

ribbed stipe 5-20 mm long. Seeds oblong-ovoid, ± 0.6

mm long. Autogamous. Chromosome number'. r\-l (ring

of 14 at meiotic metaphase I).

Weed of American origin, now widespread in all warm

parts of the world. Recorded throughout South Africa,

Swaziland and Lesotho, and in extreme southern and

northern Namibia (Figure 24). Introduced in the 1890’s.

Vouchers: Bum Davy 1039; Dieterlen 1317; Flanagan 589; Salter

8902.

14. Oenothera tetraptera Cav.. leones et descrip-

tiones plantarum 3: 40, t. 279 (1796); Burtt Davy: 202

(1926); P.H. Raven: 332 (1978). Type: from Mexico.

Weedy perennial, not forming a rosette, often flower-

ing in first year, 150-400 mm high, with numerous stems

from a somewhat woody caudex, covered with long

spreading hairs throughout, and also with shorter ap-

pressed hairs. Cauline leaves 30-100 mm long, oblance-

olate or elliptic, irregularly sinuate-pinnatifid in outline

to entire, much reduced above; petioles mostly shorter

than 10 mm. Flowers borne in axils of much reduced

leaves. Floral tube 8-10 mm long. Sepals 20-30 mm

long, usually coherent and deflexed to one side in anthe-

sis. Petals 25-35 mm long to 14 mm long late in season,

white, fading purplish. Anthers 5-6 mm long. Capsule

clavate, 10-15 x 6-8 mm, with prominent wings 2-3 mm

wide, base gradually narrowed into a hollow, ribbed stipe

5-25 mm long. Seeds obovoid, ± 1 .3 mm long. Self-com-

patible. Chromosome number: n = 7 (7 bivalents at mei-

otic metaphase I).

Native in the New World from Texas to northern

South America. In southern Africa common in the North-

ern Province, North-West, Gaunteng, Mpumalanga,

KwaZulu-Natal, Free State, and Lesotho, and extending

into Eastern Province (Figure 25). First recorded in 1883

at Queenstown.

Vouchers: Dieterlen 327; Galpin 13215; Schlechter 6416; Tyson

1994.

REFERENCES

AITON, W. 1789. Hortus kewensis edn 1, 2. George Nicol, London.

ADAMSON, R.S 1950 Oenotheraceae. In R.S. Adamson & T.M.

Salter, Flora of the Cape Peninsula: 605-607. Juta, Cape Town.

ANDREWS, F.W. 1950. The flowering plants of the Anglo-Egyptian

Sudan 1: 145. Arbroath, Scotland.

BAKER, J.G. 1886. Further contributions to the flora of central

Madagasar. Journal of the Linnean Society , Botany 21: 345.

BORBAS, V. VON. 1902. Kerteszet Lapok 1902: 203.

BORBAS, V. VON. 1903. Magyar Botanikai Lapok 2: 245.

BRENAN, J.P.M. 1953a. Notes on African Onagraceae and Trapaceae.

Kew Bulletin 1953: 163-172.

BRENAN, J.P.M. 1953b. Onagraceae. In WB Tumll & E. Milne-

Redhead, Flora of tropical East Africa: 12. Crown Agents for

the Colonies, London.

BUCHANAN-HAMILTON, F. 1 824. A commentary on the second part

of the Hortus Malabaricus. Transactions of the Linnean Society

14.

BURTT DAVY, J. 1926. A manual of the flowering plants and ferns of

the Transvaal with Swaziland. Longmans, Green, London.

164

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

CAVANILLES. A.J. 1796. leones et descriptiones plantarum 3: 40, t.

279.

COMPTON, R.H. 1967. Plantae novae africanae, series 23. Journal of

South African Botany 33: 297 .

CORY, V.L. 1937. Some new plants from Texas. Rliodora 39: 417-423.

DE CANDOLLE, A.P. 1828. Prodromus 3: 1-683.

DESROUSSEAUX, L A J 1792. In J.A. Lamarck, Encyclopedic

Methodique 3. Panckoucke, Paris.

DIETRICH, W. 1978 (1977). The South American species of Oeno-

thera sect. Oenothera ( Raimannia , Rennena; Onagraceae).

Annals of the Missouri Botanical Garden 64: 425-626.

DIETRICH, W. & RAVEN, PH. 1976. An earlier name for Oenothera

strigosa (Onagraceae). Annals of the Missouri Botanical Gar-

den 63: 382, 383.

DIETRICH, W„ WAGNER, W.H. & RAVEN, PH. 1997. Systematics

of Oenothera section Oenothera (Onagraceae). Systematic

Botany Monographs 50: 1-234.

DON, G. 1832. A general history of dichlamydeous plants 2. Rivington,

London.

DYER, R. A. 1975. Genera of southern African flowering plants Vol. 1 .

Botanical Research Institute, Pretoria.

ELLIOTT, S. 1817. A sketch of the botany of South Carolina and

Georgia 1: 211. Schenk, Charleston.

ENGELMANN, G. & GRAY, A. 1845. Plantae Lindheimerianae. Bos-

ton Journal of Natural History 5: 217.

ENGLER, A. 1921. Vegetation der Erde 9. Die Pflanzenwelt Afrikas

3,2: 773. Wilhelm Engelmann, Leipzig.

FERNANDES, R. & FERNANDES, A. 1970. Onagraceae. Conspectus

florae angolensis 4: 190. Junta de lnvestigacoes do Ultramar.

FORSSKAL, P. 1775. Flora aegyptiaco-arabica. i-cxxvi, 1-219. Moller,

Copenhagen.

GREENE, E.L. 1891. Flora franciscana 1: 221. Cubery, San Francisco.

GRISEBACH, A H R 1852. Botanisclie Zeitung 10.

GUILLEMIN, A. & PERROTTET, G.S. 1833. Flora senegambiae ten-

tamen: 292. Treuttel & Wurtz, Paris.

GILG, E F 1903. Oenotheraceae. In O. Warburg, Kunene-Sambesi Ex-

pedition. Warburg, Berlin.

HARA, K. 1953. Ludwigia versus Jussiaea. Journal of Japanese

Botany 28: 289-294.

HARVEY, W. H. 1862. Onagrarieae. In W.H Harvey & O.W. Sonder,

Flora capensis 2: 503-507. Hodges, Smith, Dublin.

HAUSSKNECHT, H C. 1879. Epilobia nova. Oesterreichische Bota-

nische Zeitung 29: 90.

HAUSSKNECHT, H C. 1880. Abhandlungen der Naturwissenschaft-

lichen Vereine zu Bremen 7: 19.

HAUSSKNECHT, H.C. 1884. Monographic der Gaining Epilobium.

Gustav Fischer, Jena.

HIERN, W. P. 1898. Catalogue of the African plants collected by Dr.

Friedrich Welwitsch, Dicotyledons 1 : 378. Trustees of the British

Museum, London.

HILL, J. 1767. The complete vegetable system, edn. 1: 12, Appendix: 64,

1. 10-70. Hill, London.

HILL, J 1768. Hortus kewensis: 172, t. 6. Baldwin & Ridley, London.

HOCHSTETTER, W. 1844. Flora 27: 425.

HOOKER, W.J. 1834. Oenothera drummondii. Curtis' Botanical

Magazine 61: t. 3361.

JACQUIN, N.J. VON. 1760. Enumeratio systematica plantarum: 1-41.

Theodor Haak, Leiden.

JEHANDIEZ, E & MAIRE, R. 1932. Catalogue des plantes du Maroc

2: 515. Alger.

KUNTH, C.S. 1823. Jussiaea pilosa. In A. von Humboldt, A.J. Bon-

pland, & C.S. Kunth, Nova genera et species plantarum 6: 101.

Sumptibus Librariae, Paris.

KUNTZE, O 1891. Revisio generum plantarum : 251. Arthur Felix,

Leipzig.

LAMARCK, IB. A. PM DE, 1789. Jussiaea angustifolia. Encyclo-

pedic methodique 3: 331. Paris.

LEVEILLE, A. A H. 1907. Epilobium schinzii. Feddes Repertorium 4:

225.

LEVEILLE, A.A.H. 1917. Nouveautes de Madagascar. Bulletin de

I’Academie Internationale de Geographic. Botanique 27: 3.

LINK. J.H.F 1821. Enumeratio plantarum Iwrti regii berolinensis al-

tera'. 377 . Reimer, Berlin.

LINNAEUS, C. 1753. Species plantarum. Salvius, Stockholm.

LINNAEUS, C. 1754. Genera plantarum edn 5. Salvius, Stockholm.

LINNAEUS, C. 1759. Systema naturae , edn 10.

LINNAEUS, C. 1771. Mantissa plantarum altera: 227 .

M1CHAUX, F.A. 1803. Flora boreali-americana 1. Crapelet, Paris.

M1CHELI, M. 1875. Onagraceae. In C.F.P von Martius, Flora

brasiliensis 13: 144-182.

MOGG, A.O.D. 1958. Jussiaea pilosa. In W. Macnae & R Kalk. A nat-

ural histoiy of Inhaca Island: 150. University of the Wit-

watersrand Press, Johannesburg.

MUNZ, PA. 1933. Las Onagraceas de la Argentina. Physis 1 1 : 283.

MUNZ, P.A. 1935. Studies in Onagraceae. IX. The subgenus Raiman-

nia. American Journal of Botany 22: 658.

MUNZ, P.A. 1965. Onagraceae. North American Flora , ser. 2, 5:

1-23 1 . New York Botanical Garden, New York.

NUTTALL, T. 1818. The genera of North American plants. Nuttall,

Philadelphia.

PERRIER DE LA BATHIE, J.M.H.A. 1947. Jussiaea didymosperma.

Notululae systematicae 13: 148.

PERRIER DE LA BATHIE, J.M.H.A. 1950. Oenotheracees. Flore de

Madagascar et des Comores: 20. Museum National d’Histoire

Naturelle, Paris.

PETERS, W.C.H. 1861. Naturwissenschaftliche Reise nach Mossam-

bique, Botanik 6,2: 70. Georg Reimer, Berlin.

QUEZEL, P. 1957. Plantes nouvelles du Tibesti. Bulletin de la Societe

de VHistoire Naturelle de VAfrique du Nord 48.

RAVEN. PH. 1962. New combinations in Ludwigia. Kew Bulletin 15:

476.

RAVEN, PH. 1963. The Old World species of Ludwigia (including

Jussiaea) with a synopsis of the genus (Onagraceae). Reinward-

tia 6: 327-427.

RAVEN, PH. 1967. A revision of the African species of Epilobium

(Onagraceae). Bothalia 9: 309-333.

RAVEN, PH. 1978. Onagraceae. In E. Launert, Flora z.ambesiaca 4:

329-346. Flora Zambesiaca Managing Committee.

RAVEN, PH. & TA1, W. 1979. Observations of chromosomes in

Ludwigia (Onagraceae). Annals of the Missouri Botanical Gar-

den 66: 862-879.

RICHARD, A. 1848. Tenta men florae abyssinicae 1: 274. Bertrand,

Paris.

ROSS, J. 1972. The flora of Natal. Memoirs of the Botanical Survey of

South Africa No. 39.

SAINT-HILAIRE, A.F.C.P. 1830. Flora brasiliae meridionalis 2: 268.

Belin, Paris.

SCHREIBER, A. 1967. Onagraceae. In H. Merxmiiller, Prodromus

einer Flora von Siidwestqfrika. Cramer, Lehre.

SPACH, E. 1835a. Histoire naturelle des vegetaux 4. Librairie ency-

clopedique de Roret, Paris.

SPACH, E. 1835b. Synopsis monographiae Onagrearum. Nouvelles

Annales du Museum d’Histoire Naturelle, 4 ser. 2: 325, 381.

SPACH, E. 1835c. Onagrearum novarum vel minus notarum descrip-

tiones. Nouvelles Annales du Museum d’Histoire Natu relies, 4

ser. 2: 170, 283.

TORREY, J. & GRAY, A. 1840. Flora of North America 1 : 493.

TROCHAIN, J.-L. 1940. Contribution a l’etude de la vegetation du

Senegal. Memoires de I’Institut Frangais d'Afrique Noir 2:

378.

THUNBERG, C.P. 1794. Prodromus plantae capensium: 75. Edman,

Uppsala.

VENTENAT, P 1802. Description des plantes nouvelles el peu cou-

nties: t. 90. Paris.

WILLDENOW, C.L. 1799. Caroli a Linne Species plantarum 2: 575.

Edn 4. Nauk, Berlin.

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

165

Epilobium L., 153

adnatum Griseb., 154

benguellense Welw. ex Hiem, 155

biforme Hausskn.,154

bojeri Hausskn., 154

capense Buck, ex Hochst., 154

flavescens E.Mey. ex Harv., 154

hirsutumL., 153

jonathum Hausskn., 154

karsteniae Compton, 154

madagascariense H.Lev., 155

mirei Quezel, 153

mundtii Hausskn., 155

natalense Hausskn., 155

neriophyllum Hausskn., 155

oliganthum Baker, 155

perrieri H.Lev., 155

salignum Hausskn., 154

schinzii H.Lev., 155

tetragonum L., 154

subsp. adnatum (Griseb.) Maire, 154

subsp. benguellense (Welw. ex Hiem) Engl

subsp. benguellense var. welwitschii Engl.,

subsp. tetragonum PH. Raven, 154

tomentosum Vent., 153

Gaura L., 156

filiformis Small var. munzii Cory, 156

lindheimeri Engelm. & A. Gray, 156

sinuata Nutt, ex Ser. in DC., 156

Gauridium Spach, 156

Isnardia

discolor Klotzsch, 1 50

palustris L., 1 53

Jussiaea L., 149

abyssinica (A. Rich.) Dandy & Brenan, 152

alternifolia E.Mey. ex Peters, 152

altissima Perr. ex DC., 150

angustifolia Lam., 150

didymosperma H. Perrier, 150

diffusa Forssk., 152

subsp. albiflora H. Perrier, 152

e recta L., 150

fluitans Hochst., 152

leptocarpa Nutt., 151

linearis Hochst., 150

linearis Willd., 150

octonervia forma sessiliflora Micheli, 1 50

pilosa Kunth, 151

pulvinaris (Gilg) Brenan, 150

repens var. diffusa (Forssk.) Brenan, 152

seminuda H. Perrier, 151

senegalensis (DC.) Brenan, 1 50

stolonifera Guill. & Perr., 152

suffruticosa L., 150

var. brevisepala Brenan, 150

INDEX TO TAXA

Jussiaea (cont.)

var. linearis (Willd.) Oliv. ex Kuntze, 150

key:

Epilobium spp , 153

Gaura spp., 156

Ludwigia spp., 149

Oenothera spp., 157

Onagraceae genera, 149

Ludwigia L., 149

abyssinica A Rich., 152

adscendens (L.) Hara

subsp. diffusa (Forssk.) PH. Raven, 152

var. diffusa (Forssk.) Hara, 152

diffusa (Forssk.) Greene, 152

erecta (L.) Hara, 150

jussiaeoides sensu Harv., 152

leptocarpa (Nutt.) Hara, 151

octovalvis (Jacq.) PH Raven, 150

subsp. brevisepala (Brenan) P.H. Raven, 150

subsp. sessiliflora (Micheli) P.H. Raven, 150

palustris (L.) Elliott, 153

L, 155 perennis L., 149

155 polycarpaea Short & Peter ex Torr. & Gray, 149

pulvinaris Gilg, 150

subsp. lobayensis P.H. Raven, 150

senegalensis (DC.) Troch., 150

stenorrhaphe (Brenan) Hara subsp macrocephala (Brenan)

P.H. Raven, 149

stolonifera (Guill. & Perr.) P.H. Raven, 152

suffruticosa Walter, 1 50

Oenothera L„ 157

affinis Cambess., 160

biennis L., 159

biennis L. sensu Harv., 158

drummondii Hook., 163

erythrosepala (Borbas) Borbas, 159

glazioviana Micheli, 159

indecora Cambess., 159

subsp. bonariensis W.Dietr., 159

jamesii Torr. & A. Gray, 158

laciniata Hill, 162

lamarckiana sensu auct., non Ser., 159

longi flora L., 160

nocturna sensu Harv., 161

octovalvis Jacq., 150

parodiana Munz, 161

parviflora L., 159

rosea L' Her. ex Alton, 163

stricta Ledeb. ex Link, 1 60

strigosa subsp. canovirens (Steele) Munz, 158

tetraptera Cav., 163

villosa Thunb., 158

Onagra erythrosepala Borbas, 159

Prieurea senegalensis DC., 150

Schizocarya Spach, 156

.

Bothalia 27,2: 167-183 (1997)

A survey of the mycobiota of a natural Karoo pasture

C. ROUX* and K.T. VAN WARMELO**

Keywords: ecology, facial eczema. Karoo, litter, mycobiota, pasture, photosensitivity. South Africa

ABSTRACT

The survey of a natural Karoo pasture from 1978 to 1982 showed that a wealth and variety of fungi were present in the

semidesert environment. Hyphomycetes and Coelomycetes represented 45.8% and 34.6% respectively of the taxa identified. A

total of 135 genera was identified of which Altenaria altemata, Cladosporium spp. and Fusarium spp. of the Hyphomycetes,

Phoma spp., Ascochyta spp. and Camarosporium spp. of the Coelomycetes and Leptosphaerulina spp., of the Ascomycetes

represented the most prevalent fungi in this order. This survey has shown conclusively that Pithomyces chartarum, which is

associated with photosensitivity diseases of sheep, can always be recovered from the veld if the correct isolation techniques are

employed. A number of new records for South Africa, as well as undescribed species, have been found, highlighting the

necessity of correct methods and intensity of approach.

CONTENTS

Abstract 167

1. Introduction 167

2. Materials and methods 168

2.1. Sampling, monitoring sites and dates 168

2.1.1. Sampling methods employed 169

2. 1 .2. Sampling methods which proved inappropriate 169

2. 1 .2. 1 . Spore trapping 169

2. 1.2. 2. Exposure of Petri dishes 169

2.2. Identification of fungi 171

2.3. Meteorological data 171

2.4. Veterinary services 171

2.5. Flowering plants sampled 171

2.6. Sporidesmin assays 171

3. Results 171

3.1. Fungi recorded 171

3.1.1. From material directly planted out 171

3.1.2. From material planted out after washing .... 173

3.2. Sporidesmin assays 173

3.3. Photosensitization 173

4. Discussion 174

4.1. Fungi recorded 174

4.2. Photosensitization 180

5. Conclusions 180

Acknowledgements 180

References 180

Appendix 181

1. INTRODUCTION

Climatically the Karoo can be defined according to the

Holridge System (Price 1975) as semi-arid to arid and

warm to cool temperate. Characteristics are erratic, patchy

rainfall and occasional unseasonal cold weather when

snow may fall in the high-lying areas, even during mid-

summer (Figure 1).

* To whom correspondence should be addressed. Mycology Unit, Biosys-

tematics Division, Plant Protection Research Institute, Agricultural Re-

search Council, Private Bag XI 34, 0001 Pretoria.

** Botany Department, Rand Afrikaans University, P.O.Box 524, Auck-

land Park, 2006 Johannesburg.

MS. received: 1997-02-21.

The original vegetation of the survey area, which ac-

cording to Acocks (1979, 1988) was grassland, has largely

been replaced by karroid veld, and there is general agree-

ment that the process of deterioration is continuing with

desertification advancing towards the northeast.

The flora of the region is rich in species (Acocks 1988)

but the habitat is unpredictable with patches of temporary

pioneer vegetation (Southwood 1977), comprising species

such as Tribulus terrestris F., which become established

when the first early summer rains fall.

‘Geeldikkop’, the hepatogenous photosentivity disease

of mainly sheep, was first described by Hutcheon (1886).

Theiler (1918) showed that ingestion of T. terrestris, es-

pecially wilted material, was directly implicated in the

aetiology of the disease. He reported the presence of a

Colletotrichum sp. on such material and linked it to the

disease as a possible cause. According to Watt & Breyer-

Brandwijk (1962) the ingestion of T. terrestris causes a

condition similar to ‘geeldikkop' called ‘big head’ reported

from Colorado and Texas. The plants are high in saponins

and thus inherently toxic. In New Zealand (Thornton &

Percival 1959; Thornton & Ross 1959) Pithomyces char-

tarum from ingested grasses proved to be responsible for

the development of hepatogenous photosentivity and fa-

cial eczema, which is very similar to ‘geeldikkop’ .Very

few researchers have been successful in reproducing

‘geeldikkop’ under field conditions (Van Tonder et al.

1972). Kellerman et al. (1980) were able to show that the

combination of P. chartarum and T. terrestris gave his-

topathological lesions similar to those found during natu-

ral outbreaks of the disease.

Fungi from litter in the Karoo have received little atten-

tion. Doidge (1950) reported only a few fungi from the

Karoo, mainly collected by MacOwan in the Eastern Cape.

On Lycium spp., amongst others, Puccinia lycii Kalchbr. was

recorded. No fungi were recorded on Tribulus terrestris L.

Pithomyces karoo Marasas & Schumann (1972) was pub-

lished after a study of litter from the Karoo.

Relatively few surveys of mycobiota have been pub-

lished from South Africa. Eicker (1973) studied the my-

168

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

Rainfall mm per day

Wind velocity in

24 hours km/h

1980

1981

1982

FIGURE 1. — Weather data for the period 1980/82, Middelburg. Grass minimum temperature, rainfall and wind velocity per day.

cobiota of Eucalyptus maculata leaf litter. Papendorf &

Jooste (1974) described five species of fungi from wheat

field debris after isolation by the dilution plate method.

Eicker (1976) studied the mycoflora of Panicum colora-

tum associated with an outbreak of photosensitivity of

sheep for an 1 1 month period.

Bezuidenhout (1977) studied the hyphomycetes (mitotic

fungi, Hawksworth et cil. 1995) associated with Cenchrus

ciliaris L., a fodder grass, over an 1 1 month period. Van der

Merwe et al. (1979) studied the aerospora of an Eragrostis

curvula (Schrad.) Nees pasture in South Africa.

An interim report based on the present survey of

Pithomyces chartarum was published stating that a further

315 isolates were tested for sporidesmin production in cul-

ture of which most did not produce the toxin (Annual

Report 1981).

The present survey was initiated to determine the in-

cidence of P. chartarum in natural Karoo pasture at a time

when ‘geeldikkop’ was likely to occur. The original scope

of this study was increased considerably when it became

apparent that much valuable information could be gained

if a general survey of the mycobiota of the area was done.

2. MATERIALS AND METHODS

2. 1 . Sampling, monitoring sites and dates

The survey was conducted at the Grootfontein Agri-

cultural College Farm, Middelburg, Eastern Cape Prov-

ince. Sampling and monitoring were done over a period

of four seasons during which weekly or fortnightly sam-

ples were collected. The sampling procedure involved tak-

ing samples from up to seven different plants as well as

litter, at three points (1978/79) and later in two camps of

a hectare each from 1979 onwards (Table 1).

1 978/79 survey

Three sampling points, A, B and C were chosen after

completion of a botanical survey of an area where Tribu-

lus terrestris occurred. The nature of the communities at

the sampling points varied significantly regarding crown

cover, basal cover and density.

Point A was situated in a community with a reasonably

high density of perennial Karoo bushes. Therefore, the

crown cover was such that wind movement between the

individual bushes was possible. The basal cover of T. ter-

restris was fairly high but decreased with time.

Point B was situated in a very dense community of per-

ennial Karoo bushes which allowed virtually no wind move-

ment at soil level. Very few T. terrestris and other pioneer

plants, such as Galenia sarcophylla , were present.

Point C was situated in an area where only one Lycium

cinereum bush of 1 .5 m in height was present besides T.

terrestris. Virtually no other vegetation was present at this

point at the onset of the survey.

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

169

TABLE 1. — Sampling dates and numbers of sampling units collected

+ The survey was discontinued because of the third successive year of drought and the resulting deterioration of the vegetation.

Weekly samples of litter were collected, including T.

terrestris when present, after rains had fallen during De-

cember 1978. A total of 34 samples of litter and 20 of T.

terrestris plants were studied during this period of seven

months.

1979/80 survey

Shifting of plant communities at the points previously

chosen necessitated another approach. It was decided to

establish two camps (A and B) of one hectare each; the

one (A) with a fair cover of T. terrestris, the other (B)

without. Five sheep were put into Camp A and the fol-

lowing plants were sampled: the Karoo bushes Galenia

sarcophylla, G. procumbens, Felicia muricata and Lycium

cinereum and the grasses Eragrostis lehmanniana and

Cynodon incompletus. Other plant materials sampled were

unidentified litter and T. terrestris. Initially Camp B con-

tained very little T. terrestris and, because of well estab-

lished stands of perennials such as Felicia muricata and

Lycium cinereum, was less susceptible to invasion by T.

terrestris and other pioneers. The density of the commu-

nities in Camp B was much higher than in Camp A, and

T. terrestris was only found in the comer of the camp

adjacent to Camp A. Very few Pentzia spp. and other typi-

cal Karoo bushes grew in the two camps.

Sampling took place from December 1979 to the end

of March 1980 on a fortnightly basis.

1980/81 survey

This survey started in September 1980 and was con-

tinued through 1981. A total of 52 weekly samples was

collected and studied from each of the two camps. This

time every plant species named in the 1979/80 survey

was, however, sampled and studied individually. Thus

four species of bushes, two species of grasses, litter and,

when available, T. terrestris were sampled for a full cal-

endar year.

1981/82 survey i

This survey was a continuation of the 1980/81 survey,

and continued to the end of March 1982.

2.1.1. Sampling methods employed

Samples were taken up to a height of 150 mm which

corresponds to the vertical zone grazed by merino sheep.

Care was taken to lift litter from the soil surface so as to

pick up as few eelworms as possible. The camps were

sampled at random to obtain representative samples. If

wet, due to rain or dew, the samples were sun-dried before

packing into paper bags, every sample from each plant

species packed separately, and locality, date and species

were noted. Samples were then posted to Pretoria which

took approximately 10 days.

The sampling units used were individual leaves, leaf-

lets and 10 mm lengths of stems and grass blades. The

material was sorted and samples from as many different

leaves and stems as was possible were taken. Fifty units

from each of the samples were planted out directly on

potato carrot agar (PCA) (Johnston & Booth 1983) to

which 125 mg/1 Albamycin T (Upjohn) had been added

prior to autoclaving. Initially some samples from Camps

A and B were first washed by shaking in tap water mixed

with Teepol (Shell Chemicals) 1:100 in a wrist shaker for

10 minutes to dislodge superficial conidia. The washed

material was planted out directly after this treatment. The

first five samples collected during the 1980/81 survey

were studied this way.

The plates were incubated for a period of seven days

at 24°C with intermittent mixed near-UV and daylight

fluorescent light from a height of 300 mm on a 12 h/d

cycle. The presence of fungi on the material studied was

noted and isolations made of P. chartarum and other note-

worthy fungi. Chemical assays for sporidesmin, the toxin

produced by P chartarum , were done according to the

method of Marasas et al. (1972) on a number of the iso-

lates. Some of these cultures were also used to produce

bulk cultures with which to dose sheep.

2.1.2. Sampling methods which proved inappropriate

2. 1.2.1. Spore trapping

A Burkard volumetric spore trap was operated from

26-01-1976 to 26-02-1976 on a 24 hour basis in the toxic

camp. Only one conidium of P. chartarum was collected

(Roux 1977). It was later found that the spore trap had

to operate too high above the ground to pick up the coni-

dia released at a much lower level. No spore trap func-

tioning on a suction principle can operate in a sandy

environment at a low level. The use of a spore trapping

device was therefore not employed further.

2. 1.2.2. Exposure of Petri dishes

This technique had the dual advantage that it gave the

best indication of how many airborne conidia there were,

and isolates obtained in this manner were alive and could

be used for sporidesmin assays almost right away. How-

ever, the distance between the sampling site at Grootfon-

tein and Pretoria made this an impracticable method. It

was noted that under windy conditions the Petri dishes

170

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

FIGURE 2. — Hyphomycetes from the fungal survey of the Karoo. A, Cladorhinum foecundissimum : distinct collarette on phialide and

conidia in mucilaginous ball; B, Beauveria bassiana: conidiogenous cells with denticles bearing conidia; C, Cerebella

andropogonis: conidia with distinct basal pedicels; D, Helicoon sessile, hyaline helicospore on slender conidiogenous cell; E,

Pithomyces chartarum : conidia confined to ascostromata of Leptosphaerulina chartarum on blade of Cynodon incompletus ; F,

Helicomyces roseum : hyaline helicospores on conidiophorc; G, Volutina concentrica: coelomycete-like fungus with stipe, setae

and conidia; H, Gyrothrix flagella: flagellum-like recurved setae in whorls; I, G. flagella: conidiogenous cells at bases of setae;

J, Taentolella sp : characteristically curved conidia; K, Curvularia tuberculata: conidiogenous cell bearing conidium with

tubercles. Scale bar: 50 pm.

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

171

could be opened for 10 minutes whereas 20 minutes in

quiet conditions were needed to give the required results.

A larger variety in fungal species was picked up in open

patches than amongst dense undergrowth. On the lee side

of bushes much fewer conidia could be collected. P. char-

tarum was collected in every Petri dish exposed.

2.2. Identification of fungi

The fungi were initially identified at magnifications of

25 x and 50 x using a Zeiss dissecting microscope. Veri-

fication of identifications was done with a similar make

of research microscope. Material was mounted in lacto-

phenol (Johnston & Booth 1983) but from 1980 the

coelomycetes (mitotic fungi, Hawksworth et al. 1995)

were mounted in ammonium hydroxide with 3.5% ery-

throsin (Sutton 1980) to facilitate identification based on

conidiogenesis. Photomicrographs were obtained using an

Olympus microscope camera and Ilford Pan F film.

The fungi were identified using standard monographs

(Booth 1971; Ellis 1971, 1976; Subramanian 1971; Sutton

1980; Sivanisan 1987).

2.3. Meteorological data

Members of the Agricultural Meteorological Division

of the Soils and Irrigation Research Institute stationed at

Grootfontein recorded and monitored the weather from a

casual station in the vicinity. This was equipped with a

Stevenson Screen housing a thermohygrograph to record

the daily minimum and maximum temperature, an ane-

mometer, manual and automatic rainfall meters and a

grass minimum thermometer.

2.4. Veterinary services

Veterinarians stationed at the Regional Diagnostic

Laboratory of the Division of Veterinary Services in-

spected the sheep from time to time for clinical signs of

‘geeldikkop'.

2.5. Flowering plants sampled

Tribulus terrestris L. (Zygophyllaceae): known as cal-

trop in the USA, three-cornered jack in Australia and also

as Mexican sand-burr (Watt & Breyer-Brandwijk 1962);

is notorious for causing disease in sheep and goats; is an

annual pioneer plant with a sprawling habit which forms

a ground cover; has composite leaves consisting of up to

11 small pinnae covered adaxially with long adpressed

unicellular hyaline hairs.

Galenia sarcophylla Fenzl (Aizoaceae): a semisuccu-

lent, herbaceous ground cover with leaves covered with

unicellular and multicellular hairs; is highly palatable to

grazing animals and is preferred to T. terrestris ; occupies

a similar ecological niche as T. terrestris.

Galenia procumbens L.f. (Aizoaceae): a hardy erect

shrub about 0.5 m high with small, smooth, simple leaves;

is highly palatable to sheep.

Felicia muricata Thunb. (Asteraceae): a multistemmed

perennial plant with simple, very small smooth leaves

with a sticky surface which serves as an ideal spore trap;

is highly palatable to grazing animals.

Lycium cinereum Thunb. sensn lato (Solanaceae): an

erect perennial plant, with woody branches which can

reach a height of more than a metre; has simple, smooth

leaves and produces small red berrries after flowering in

midsummer; in the young stages it is preferentially grazed

but is shunned when older and harder, because of its

thorny nature; when grazed heavily this species is similar

to the smaller Karoo bushes.

Cynodon incompletus Nees (Poaceae): a stoloniferous

perennial with a sprawling habit similar to T. terrestris

and G. sarcophylla ; under adverse conditions the plant is

an annual.

Eragrostis lehmanniana Nees var. lehmanniana (Poa-

ceae): an erect tussock grass which is intensively grazed;

usually perennial but it may be annual under adverse con-

ditions.

2.6. Sporidesmin assays

A total of 1005 isolates of P chartarum were made for

toxin production testing. Of these, 437 isolates were se-

lected and grown on semisynthetic broth (Di Menna et

al. 1970) for three weeks under near-UV and daylight

fluorescent tubes on a 12 h/d cycle from a height of 300

mm at 20°C. The extraction procedure described by Ma-

rasas et al. (1972) was used.

3. RESULTS

3.1. Fungi recorded

3.1.1. From material directly planted out

All mycobiota identified during this survey are listed

in the Appendix. Records of genera and species that were

new for South Africa are marked.

The main groups and their incidence in relation to the

seasons during the 1980/81 survey are given in Table 2.

The total number of genera identified and the percentage

representation of classes is given in Table 3. Tables 5, 6

and 7 give complete information regarding the percentage

occurrence of the majority of identified fungi on particular

substrates for the surveys from 1978 to 1981.

Some of the more unusual fungi identified have been

illustrated in Figure 2 (Hyphomycetes) and Figure 3

(Coelomycetes). Conidia of P. chartarum localized on the

ascostromata of Leptosphaerulina chartarum are espe-

cially noteworthy (Figure 2E).

Weather data recorded from October 1980 to April

1982 are shown on Figure 1. Seasonal fluctuations char-

acterized most of the more prevalent fungi recorded. The

seasonal incidences have been summarized in Table 2

where fungi which occurred continuously can be identi-

fied as having a peak in a particular season, e.g. summer

or winter, as well as on what substrate they occurred. P.

chartarum occurred frequently during the first years of

172

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

FIGURE 3. — Coelomycetes from the fungal survey of the Karoo. A, Chaetospermum chaetosporum: conidia with hilum and appendages on apical

and basal ends of conidium; B, Melanophoma sp conidia with distinct epispore; C, Dineinasporium sp.: conidiogenous apparatus with

collarette on phialide, base of conidium protruding; D, Dineinasporium strigosum: conidia showing apical and basal appendages; E,

Septoriella junci: conidium with apical mucilaginous appendages and septa clearly visible; F, Pyrenochaeta sp.: longitudinal section through

pycnidium showing setae surrounding ostiole; G, Pseudoseptoria sp.: falcate conidia; H, Pseudoseptoria sp.: conidiogenous cell showing

developing conidia and (inset) characteristically long neck with multiple annellations; 1, cf. Tetranacrium sp.; conidium with more than

usual number of divergent arms; J, Sarcinulella sp.: pycnidium with characteristic tendril of conidia enveloped in a mucilaginous tube; K,

Sarcinulella sp.: detail of conidial tendril with constriction caused by individual sac (arrowed); L, Pestalotiopsis sp.: conidium with apical

three-armed appendage and single basal appendage. Scale bars: A, F, G, J, 50 pm; B-E, H, I, K, L, 10 pm

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

173

TABLE 2. — Main groups of fungi recorded in the 1980/81 survey

Winter fungi

Alternaria spp.

Aureobasidium spp.

Camarosporium spp.

Cladosporium spp.

Epicoccum purpurascens

Leptosphaerulina spp.

Rhizoctonia spp.

Autumn fungi

Fusarium spp.

Metarhizium anisopliae

Myrothecium spp.

Leptosphaerulina spp.

Summer fungi

Camarosporium spp.

No obvious pattern

Alternaria spp.

Mycosphaerella spp.

Fungi always present

Drechslera spp.

Pithomyces chartarum

Phoma spp.

Stauronema spp.

On Lycium in Camp A

High on all substrates except Tribulus and litter

High on Galenia procumbens in Camp A

High on all substrates in Camp B

On Cynodon in Camps A & B

Highest on G. procumbens in Camp B

High on litter from April onwards in Camp B

High on F. muricata and lower plants (Fig. 1) in Camp B

On all except Tribulus, Cynodon and Felicia in Camp A; disappeared after autumn in Camp B

Peak in late summer in Camps A & B ; low on litter, peak on Tribulus in late summer in Camp A

In Camp A low close to the soil on Galenia sarcophylla and litter; in Camp B high on G. procumbens',

lowest on prostrate plants, viz. G. sarcophylla and litter

Highest on Galenia procumbens, peak in mid-summer, consistent on litter in Camp B; different patterns on

the different substrates; in Camp A, the lowest on litter all year round

On all substrates except Lycium cinereum in Camp B; slightly higher in winter in Camp A

Inconsistent on most substrates, high on Lycium in Camp B

High on Cynodon, low but present on other substrates in Camps A & B

Higher in Camp A; always present on all substrates but at very low levels

Consistent in Camp B; lowest on G. procumbens in Camp A

Consistent on litter, peaks on Felicia, Eragrostis, Cynodon in Camp B; inconsistent in Camp A

the survey, reaching numbers of more than 80% but de-

clined steadily as the drought continued. It could still,

however, be isolated from material in each camp. Galenia

procumbens, Felicia muricata and Cynodon incompletus

were the hosts with the highest numbers of Lepto-

sphaerulina sp. recorded throughout the 1980-1981 sea-

son, reaching peaks during the winter months. The

weather kept to the same pattern over the entire survey

and is shown in the record for the period October 1980

to April 1982 in Figure 1.

Average occurrences of the dominant fungi at the vari-

ous sampling points and areas are presented for the Hy-

phomycetes (Figure 4), for the Coelomycetes and the

genus Leptosphaerulina (Figure 5), the only ascomycete

which occurred continuously for the periods 78/79, 79/80

and 80/81.

Sudden fluctuations can be attributed to personal sam-

pling error when someone other than the regular sampler

had collected the samples.

3.1.2. From material planted out after washing (Table 4)

P. chartarum does not, under normal circumstances,

colonize living leaves in the Karoo and usually occurs as

TABLE 3. — No. of genera identified and percentage representation of

classes during entire survey

* The Basidiomycetes were not included in the calculation because

identification to genus level was not possible.

superficial conidia on exposed plant surfaces. Surface ster-

ilization is therefore not an appropriate technique when

looking for this organism. However, the fact that it can

occur as an endophyte would add another dimension to

its versatility as it is already known as a pathogen of rice

(Sutton & Gibson 1977) and a saprophyte.

3.2. Sporidesmin assays

A total of 36 isolates or 7.5% of the 1 005 isolates of

P. chartarum was positive, and the highest yield was 40

mg/1 sporidesmin. Most isolates, however, gave 10 mg/1

or less sporidesmin under these conditions. The teleo-

rnorph Leptosphaerulina chartarum also produced 10

mg/1 sporidesmin under the standard conditions.

3.3. Photosensitization

Although Merino sheep were kept in at least one sam-

pling area at a time, no photosensitization on a clinical

level was reported. This is supported by the weather data

obtained, which confirmed that no ‘danger period’ for the

outbreak of photosensitization had occurred according to

the conditions given by Crawley & Woolford (1965).

TABLE 4. — Percentage of pieces of plant material contaminated with

Pithomyces chartarum after being washed thoroughly

174

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

1978/79

1979/80

1980/81

' Alternaria

Aureobasidium

Cladosporium

Drechslera/Bipolaris

\ complex

Epicoccum

Fusarium

^ Pithomyces chartarum

Alternaria

Aureobasidium

Cladosporium

/ Drechslera/Bipolaris

\ complex

Epicoccum

Fusarium

Pithomyces chartarum

Alternaria

Aureobasidium

Cladosporium

y Drechslera/Bipolaris

\ complex

Epicoccum

Fusarium

Pithomyces chartarum

3

I M M I I 11 1 I I I I I 1

LEGEND

TT

Tvn i t i ir

5?

Point A

Point B

Point C

Camp A

Camp B

TTiTTrrrn m ii i r i

m

l i l i i n i izxir

B

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70

FIGURE 4. — Most prevalent Hy-

phomycetes recorded from

1978-1981.

4. DISCUSSION

4.1. Fungi recorded

A significant finding of this survey was that the

Coelomycetes were abundant and diverse and that the

number of genera found was nearly equal to that of the

Hyphomycetes (Table 5). The 46 genera of identified

Coelomycetes (Appendix) and 63 genera of the Hypho-

mycetes included 24 genera of the Coelomycetes and four

genera and 14 species of Hyphomycetes newly recorded

for South Africa (see Appendix). Two new records of As-

comycetes were noted, including one new species, Lep-

tosphaerulina chartarum Cec.Roux, which is the teleo-

morph of Pithomyces chartarum (Roux 1985a).

The total of 63 known genera of Hyphomycetes found

in this survey is not as low as it would appear when com-

pared with other surveys, for example that of Bezuiden-

hout (1977), which were done on either irrigated lands or

under temperate conditions. The fungi in this survey were

collected under conditions not usually considered condu-

cive to the maintenance of an extensive fungal population.

The fungi with consistently high counts were Phoma

spp., Alternaria alternata and Cladosporium spp. (Figures

4 & 5). Pugh & Mulder (1971) also encountered Alter-

naria tenuis, Aureobasidium pullulans, Cladosporium her-

barum, Epicoccum nigrum and Phoma typharum as initial

colonizers of Typha latifolia L. Populations of Phoma spp.

increased over the years which could be due to their being

better adapted to the increasingly dry conditions. Asco-

chyta spp. and Camarosporium spp. increased with time

and then levelled off. The incidence of Bipolaris spp. (in-

cluding related genera such as Drechslera and Exserohi-

lum) , Epicoccum nigrum and Pithomyces chartarum

declined over the study years, although these organisms

still occurred consistently. The only Ascomycete which

occurred consistently was the genus Leptosphaerulina

which also declined eventually (Table 7). It is possible

that P. chartarum , which was also present throughout the

survey, could have been produced by L chartarum, which

was then counted as P. chartarum rather than as L char-

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

175

1978/79

1979/80

1980/81

1978/79

1979/80

1980/81

Nematophagous fungi, such as Dcictylella and Ccinde-

labrella spp., were found. Large numbers of eelworms

were inadvertently picked up with some of the samples

and interfered with the counting of the fungi present on

the substrate studied.

The entomophagous fungi Beauveria bassiana and

Metarhizium anisopliae were frequently found but only

in small numbers. B. bassiana is an important component

of a complex of natural enemies of the Karoo caterpillar

Loxostege frustalis Zeller (Mohr- 1982). During the survey

the Middelburg District experienced drought for three suc-

cessive years. Consequently the ground cover decreased

drastically and the unstable sandy soil was disturbed by

wind and hoof action. The conidea of B. bassiana , asso-

ciated with the early subterranean pupal stage of the karoo

caterpillar, were therefore set free into the atmosphere in

increasing numbers.

The increase in the number of species of Hyphomy-

cetes from 1980 onwards can also be attributed to the

worsening drought conditions which resulted in greater

amounts of litter being deposited. The litter became very

rich in fungi which would otherwise probably not have

been isolated, as the litter fraction represented all the plant

material available at the various sampling points and thus

included all plant species not sampled separately. It is,

therefore, understandable that mycobiota of litter should

be much more varied than those of single plant species.

FIGURE 5. — Most prevalent Coelomycetes recorded from 1978-1981

including Leptosphaerulina spp., the only consistent Ascomy-

cete.

tarum, when considering the nature of the sporulation

straight from the ascospores. The correlation between the

incidences of these two fungi, the ana- and teleomorph

(mitotic and meiotic, Hawksworth et al. 1995) states, was

therefore most significant.

The plant communities studied contain a wealth of

fungi, many previously unrecorded. Noteworthy was the

occurrence of albino strains of the common species Al-

ternaria altemata, Cladosporium cladosporioides and

St a- chybotrys chartarum.

The Hyphomycetes (Table 5) occurred widely and were

not as restricted regarding substrate as the other groups en-

countered. Unusually low incidences were, however, noted

for species of Aspergillus, Penicillium and Trichodenna.

Coelomycetes (Table 6) recorded on a wide range of

substrates were the following: Ascochyta spp., Camaro-

sporium spp., Diplodia spp. and Phoma spp.

The highest incidence of the most prominent genera

was noted during autumn and winter (Table 2). This could

be explained by the fact that free water in the form of

dew and rain was available for longer periods, thus en-

hancing the growth of fungi. Grass minimum temperatures

recorded were substantially lower in winter than in sum-

mer. Highest rainfall occurred during late summer and

autumn, seasons in which the wind tended to subside (Fig-

ure 1), thus reducing evaporation.

Aspergillus flavus deserves special mention. This toxi-

genic fungus was very common in animal feeds from all

over South Africa examined for mycotoxicological fungi

during the entire survey period (Roux 1985b), but it was

not recorded in the present survey during the normal rainy

season of 1978/79.

In the initial trial run during which material was

planted out after washing, P. chartarum was found to be

an endophyte. This is even more significant in the light

of the subsequent discovery of the teleomorph. Thus P.

chartarum , or L. chartarum as it should now be known,

can survive unsuitable conditions protected by the leaves

of live plants and possibly sporulate when they die. The

fact that the conidial stage of L. chartarum was found in

tissues from all live plants studied is most significant.

Due to the large number of samples and the primary

emphasis on Pithomyces chartarum , species of common

genera such as Fusarium, Bipolaris and Leptosphaerulina

were not recorded separately. The most common species

of Fusarium was F. moniliforme followed by F. subgluti-

nans. In the Bipolaris group the following species were

identified: B. cynodontis, B. halodes, B. hawaiiensis, B.

papendorfii, B. zeicola, Drechslera phlei and Exserohilum

rostrata. B. halodes was the most prevalent.

Hering (1965) stated that though he had isolated a

number of Ascomycetes and Coelomycetes, they failed to

grow on the isolation medium. Experience obtained dur-

ing this study showed that any bacteriostatic agent other

than a few drops of lactic acid per Petri dish could com-

pletely inhibit the growth of some Coelomycetes. This

could explain why the numbers of the Coelomycetes re-

TABLE 5. — Percentage of the total number of samples taken for the Hyphomycetes (1978-1981)

176

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

oo c

3- 1)

oc 13“

vumuutnuqs] spsojSvjg

snjsjduiooui uopouij

iuti3j?up umpfci

VljfydoJJVS V1U3JVQ

susqumjoud niusjDQ

vtvjuniu vpipj

SUJS3JJ3J snjnquj

jaiUI ui

o — o —

O oo —

mwmummpi spsojSvug

sniajdwo.iui uopouAj

wnsusup uinp£ 7

nipqdojuns diusjvq

xuaquimojd tnuspQ

nwjumu vpqsj

SUIS3JJ31 snjnquj^

JaW| u]

-ON

-3-

- vo r-

o o o o o

mwiuuvimpyj sijsojSdj^

snj3]dwo3ui uopouKj

lunauauij uinpiq

vp&qdosuns vius/vq

snsquiruojd viUdjVQ

vjojunw npipj

SUJS3JJ3I snjnquj

rami ui

“ 5

siiS-

mmnmmmpj stjsouSvjg

snpjduiojw uopouAj

wnsjsuij tunpiCq

np^qdnDjvs diusjdq

suaqumooud V1U3]VQ

vwjuniu vptpj

SUIS3JJ91 snjnquq

J3H11 U1

U

8 1

SUIS3JJ3 1 snjnquj

J3H1I U]

fs-a I

Os — O

SUJS3JU3J snjnqijq

J3JJI| U|

SU1S3UJ31 snjnquj

J3HH U]

a -S

a c a

ft, a -g

5 ^

S £

I §

5 g

a _ E :

l| 1

5 IS

Is

•S ■s

<£, c c

S pc

&-a ^ I

" fr a

6 a.

S £

-§ a

5 £

S b c

-a £

s § §. ? a

a a o os. a a a

sCBjiSttlOOL'J OUQC|Ujk,k.OO

ts a

•a |

R I

a: 5 :

TABLE 5. — Percentage of the total number of samples taken for the Hyphomycetes (1978-1981) (continued)

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

177

TABLE 6. — Percentage of the total number of samples taken for the Coelomycetes (1978-1981)

178

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

TABLE 7. — Percentage of the total number of samples taken for the Ascomycetes, Zygomycetes, Mycelia Sterilia, Myxomycetes and unknown fungi (1978-1981)

Bothnia 27,2(1997)

179

vuviuumuqs] susouSvug

snisjduwjm uopouxj

wnsjsup umpfcj

V]],(ljd()3JDS V1U3JVQ

svaqiunjoud viusjvq

vivjunui V1J1J3J

S1JJS3JJ3J snjnquj

J3Ut( UI

— 00 —

o ' ~ o

— OJ Tj-

— (N — O

<s o —

vurmtumuys] snsouSojg

snj3]duiojui uopou.ij

iimsusup lunpxi

opKqdoouvs diusjdq

SV3qUJT130jd V1U3JVQ

viVDumu npijsj

SWS3JJ31 snjnquj^

J3JJT] UI

- (N IN

dodo

o o r-~ o

en in os

o <n o

zmviuumuqs] susouSvug

sni3]duio3ui uopouAj

IUT13J3U13 lunpfcj

vpxqdojjns diu3]vq

susqiunoojd viusjvq

vivjunui vpijsj

SU1S3JJ31 svjnquj

J3UH uj

Tf — VO

o — o

mmiuumuys] spsouSvug

snisjdiuojw uopouKj

IUT13J3UP lunpfc]

njJXljd03JVS VIU3JDQ

susqiunooud viusjvq

viDJunw vpt]3j

SU1S3UU31 snjnquj

J3WI ui

5“

SUJS9UJ 9i snjnquj

J3«H ui

sujS9JJ9j snjnquj

J3UH ui

= <

suis 9 ju 9i snjnquj

J3UH UI

Q. d. "2

Q. ^ 5

Cl O. 2 -3 2

g. | = =§ 5 Jg s -

« « s : 5 !: o..

8 I -a 3 3 s -2 2

vj ? a. a. §.

v

- Cl Cl

Esa_

o a S 2 i

g> ■" g

a js «,

fe 9 -2

t» § '5 §

o S §

E.SicS.5

o s: '3 o o c

• 3 . =j g

“ c

E “

C»0 *3

CO

-<UO-j.j§Oa_a.a.£(>5 siO?S

S o, c

3 .5

2 ■§ -2

^ u i:

d s ^

CO ^ ^

p

o o o o c> o o

O CO

£,2

• sj sj dJ sJ sj '

QUOUOIjOS

180

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

ported in other surveys of fungal populations are negli-

gible.

Dickinson (1967) could correlate an increase in fre-

quency of Stemphylium botryosum with records of its per-

fect state, Pleospora herbarum, on Pisum leaves. In the

present survey the relation between Leptosphaerulina

chartarum and its anamorph only became clear after con-

clusion of the sampling programme. All specimens of Lep-

tosphaerulina were not identified to species level. It can,

however, be assumed that L. chartarum was more preva-

lent at times when incidences of Pithomyces chartarum

reached peaks, e.g. late summer and early winter (Febru-

ary to May), seeing that P chartarum and Lep-

tosphaerulina spp. were more prevalent then.

4.2. Photosensitization

Crawley & Wooll'ord (1965) stipulated a minimum

temperature of 12.2°C or more on three consecutive days

together with 3.76 mm of rain as a danger period for the

development of the facial eczema in sheep. The same con-

ditions were assumed to be necessary for the development

of ‘geeldikkop’ in local sheep. No such conditions were

recorded and no cases of photosensitization on the sam-

pled pastures were reported.

Another factor which could play a role was the pres-

ence of saponins in the T. terrestris plants (Watt & Breyer-

Brandwijk 1962). Aas & Ulvund (1989) speculated that

P. chartarum, especially the sporidesmin present on bog

asphodel and saponins, may be involved in the aetiology

of alveld (a hepatogenous photosensitivity) in Norway.

Since then, Kellerman et cil. (1991) have shown that

saponins on their own are able to induce hepatogenous

photosensitivity in some sheep. The importance of

sporidesmins has, however, not diminished as all sheep in

that trial did not react positively. Kellerman et al. (1991)

found that fresh T. terrestris , both on its own and with

sporidesmin, caused ‘geeldikkop’ in sheep.

5. CONCLUSIONS

The survey highlights the wealth and variety of fungi

found in this inhospitable environment. The large numbers

of genera found is due to the wide range of materials

sampled. A peculiarity was that virtually the same number

of genera of Coelomycetes and Hyphomycetes was found.

Nag Raj (1981) noted that Coelomycetes were more

prevalent in dry climates, a fact which has been confirmed

here. This phenomenon can be attributed to the adaptation

of the fungus in shielding its comdiogenous cells and hya-

line conidia from the high UV-radiation in the predomi-

nantly cloudless Karoo region by developing a conidioma.

Very few synnematous genera of the Hyphomycetes were

recorded. An analogue in the Hyphomycetes is the pro-

tective mechanism of melanin, because a great proportion

of the species present have melanized conidia.

This is the first survey in southern Africa in which

such a high proportion of fungi identified belonged to the

Coelomycetes. The invidual genera could be determined

to a great extent using Sutton’s keys (1980). Numerous

new records for South Africa were registered.

The suitability of litter as a substrate for fungal growth,

even under these harsh climatic conditions, was an indi-

cation of the role fungi play as agents in the breakdown

of organic matter. The wide spectrum of fungal genera

noted on the litter gave an indication of what was present

on substrates not sampled separately.

This survey demonstrated the persistent presence of

Pithomyces chartarum on various substrates in the Karoo.

This is a very important finding in view of its toxicity.

The teleomorph of this fungus, Leptosphaerulina charta-

rum, was found during this study (Roux 1985a). P. char-

tarum was recovered from T. terrestris leaves without

lesions. This possible endophytic symbiosis of certain

strains may indicate its mycotoxicological, opposed to

pathogenic (Haware & Sharma 1973) nature and also of

the existence of purely saprophytic strains. This survey

illustrates the importance of intensive studies of fungal

populations.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

The senior author wishes to thank the following for

invaluable assistance: the then Director, Karoo Region,

Dr R Roux, who appointed Mr Andries Barnhoorn to

assist locally in the taking of samples — the latter did a

marvellous job; the late Dr Marius van Tonder, State Vet-

erinarian, Regional Diagnostic Office, who kept the sheep

under surveillance for clinical signs of ‘geeldikkop’ for

five years; the late Mr (Oom Piet) P.J.J. van der Wes-

thuizen, Mycology Unit, PPRI, Pretoria, who painstak-

ingly and scrupulously prepared the Petri dishes and

plated out those thousands and thousands of samples over

years; Mrs Marjan Botes (nee De Oude) and Miss Elsie

van der Westhuisen, Mycology Unit, PPRI, Pretoria, who

assisted with the extraction of sporidesmin; Mr John

Pullen, Institute for Climate, Soil and Water, who col-

lected the meteorological data; the late Mr Jo Minne, who

was in the Analytical Chemistry Unit, Toxicology Divi-

sion, Onderstepoort Veterinary Research Institute, Preto-

ria, for continual assistance and advice on the extraction

of sporidesmin; the late Dr LAP Anderson, for discussions

and advice; and lastly my colleagues for undaunting sup-

port. This paper forms part of a Ph.D degree accepted at

the Rand Afrikaans University as submitted by the first

author.

REFERENCES

AAS, O. & ULVUND, M.J 1989. Do microfungi help to induce the

phototoxic disease alveld in Norway? Veterinary Record 124:

563.

ACOCKS, J.P.H. 1979. The flora that matched the fauna. Bothalia 12:

673-709.

ACOCKS, J.P.H. 1988. Veld types of South Africa, 3rd edn. Memoirs of

the Botanical Survey of South Africa No. 57.

ANNUAL REPORT 1981. Director General, Department of Agriculture

and Fisheries for the period I April 1980 to 3! March 1981,

Pretoria.

BEZUIDENHOUT, H 1977. ’n Ondersoek van die Hyphomycetes geas-

sosieer met Cenchrus ciliaris L. M.Sc. thesis, Rand Afrikaans

University, Johannesburg.

BOOTH, C. 1971. The genus Fusarium. Commonwealth Mycological

Institute, Kew, England

CRAWLEY, W.E. & WOOLFORD, M.W. 1965. Predicting facial eczema

danger periods. Proceedings of the Ruakura Farmers ' Conference

Week : 15-21

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

181

DICKINSON, C.H. 1967. Fungal colonization of Pisum leaves. Cana-

dian Journal of Botany 45: 915-927.

DI MENNA, M E., CAMPBELL, J. & MORTIMER, PH. 1970.

Sporidesmin production and sporulaton by Pithomyces charta-

rum. Journal of General Microbiology 61 : 87-96.

DOIDGE, E. M. 1950. The South African fungi and lichens to the end of

1945. Bothalia 5: 1-1094.

EICKER, A. 1973. The mycoflora of Eucalyptus maculata leaf litter. Soil

Biology and Biochemistry 5: 441^148.

EICKER, A. 1976. The non-parasitic mycoflora of the phylloplane and

litter of Panicum coloratum. Transactions of the British Myco-

logical Society 67 : 275-28 1 .

ELLIS, M.B. 1971. Dematiaceous Hyphomycetes. Commonwealth My-

cological Institute, Kew, England.

ELLIS, M.B. 1976. More dematiaceous Hyphomycetes. Commonwealth

Mycological Institute, Kew England.

HAWARE, M.P. & SHARMA, N.D. 1973. A new glume blotch of rice

( Oryza sativa ). Plant Disease Reporter 57: 436, 437.

HAWKSWORTH, D.L., KIRK, P.M., SUTTON, B.C. & PEGLER, D.N.

1995. Dictionary of fungi, 8th edn. CAB International, Oxon.

HERING, T.F. 1965. Succession of fungi in the litter of a Lake District

oakwood. Transactions of the British Mycological Society 49:

185-192.

HUTCHEON, D. 1886. Report of the Veterinary' Surgeon. Cape of Good

Hope, G14, 1887, Cape Town.

JOHNSTON, A. & BOOTH, C. 1983. Plant pathologist’s pocketbook,

2nd edn. Commonwealth Agricultural Bureaux, International My-

cological Institute, Kew, England.

KELLERMAN, T.S., VAN DER WESTHUIZEN, G.C.A., COETZER,

J.A.W., ROUX, C., MARASAS, W.F.O., MINNE, J.A., BATH.

G.F. & BASSON, PA. 1980. Photosensitivity in South Africa. 11.

The experimental production of the ovine hepatogenous photo-

sentivity disease geeldikkop ( Tribulosis ovis ) by the simultaneous

ingestion of Tribulus terrestris plants and cultures of Pithomyces

chartarum containing the mycotoxin sporidesmin. Onderstepoort

Journal of Veterinary Research 47 : 23 1-26 1 .

KELLERMAN, T.S., ERASMUS, G.L., COETZER. J.A.W., BROWN,

J.M.M. & MAARTENS, B P. 1991. Photosensitivity in South

Africa. VI. The experimental induction of geeldikkop in sheep

with crude steroidal saponins from Tribulus terrestris. Onderste-

poort Journal of Veterinary Research 58: 47-53.

MARASAS, W.F.O. & SCHUMANN, I.H. 1972. The genus Pithomyces

in South Africa. Bothalia 10: 509-516.

MARASAS, W.F.O. , ADELAAR, T.F., KELLERMAN, T.S., MINNE,

J.A., VAN RENSBURG, I.B.J. & BURROUGHS, G.W. 1972.

First report of facial eczema in sheep in South Africa, Onderste-

poort Journal of Veterinary Research 39: 107-112.

MOHR, J.D. 1982. The Karoo caterpillar Loxostega frustalis Zeller

( Lepidoptera : Pyralidae) in relation to its host and its natural

enemies. Ph.D. thesis, Rhodes University, Grahamstown, South

Africa.

NAG RAJ, T.R. 1981. Coelomycete systematics. In G.T. Cole & B.

Kendrick, Biology of the conidial fungi 1 : 43-79. Academic Press,

New York.

PAPENDORF, M.C. & JOOSTE, W.J. 1974. The mycoflora of wheat

field debris. Part 1. Bothalia 11: 201-207.

PRICE, P.W. 1975. Insect ecology. John Wiley, New York.

PUGH, G.J.F. & MULDER, J.L. 1971. Mycoflora associated with Typha

latifolia. Transactions of the British Mycological Society 57:

273-282.

ROUX, C. 1977. 'n Studie van die voorkoms, verspreiding en morfologie

van Pithomyces chartarum (Berk. & M. A. Curtis) M.B. Ellis in

Suid-Afrika en sommige aspekte van sy fisiologie. M.Sc. thesis,

Rand Afrikaans University, Johannesburg.

ROUX, C. 1985a. Leptosphaerulina chartarum sp. nov., the teleomorph

of Pithomyces chartarum. Transactions of the British Mycologi-

cal Society 85: 319-323.

ROUX, C. 1985b. The morphology and taxonomy of some fungi selected

from a survey of a natural Karoo pasture. Ph D. thesis, Rand

Afrikaans University, Johannesburg.

SIVANISAN, A. 1987. Graminicolous species of Bipolaris, Curvularia,

Drechslera. Exserohilum and their teleomorphs. Mycological Pa-

pers No. 158. CAB IMI, Kew, England.

SOUTHWOOD, T.R.E. 1977. Habitat, the templet for ecological strate-

gies? Journal of Animal Ecology 46: 337-365.

SUBRAMANIAN, C.V. 1971. Hyphomycetes. Indian Council of Agricul-

tural Research, New Delhi.

SUTTON, B.C. 1980. The Coelomycetes. Commonwealth Agricultural

Bureaux, International Mycological Institute, Kew, England.

SUTTON, B.C. & GIBSON, I. A S. 1977. Pithomyces chartarum. De-

scriptions of pathogenic fungi and bacteria No. 540. Common-

wealth Agricultural Bureaux, International Mycological Institute,

Kew, UK.

THEILER, A. 1918. Geeldikkop in sheep (Tribulosis ovium). Report on

Veterinary Research, Union of South Africa! & 8: 1-55.

THORNTON, R.H. & PERCIVAL, J.E. 1959. A hepatotoxin from

Sporidesmium bakeri capable of producing facial eczema in

sheep. Nature, London 183: 63.

THORNTON, R.H. & ROSS, D.J. 1959. The isolation and cultivation of

some fungi from soils and pastures associated with facial eczema

disease in sheep. New Zealand Journal of Agricultural Research

2: 1002-1016.

VAN DER MERWE, W.J.J., EICKER, A , MARASAS, W.F.O. & KEL-

LERMAN, T.S. 1979. Aerospora of an Eragrostis curvula pas-

ture in South Africa. Onderstepoort Journal of Veterinary

Research 46: 19-25.

VAN TONDER, E.M., BASSON, PA. & VAN RENSBURG, I.B.J. 1972.

‘Geeldikkop’ experimentally induced by feeding Tribulus terre-

stris L. (Zygophyllaceae). Journal of the South African Veterinary

Association 43: 363-375.

WATT, J.M. & BREYER-BRANDWIJK, M.G. 1962. The medicinal and

poisonous plants of southern and eastern Africa. Livingstone,

Edinburgh.

APPENDIX — Complete list of fungal taxa identified

The actual fungus which was recorded is cited, not the sexual phase (teleomorph) if it was not found, as is recommended

in the Rules of Nomenclature. *New genera for South Africa. **New species for South Africa

HYPHOMYCETES

Acremoniella

atra (Corda) Sacc.

verrucosa Tognini

Altemaria

altemata (Fr.) Keissl.

zinniae M.B. Ellis

Arthrobotrys superba Corda

Arthrinium saccharicola (Speg.) M.B. Ellis

Aspergillus

candidus Link

flavus Link

nidulans Eidam

niger Tiegh.

terreus Thom

spp.

Aureobasidium

pullulans (de Bary) Amaud

spp.

Beauveria bassiana (Bals.-Criv.) Vuill.

Bipolaris

cynodontis (Marigoni) Shoemaker

hawaiiensis (M.B. Ellis) Uchida & Aragaki

papendorfii (Aa) Alcorn

zeicola (Stout) Shoemaker

Botrytis

state of Sclerotinia fuckeliniana (de Bary) Fuckel

sp.

Candelabrella sp.

Cephalosporium sp.

Cercospora sp.

Cerebella andropogonis Ces.

Chrysonilia sitophila (Mont.) Arx (= Monilia sitophila Mont.)

Cladorrhinum foecundissimum Sacc. & E.J.Marchal

182

Bothalia 27,2(1997)

Cladosporium

cladosporioides (Fresen.) G.A.de Vries

herbarum (Pers.) Link

variabile (Cooke) G.A.de Vries

spp.

Curvularia

lunata (Wakker) Boedjin

tuberculata B.L.Jain**

Dactylella sp.

Dichotomphothora portulacae Mehrl. & Fitzp. ex M B. Ellis*

Doratomyces

stemonites (Pers. ex Fr.) F.J. Morton & G. Sm.

phlei (Graham) Shoemaker

Epicoccum nigrum Link

Exserohilum rostrata Leonard & Suggs

Fusariella cf. obstipa (Pollack) S. Hughes

Fusarium

acuminatum Ellis & Everh. sensu Gordon

equiseti (Corda) Sacc. sensu Gordon

moniliforme E. Sheldon

semitectum Berk & Ravanel

stoveri Booth**

subglutinans (Wollenw. & Reinking) P.E.Nelson, Toussoun & Marasas

Gliocladium

penicillioides Corda

roseum Bainier

Gonatobotrys simplex Corda

Graphium penicilloides Corda

Gyrothrix flagella (Cooke & M B. Ellis) Piroz.**

Helicomyces roseus Link

Helicoon sessile Morgan**

Hyalodendron lignicola (Diddens) de Hoog

cf. Lacellina macrospora (Berk. & Broome) Petch.**

Memnoniella echinata (Rivolta) Galloway

Metarhizium anisopliae (Metsch.) Sorokin

Monacrosporium sp.

Monascus sp., conidial state

Moniliella sp.**

Myrothecium

carmichelii Grev.

cinctum (Corda) Sacc.**

roridum Tode ex Fr.

verrucaria (Alb. & Schwein.) Dilmar ex Fr.

Nigrospora state of Khuskia oryzae H.J.Huds.

Oedocephalum glomerulosum (Bull.) Sacc.**

Paecilomyces sp

Parapericonia angusii M B. Ellis*

Penicillium

chrysogenum Thom

oxalicum Currie & Thom

spp.

Periconia

byssoides Pers. ex Merat

cookei E.W.Mason & MB. Ellis

cf. madreeya Subram.

Pithomyces

atro-olivaceus (Cooke & Harbi.) M B. Ellis

chartarum (Berk. & M. A. Curtis) M.B. Ellis

cynodontis M.B. Ellis

graminicola R.Y.Roy & B.Rai

karoo Marasas & Schumann

maydicus (Sacc.) M.B. Ellis**

sacchari (Speg.) M B. Ellis

Pyricularia oryzae Cavara

Rhinocladiella

state of Dictyotrichiella mansonii Scho-Schwartz

cellaris (Pers. ex Gray) M.B. Ellis**

Scopulariopsis brevicaulis (Sacc.) Bainier

cf. Septofusidium elegantulum (Pidopl.) W.Gams

Spegazzinia

cf. parked Sivan.**

tessartha (Berk. & M. A. Curtis) Sacc.

cf. Sporidesmium Link*

Stilbella spp.

Stachybotrys

chartarum (Ehrenb.) S. Hughes

sansivieriae Agarwal & Sharma**

Stemphylium

state of Pleospora herbarum (Pers. ex Fr) Rabenh.

vesicarium (Wallr.) EG. Simmons

Taeniolella*

scripta (Karst.) S. Hughes**

sp.**

Tetraploa ellisii Cooke

Torula herbarum (Pers.) Link ex Gray

Trichoderma

harzianum Rifai

sp.

Trichothecium roseum (Pers.) Link

Trichurus spiralis Hasselbr.

Ulocladium

atrum Preuss

chartarum (Preuss) E.G. Simmons

tuberculatum E.G. Simmons**

Volutella colletotrichoides J.E. Chilton

Volutina*

concentrica Penz. et Sacc.**

sp.**

Albino fungi

Altemaria altemata (Fr.) Keissl.

Cladosporium cladosporioides (Fresen.) G.A. de Vries

Stachybotrys chartarum (Ehrenb.) S. Hughes

COELOMYCETES

Amerosponum concinnum Petr.

Ascochyta sp.

Ascochytulina sp.*

Bartalinia robillardoides Tassi*

Camarosporium

quatematum (Hazsl.) Schulz..**

spp.

Chaetodiplodia sp.*

Chaetospermum chaetosporum (Pat.) A.L.Sm. <4 Ramsb*

Colletotrichum

coccodes (Wallr.) S. Hughes

dematium (Pers. & Fr.) Grove

gloeosporioides (Pers.) Sacc.

graminicola (Ces.) G.W.Wdson

Coniothyrium

fuckelii Corda

sp.

Dinemasporium*

strigosum (Pers. ex Fr.) Sacc.**

spp.**

Diplodia sp.

Eriospora leucostoma Berk. & Broome*

Eriosporella sp.*

Gelatinosporium sp.

Hendersonia sp.

Idiocercus macarangae (T.S. Ramakr.) B. Sutton*

Jahniella sp.*

Libertella sp.

Macrophomina phaseolina (Tassi) Goid.

Melanconium sp.

Melanophoma

karoo Papendorf & J.W.du Toit

sp.**

Microsphaeropsis sp.

Neottiosporina masonii B. Sutton apud B.C. Sutton & Marasas*

Pestalotiopsis

guepinii (Desm.) Stey.

sp.

cf. Phacidiella sp *

Phaeoseptoria sp *

Phoma

epicoccina Punit., M.C.Tulloch & C.M.Leach**

glomerata (Corda) Wollenw. <4 Hochapf.

sorghina (Sacc.) Boerema, Dorenb. & Kesteren

sp.

Phomopsis sp.

Pleurothyrium longissimum (Lib.) Bubdk*

cf. Pleurothyrium sp.*

Polynema sp.*

Polystigmina rubrum (Desm.) Sacc*

Pseudoseptoria sp.*

cf. Pycnofusarium sp *

Pyrenochaeta sp.**

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

183

Sarcinulella cf. banksiae B. Sutton & Alcom*

Seimatosporium sp.*

Septoria sp.

Septoriella*

junci (Desm.) B Sutton**

sp.**

Sphaeropsis sp.

Stagonospora sp.

Stauronema spp.*

cf. Tetranacrium gramineum H.J.Huds. & B.Sutton*

Tiarosporella graminis (Piroz. & Shoemaker) Nag Raj var. karoo B.Sutton

& Marasas

Tryblidiopycnis sp.*

Urohendersonia platensis Speg*

MYCEL1A STERILIA ( Agonomycetes)

Papulospora sp.

Rhizoctonia sp.

Sclerotium rolfsii Sacc.

ZYGOMYCETES— Mucorales

Actinomucor elegans Shostakowitz

Cunninghamella echinulata (Thaxt.) Thaxt.

Mortierella sp.

Mucor sp.

Rhizopus stolonifer (Ehrenb.:Fr.) Vuill. var. stolonifer

Rhizomucor spp.

ASCOMYCETES

Ascotricha sp.

Ceratocystis sp.

Chaetomium

globosum Kunze

sp.

Leptosphaeria spp.

Leptosphaerulina

briosi'ana (Poll.) J.H. Graham & Luttrell

chartarum Cec.Roux**

Mycosphaerella

tassiana (De Not.) Juhanson

sp.

Ophiobolus sp.

Pezizales (unidentified)

Platyspora permunda (Cooke) Wehm. = Comoclathris Clem.**

Pleospora

herbarum (Pers. ex Fr. ) Rabenh.

sp.

Saccobolus minimus Vel.

Sordaria fimicola (Roberge) Ces. & De Not.

BASIDIOMYCETES

Agaricoles

Aphyllophorales

Coprinus spp.

Puccinia graminis Pers.

Ustilaginales

MYXOMYCETES

Didymium sp.

Physarum cinereum (Batch.) Pers.

cf. Reticularia sp.

Stemonitis cf. smithii T. Macbr.

Bothalia 27,2: 185-193 (1997)

A floristic classification of the vegetation of a forest-savanna boundary in

southeastern Zimbabwe

I. MAPAURE*

Keywords: classification. Detrended Correspondence Analysis, forest-savanna boundary, moist forest, savanna, TWINSPAN, vegetation type, Zimbabwe

ABSTRACT

The vegetation of Chirinda Forest boundary was classified into eight types using Two-way Indicator Species Analysis

(TWINSPAN) and Detrended Correspondence Analysis (DCA). The moist forest comprises three types: Strychnos mello-

dora-Chrysophylliim gorungosanum Forest on deep dolerite soils; Chrysophyllum gorungosanum-Myrianthus holstii Forest on

shallow dolerite soils; and Teclea nobilis-Ehretia cymosa Forest on drier, but deep dolerite soils. The non-forest vegetation

comprises five types: Themeda triandra Grassland on shallow dolerite soils; Psidium guajava Bushland on sandstone; Bridelia

micrantha-Harungana madagascariensis Mixed Woodland not restricted to any one particular soil type; Acacia karroo-

Heteropyxis dehniae Woodland on shallow soils derived from sandstone but sometimes on dolerite; and Julbernardia globi-

flora-Brachystegia spiciformis (Miombo) Woodland on sandstone.

INTRODUCTION

Forest patches occur in many tropical countries, often

embedded in a matrix of non-forest vegetation types,

forming unique units along their boundaries. Ranney el

al. (1981) emphasized the importance of forest fringes in

the structure and dynamics of forest patches. The bound-

ary creates microclimatic gradients that result in differ-

ences in environment between the forest interior and the

outside, non-forest areas. In this context, the influence of

soil moisture and other edaphic changes at the forest-sa-

vanna boundary is particularly important (Furley 1992;

Hopkins 1992).

The ecotone between forest and non-forest areas often

has high plant densities and diversity, and represents the

juxtaposition of two contrasting habitats. Along the eco-

tone there is generally a high incidence of wind and ani-

mal activity, especially mammals and frugivorous birds.

As a result, the predation of seed and fruit and the op-

portunity for their dispersal are both enhanced.

In Zimbabwe, forest patches with sharp boundaries be-

tween them and non-forest vegetation are common along

the eastern highlands where three main centres of moist

forest development can be identified, namely the Nyanga,

the Vumba and the Chimanimani massifs. Many other

smaller patches of forest occur elsewhere, including Chir-

inda, the area of this study. The factors responsible for

these boundaries vary from place to place, but fire, altitude

and edaphic factors are among the most important. Crook

(1952) and Phipps & Goodier (1962) discussed the vege-

tation patterns of the Chimanimani Mountains, with em-

phasis on the determinants of the forest, woodland,

grassland and Ericaceous scrub. Similar situations can also

be encountered in the Vumba, Nyanga and Chirinda areas.

* Department of Biological Sciences, University of Zimbabwe, RO. Box

MP 167, Mount Pleasant, Harare, Zimbabwe.

MS. received: 1996-10-29.

Inventories of the vegetation of Chirinda Forest have

been compiled by, among others, Goldsmith (1976) and

Muller (1991). Much of this work focused mainly on the

moist forest proper, with very little attention paid to the

surrounding non-forest vegetation. Mapaure (1993) dis-

cussed the factors influencing the vegetation of the forest

boundary whilst Timberlake et al. (1994) described the

composition of the forest and some ecological factors af-

fecting the vegetation. A list of flowering plants and ferns

found in and around the forest has been compiled by

Drummond & Mapaure (1994).

The main objective of this study was to inventory the

woody vegetation of Chirinda Forest boundary, including

adjacent bushland, grassland and woodland areas and to

produce a classification and description of the vegetation

types.

STUDY AREA

The study was carried out in Chirinda Forest, situated

near Mount Selinda Mission (20° 25'S, 32° 43'E) in south-

east Zimbabwe (Figure I ). The forest represents the south-

ern end of moist forest distribution in Zimbabwe and is

the best preserved example of medium altitude moist for-

est (Muller 1991). It is surrounded by pine plantations,

Mission settlements, Chako Business Centre, and com-

mercial farmlands. It is a gazetted Forest Land managed

by the Forestry Commission, covering 947 ha, of which

606 ha is moist evergreen forest. The forest lies on two

broad highlands rising from 1 076 m to 1 250 m in alti-

tude. These form two crests, essentially subdividing the

forest into two, a northern and a southern section with a

narrow forested saddle in between.

The geology of the area comprises red and purple phyl-

litic mudstones interbedded with pale fine- to medium-

grained feldspathic sandstones of the Upper Argillaceous

series of the Precambrian Umkondo System (Watson

1969). Fine-grained dolerite sills have intruded into these

sandstones, forming a cap over much of the higher

186

Bothalia 27,2(1997)

FIGURE 1. — Location of Chirinda

Forest in southeastern Zim-

babwe.

ground. The moist forest is generally found on dolerite

soils.

The area receives an average rainfall of 1 470 mm per

annum (Anon. 1977). Average winter and summer tem-

peratures are 14°C and 20°C, respectively (Sayce 1987).

The prevailing winds are southeasterly.

METHODS

An interpretation of 1:12 500, black-and-white aerial

photographs of 1987 was carried out and stratification of

the vegetation around the forest was done, based on the

textural differences on the photographs. A map was pro-

duced based on both the interpretation of the aerial pho-

tographs, which aided in the marking of the boundaries

of the vegetation types, and field sampling.

Ten belt transects (two through each of the five vege-

tation units apparent on the aerial photographs), each 200

m long and 20 m wide, were established (Figure 2A-J)

so that half the distance was in the forest and the other

half in the non-forest vegetation. The edge of the forest

was identified by either an obvious noticeable change in

species composition or by a difference in vegetation struc-

ture, or both. Each belt transect was subdivided into ten

20 x 20 m contiguous quadrats, five on either side of the

forest boundary, resulting in a total of 100 quadrats. The

appropriateness of this quadrat size was confirmed by a

species-area curve.

In each quadrat, the woody species were identified and

assigned to height classes as follows: seedlings, saplings

(< 0.5 m), understorey (0.5-3. 0 m), subcanopy trees (3-10

m), and canopy trees (>10 m). An overall cover-abun-

dance value for each woody species in each quadrat was

assessed following the Braun-Blanquet scale (Mueller-

Dombois & Ellenberg 1974). Climbers were rated sepa-

rately according to the number of stems encountered in

the stands rather than for a cover value.

Soil depth was determined by augering six quadrats

per transect, three on either side of the forest edge. The

soils were considered deep if no rocks were encountered

down to a depth of 80 cm. The geology was determined

from any exposed bedrock and by reference to the geo-

logical map of the area.

Data analysis

Vegetation data were analysed using Two Way Indica-

tor Species Analysis (TWINSPAN) (Hill 1979) and De-

trended Correspondence Analysis (DCA) (Gauch 1982).

TWINSPAN was applied on the full species data set, con-

sisting of 261 plant species belonging to 204 genera and

76 families and DCA was applied on the sixty quadrats

from which soil data were collected. Rare species were

downweighted and for pseudospecies cut-levels of 0, 1,3

and 5 were used in the application of TWINSPAN. Cover-

abundance values of species were used in both analyses.

Minor refinements were done to the TWINSPAN output

(Table 1) to improve its clarity, especially the removal,

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

187

after analysis, of the species which occurred three times

or less (except indicator species) and lianes and vines.

RESULTS AND INTERPRETATION

Vegetation classification

Eight vegetation types were identified (Figures 3 & 4)

on the basis of the TWINSPAN and DCA analyses. The

primary division of the stands by TWINSPAN separated

out the moist forest stands from non-forest (woodland and

grassland) stands. The second level of division separated

out forest stands in the northwestern part of the forest

from the rest of the forest stands. These forest stands

(Type III) are situated close to the miombo stands, on the

drier side of the highland. The third level of division fur-

ther subdivided the remaining forest stands into a group

which occurred in the eastern to southeastern part of the

forest (mainly transects E, F, G and H) (Type II). The

other group (Type I) consists mostly of forest stands from

transects A. B, C and D. The forest stands, therefore, fall

into three main types.

Among the non-forest vegetation stands, the second

level of division separated out grassland stands, which oc-

curred in the southeastern part of the forest (Type VII),

from the rest of the non-forest vegetation. The remaining

non-forest stands were divided in'to a further two groups

at the third level of division. One type (Type IV), which

consists of a wide mixture of stands from several transects

but close to the apparent forest edge, was separated from

the rest of the remaining non-forest vegetation. The re-

maining stands were further divided into two, one of

which comprises two types. Type VI consisted of stands

mainly from an area close to Chako Business Centre (the

sandstone enclave) and stands from the northwestern side

forming Types V and VIII. Further subdivision of these

types was considered unnecessary because the number of

stands in each group was too small to justify the subdi-

vision.

The forest, woodland and grassland types were clearly

separate, with some ubiquitous intermediary vegetation

types bridging them. Within the three moist forest vege-

tation types, two were not clearly separated on the basis

of species composition but were strongly differentiated on

Moist evergreen forest (Types I-HD

Bridelia micrantha-Harungana madagascariensis Mixed Woodland

(Type IV)

Acacia karroo-heteropyxis dehniae Woodland (Type V)

Psidium guajava Bushland (Type VI)

Themeda triandra Grassland (Type VII)

Julbemardia globiflora-Brachystegia spiciformis Woodland

(Type Vni)

Commercial plantations

J Settlements

FIGURE 2. — A map showing the major vegetation types in Chirinda

Forest area. The positions of the transects (A-J) are indicated.

the relative dominance of the species in the upper canopy

and subcanopy strata. Strychnos mellodora , Rothmannia

urcelliformis , and Chrysophyllum gorungosanum had higher

cover abundance values (averaging about 50%) in forest

Type I than in forest Type II, where they averaged 20%.

Myrianthus holstii had a lower cover value (about 10%)

in forest Type I than in Type II (about 25%). Forest Type

III occurred in a drier area, had a more open canopy and.

DIVISION

LEVEL

100 STANDS

FIGURE 3. — Dendrogram showing the TWINSPAN results of the quadrats in Chirinda Forest (eigenvalues are shown in brackets).

188

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

TABLE 1 . — A synoptic table of TWINSPAN classification of Chirinda Forest vegetation. Full names of species indicated by mnemonics are

given in Appendix 1

CEL MIL

STR USA

STR MEL

RIN FER

PLE PYC

HEI DIE

STR SCH

CHI BAT

COL GRE

TAN SWY

FIC CHI

ARG MAC

MYR HOL

CRA BRE

DRA FRA

PSE SUB

DID NOR

OXY GOE

DRY GER

TIL FUN

KHA ANT

STR MIT

CHR GOR

DIO ABY

COF LIG

TRI MAD

XYM MON

AGE PEN

PAV COM

CRE TRI

CEL GOM

RAW LUC

ROT URC

TAB VEN

BEQ NAT

CAR BIS

CNE POL

LOV SWY

NEW BUC

OCH ARB

DOV MAC

TAR PAV

TRI DRE

XYL PAR

DRA MAN

CLE SWY

TEC NOB

EHR CYM

CEL AFR

CAS BAT

PED AFR

CRO SYL

POL FUL

ALB GUM

CAS MAL

HAL ijliC

SCO STO

RAU CAF

BER ABY

OXY SPE

CAL AUR

MEL LOB

SEN SEP

SAP ELL

PRO FAL

CLA AN I

FIC SUR

CUS SPI

KEE GUE

BRI MIC

MAC CAP

CLU SWY

DES SET

CRY LIE

ARG TOM

TRI PIN

FLE GRA

CAT EDU

HYP ARI

ANT VEN

ACA SIE

DOM BUR

SPH PRU

RUT FUS

TRE OR I

COM MOL

DIC CIN

HAR MAD

RUB RIG

PTE ROT

ERY LYS

MAY HET

RHO REV

LAN CAM

OCI GRA

PHY NUM

PRO LAR

PRO PLU

RHU TRA

PRU AFR

IND SWA

HET TRI

RHA PRI

Stand number

21-1 12

111111-11211-122-

22-233-34333-3444

2

-111-2 1

23222211 11-1 —

13321211 21

221-1 -1--11-

H32---1--

12-222221-1222-23

2 3 2-

331 231-1- -

-2--2-1-211112--1

222121-24223-1--1

1-12-133112131241

2111 121-12221

1--111-2

211-213222232111-

211-1212112212121

-1-2-1-3-

212-2121211111 1--12--1

-223222222222222- 2- 1

3- 1133122211211- - 13332-1

13444422144434444 31233-1111-3 -1 — 11-

-12 133222321-- 1---1---22-- -1

1 - - 12

--1 1- 1

-1-1--111-1 1-1-

11111

11110

11 1 1

-1 11- -111 — 1-1 —

- -2222 1 1-1 112 --1111-2321 11222-11 1 1-

--22-22-2-2 22222-2 223 22-22-112-2- 2-

3 3-1 1 1-1- -222- 2 2-1-1 1-

23 32 -112 ---1-2121 12 1 -- 111112 - 22 -

1--11 1 l-

-1-2112--2-1 1-

12312322211221-21 3333333332-32-222 22222112-311 11-11 12 1-1-

-1-1-11

-11111-1211-

-11-

11101

11100

-211-

3 - 2 - - 12 1

1— -31

2 - - 2 - 22 22-22- 2 2

1-1--1-1 1-111- 11221 1-1-1122-

11111-11 1- 1121-

11 - -2 1 1 1 1--11 1111 1--1

21 1 1- -12-1111 1-

2- -2 2 2-2 2

-21-1-11-111 11 1-1 11 11--11

-1H--1- --i 1- i — ii mini 1- -

1 11 22-221- -2 1 1 1 11 1-1

23121121111112211 21111-312--121 3-121-1-2231 12111--11 111--1111

1333-1221211-2232 1-1- -1231211-1-1- 111111121211 11-11111111-1111111 111-1

11222221111221111 22212111212222112 111111121222 -111111-11-211-11-2-1- -111 1111

2 1 2 1 —

111111 1 1 1111-1211-1--2 -11-- 122-11- 111---11 11-1111-1111--1--1---1-

1 - n 1 mi--- i i

1 1-1-1-1-- 1 1--1 ---11---1--1 111 11 1

2333 - -2 1 2-11122121-2 -12-22

22112 1 11-

1-11-1 1-111 11 231 1 -11 2112-1 2 1-2 1 111 111

--1--11 111-112 11--1 -111111 1 2 11111- -12 111121 1-1

--122-2--2--1 -3-1--22 12--1- 22-21 2- -1-111 11 - 11 - 11111 - 11111 -- 12 - 1- - 1

— 11 -11111 2- 131 1 1

1 Hl_ HI 1--

22 2--222- 2 - - 2 -23232 --2--2-2-22 2-22-2 2 — 2 —

211--2-1-1 nil 1112 - - 31 1 1 -221122342-1 1-12-113221-11 1112-1 111

11

1-

-111111-

11011

non

11010

11001

nooo

101

10011

10010

1000

- -21131111- - 222 1-1 --2-2- -3-

22 321 2 -11-112411 2--2 1-111 --222112- --11--

2 121 2 2 1-221 2 1 - - 1 1111 - 11122 12 -- 1 -- 1 11 1-1-11-1- 1 —

_H 1111 1111-1112-1 -11-112-112- 112-111211121123222-1211111 1211 --1121121 111111

2 - 1-2 - - 2 21- -213-111-211-2 -1111222-2-1 221111233-1111-12111-111111111-1111 --132222- 1

!_ -12--1 1 1 1-1 1 1-1 111121-1- -1-1 --1--1 1

- -1-11--122-- 1 2 11-112211112 -2211332122211223221121122112222111 -11222112 1-2111 --1-

! ! - - n-2-i i n-nn---m

---1

-11-

-11111-1 1 -1-

0111

01101

01100

0101

0100

2 1

n 132 1 -2121

2 3 11 2---3--1 122 11-

1112211- -121 11 1

11-1- -21 1 1

1 3 - - 2 11111-2232

1--1---11- i-nni2--ni2nnnnn--ii22 — -n 1---21-11 ---11-

2 — 1- 1 1-1-1 — 2-1--222 — 212-

12- 1 22122322-2- -11-2 11 1

!1_ —1-1 — 1 — 12111111-1 — 1 — 1-1 — 11-1 —11 — 111 -11 —

2-22-2 - -1-1211-22332332332232323332222112 221221213 11121-

! — -2 - -23 221 2 231-11212-2- 1 1 — 11

1_ x 32---

!_ 11-32-22 1 11 2

1-1-1 1122211121 1 -

00111

00110

00100

11 12-1-111 1 00011

1 1 2-111 1-- 00011

1 11 1 — 1-1— 1 00011

112 1-11 1 2-41-2211- --1 1-- 00011

- 12 - - 22 4 14 1- 00011

1 1 - - 1211 1 11 1 00011

- - 1 - - 2 223 — 2 — ; 2-2--12 ---2 00011

1 1 — 1-1 2 11-111-12221-1- 1 21--1 1--- 00010

32 2 3 00010

1-1 — 1 11- 00010

2 1 - - 12 2 ---2 00010

- 2 - - 1 1 -1 00010

- 1--1 1 1- 1-1 00010

2- 2 2 11-322221 12-212211111 3 ---2-1 -22- 00010

2 2-221-22-2-2-2-2323233233332233 2-2222-2 ---2-- 00010

• - 12222 1 2 — 2 2 --2 1- 2--- 00010

1-1 — 1 1-1- -22 1-1121 2 1 - 112 - - -1— 00010

- 12111111-1 1 -2 1 -1 00010

3 222 — 2323-3-2232*- 3-3322-2 2 2 — 2 00010

1 - 2 22-- - - 211-3 3-33213121232332-33312 322233-2- 222--- --12 00010

— 1-1 11- 00001

11 11- 00001

—11 - 1 1 2 00001

1 111 00001

- 1 ---11 1132-211-1111-11-222222122 22323-212 ---1 00001

— - - - 21-11 22- --2-1--1- --1-— ---1 00001

! 1111-1 1 2 1111- 2 1112 -nil- 00001

-1--1 ---1 1 1 1 1 1 00001

n 1 n-111 00001

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

189

TABLE 1 — A synoptic table of TWINSPAN classification of Chirinda Forest vegetation. Full names of species indicated by mnemonics are

given in Appendix 1 (continued)

Stand number

2223347111237 1 3444455S6S5666677 899908891237 5 1177889 222333334444567266677999 688888992 111 4555

78908090890987897 76789067689078907 078908906666 56453467645345123452345455223412345 112345121 123123 1123

VAN INF

FAU SAL

ACA KAR

HET DEH

RHU LON

JUL GLO

VER COL

SEN SIN

BRA SPI

VAN API

EUC DIV

DIO LYC

CAN MUN

PAR CUR

1 -111--11- 00001

-322221- 00001

! 222 3331-222 31221222- --1-1- 1--1 00001

2 222 2 - -22 2 122- 133323221 --1--1 --1- 00001

1-1-1 12- -1223121- -1 00001

_ _ 3 00001

1 11-1 111-111 1--11-1-- 1 1 00001

1X 11. 1 00001

2-- 00001

-1-1 1--1-11-1-1111111-2--1--221 112212122 1111-- -1-- 00001

1 1-1--1-111111--111111 1121111 112211111 1111-- 1111 00001

1-1--1-11-111--111 1-111111- 12211-111 111111 112- 00001

4-22 - - 1- -1-22 3 2 -1111--11 231244 -2-- 00001

- -212 -31- 1 1 121-2 112322211 223222 --1- 00001

CYM CAE

SEN LAT

IND HED

ERI NUT

ATH ROS

ASP PLU

GRE OCC

PSE HOO

RHY SWY

TEP LON

THE TRI

STR SPI

RUB COR

ANN SEN

SYZ GUG

MAY SEN

PSO FEB

LIP JAV

MAE LAN

RHU TEN

FAD CIE

PS I GUA

2333

2121

1111

1222

2221

121-

11-1

-22 2 -2 -344

12 - -

--2-

1-11

1221

1211

1

3433

1111

-l-i-i-i- -li- -ii -mu-

11 — ii-i

1111--1-1

2 1-1-1

-11-

00000000000000000

00000001111111111

00001110000001111

00000000000000000 000000000000

00000000000000000 111111111111

11111111111111111 000000001111

00000000011111111 00000111

00000011100000001 01111

-1-21-1- -21222212-1332121-211111-11 2-1212113

11111111111111111111111111111111111 111111111

00000000000000000000000000000000000 000000000

00000000000000000000000000000000000 111111111

00000000011111111111111111111111111 000000000

01111111100000000000000000111111111 000000001

11- -1-

111 —

333332

111111

000000

111111

000111

00000

Stand Type

II

III

IV

V/VIII VI VII

hence, its species composition and undergrowth develop-

ment were somewhat different from the other two forest

types. Dracaena fragrans was the most abundant shrub

species with an average cover abundance value of more

than 50% in forest Type II, especially where the soils were

shallow and the terrain steep. The vegetation types are

described below.

Strychnos mellodora-Chrysophyllum gorungosanum For-

est (Type I)

This forest consists of a lower upper canopy of various

species with occasional emergents. The average height is

generally lower (about 30-40 m) than the other forest

types (which are about 50-60 m in most areas) except for

FIGURE 4. — A DCA ordination dia-

gram showing the grouping of

stands.

190

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

the emergents. It is dominated by Strychnos mellodora,

Chrysophyllum gorungosanum , Craibia brevicaudata and

Tannodia swynnertonii. Emergent species include Strych-

nos mitis, S. usambarensis and strangler Ficus spp., in

particular F chirindensis. The lower layer (which is not

markedly different from the upper canopy) is dominated

by Strychnos mellodora, Rawsonia lucida, Heinsenia

diervilleoides and Tabemaemontana ventricosa. This for-

est type is found mainly in the area surrounding the sand-

stone enclave. Common shrubs include the young of the

canopy species and low densities of Dracaena fragrans.

Acacia pentagona and Landolphia buchananii are the

most common lianes.

Chrysophyllum gorungosanum-Myrianthus holstii Forest

(Type II)

This forest is dominated by Chrysophyllum gorun-

gosanum, Myrianthus holstii, Strombosia scheffleri and

Craibia brevicaudata in the upper canopy stratum. The

area covered by this type coincides with the wetter parts

of the forest. Khaya anthotheca is quite common in some

places. Dracaena fragrans is the dominant shrub and ap-

parently locally excludes other shrubs due to its high den-

sities. Strychnos mellodora is largely absent from the

subcanopy, which is instead dominated by Heinsenia

dier\’illeoides, Rothmannia urcelliformis, Tannodia swyn-

nertonii and Tabemaemontana ventricosa. Cola green-

wayi and Drypetes gerrardii are also fairly common. The

most common lianes are Acacia pentagona, Hippocratea

goetzei, H. pallens and Oncinotis tenuiloba.

Teclea nobilis-Ehretia cymosa Forest (Type III)

This forest consists of a mixture of species of appar-

ently drier forest affinities. It is dominated by Teclea no-

bilis and Ehretia cymosa. Common associates include

Chrysophyllum gorungosanum, Diospyros abyssinica and

Ochna arborea. It is found in the northwestern part of the

forest adjacent to an area which seems to have been cul-

tivated during the 1940s. Celtis africana, Newtonia bucha-

nanii and Peddiea africana form the dominant group in

the shrublayer. There is high prevalence of small trees of

pioneer species such as Newtonia buchananii and Croton

sylvaticus.

Bridelia micrantha-Harungana madagascariensis Mixed

Woodland (Type IV)

This woodland, which appears to be more of a secon-

dary nature, is more developed in the area just south of

the Mount Selinda Mission on a north-facing slope, where

it forms a belt extending towards the southeastern part of

the forest boundary. It is characterized by large, but widely

spaced, Bridelia micrantha trees with occasional Ma-

caranga capensis and Cussonia spicatci. The lower stra-

tum is dominated by Harungana madagascariensis.

Thickets of Toddalia asiatica. Asparagus falcatus and,

sometimes, Smilax anceps are a common feature of the

shrub layer. Harungana madagascariensis, however,

ceases to be dominant in some localities where Pterocar-

pus rotundifolius trees and Albizia gummifera saplings

form an important component of the woodland. Peddiea

africana shrubs and Croton sylvaticus seedlings arc also

common.

Acacia karroo-Heteropyxis dehniae Woodland (Type V)

This woodland, which is dominated by Acacia karroo,

Heteropyxis dehniae and Faurea saligna, is on the drier

side of the forest and just merges into the miombo wood-

land (dominated by Julbernardia globiflora, Uapaca

kirkiana, U. sansibarica and Brachystegia spiciformis). It

is mostly found between the moist forest proper and well-

defined non-forest associations. It contains a wide variety

of species including pioneer species such as Bridelia mi-

crantha, Albizia gummifera, Croton sylvaticus and New-

tonia buchananii. A form of this vegetation type also

occurs in small patches elsewhere around the forest, with

varying degrees of dominance among the component spe-

cies. Occasional emergents include Parinari curatellifolia,

Catha edulis and Prunus africana. Shrubs are represented

by Psidium guajava, Vangueria apiculata, Rhus longipes

and R. transvaalensis.

Psidium guajava Bushland (Type VI)

This bushland is dominated by the exotic Psidium gua-

java and by Canthium mundianum bushes and sometimes

assumes the structure of a low woodland. It is found in

the sandstone enclave. A few emergent trees of Parinari

curatellifolia and Albizia gummifera occur. Thickets of

Toddalia asiatica, Lantana camara and Rubus rigidus are

common, particularly near the boundary with the moist

forest. Peddiea africana and Pteridium aquilinum are also

common.

Themeda triandra Grassland (Type VII)

This bushed grassland vegetation is dominated by The-

meda triandra and Cymbopogon caesius. It occurs on

shallow dolerite soils with occasional exposed boulders.

There is local variation in grass species dominance, with

Loudetia simplex apparently becoming more dominant on

east-facing slopes of the southern part of the forest where

the soils are deeper and mostly sandy, sometimes with

Parinari curatellifolia bushes. Other woody species found

within the Themeda grassland include Psidium guajava,

Eriosema nutans, Pseudarthria hookeri and Athrixia ros-

marinifolia.

Julbernardia globiflora-Brachystegia spiciformis Wood-

land (Type VIII)

An additional woodland type to those apparent in the

TWINSPAN classification was identified by DCA, a

miombo woodland dominated by Julbernardia globiflora

and Brachystegia spiciformis with Uapaca kirkiana. Het-

eropyxis dehniae and Faurea saligna as common associ-

ates in the canopy layer. It is relatively open, with poorly

developed shrub and herb layers. Common trees in the

subcanopy layer include Heteropyxis dehniae, Faurea

saligna, Canthium mundianum, Julbernardia globiflora

and Brachystegia spiciformis. Grasses include Digitaria

gazensis and Themeda triandra. The TWINSPAN analysis

lumps this type with Acacia karroo-Heteropyxis dehniae

Woodland (Type V) but DCA clearly separates it from the

rest.

Bothalia 27.2 (1997)

191

Ordination

The first DCA axis, which accounted for 63% of the

observed variation, separated the forest and adjacent non-

forest vegetation types, with a wide gap of up to one DCA

unit between them (Figure 4). In general, stands close to

the forest edge, from either side, were closer to the centre

of Axis 1 than stands further from the forest edge. Nev-

ertheless, the stands lying adjacent to one another along

the forest edge were quite separate with 0.5-2 DCA units

between them. Three groups of forest stands were distin-

guishable, corresponding to those identified in the classi-

fication by TWINSPAN. These groups are not separated

along the first DCA axis but are distinguishable along the

second DCA axis, which accounted for 19.6% of the vari-

ation. A similar pattern is also apparent in the ordination

of the woodland groups of stands.

Miombo woodland is clearly separated from other

woodland stands along the second DCA axis. The grass-

land stands are, likewise, clearly separated from the wood-

land stands. There is considerable overlap between the

stands from the sandstone enclave and those from the

northwestern part of the forest (i.e. the Psidium guajava

Bushland (Type VI) and Acacia karroo-Heteropyxis

dehniae Woodland (Type V).

The existence of the Chrysophyllum gorungosamim -

Myrianthns holstii Forest (Type II) on the southeastern to

the southwestern sides adjacent to the grassland was associ-

ated with a higher altitude and a wetter moisture regime,

regardless of the shallow soils. Psidium guajava Bushland

(Type VI) occurred where the soils were predominandy sand-

stone and relatively deep. Where the sandstone soils were

steeper and shallower, miombo and sometimes Acacia kar-

roo-Heteropyxis dehniae Woodland (Type V) occurred. On

dolerite, with the same conditions, Strychnos mello-

dora-Chrysophyllum gorungosanum Forest (Type I) oc-

curred, whereas the Teclea nobilis-Ehretia cymosa Forest

(Type III) occurred where it was drier. The Bridelia micran-

tha-Harungana madagascariensis Mixed Woodland (Type

IV) occurred on predominantly dolerite soils with other fac-

tors being intermediate. This was also found in what ap-

peared to be geological transitional zones.

DISCUSSION

Vegetation types

The vegetation of Chirinda Forest boundary has been

classified into eight types. This represents only those types

occurring within 100 m on either side of the forest edge.

The TWINSPAN analysis clearly separated forest from

non-forest stands. The stands close to the forest edge,

however, were not clearly separated on the basis of

whether they were just inside or just outside the forest,

as might have been expected. The apparent lack of clear

differentiation may be due to the existence of some spe-

cies that are transitional between forest and woodland.

Such a vegetation unit, which normally consists of both

fire-tolerant savanna and fire-tender forest tree species

(Hopkins 1992), represents a mosaic of communities of

each of the two vegetation types. The transitional vegeta-

tion between savanna and forest shows great variation in

both structure and species composition from place to place

around the forest. Some of the types described in this

category are restricted in extent whereas others occur

widely, though in patches.

The transitional vegetation includes forest pioneer spe-

cies. Most pioneer species in Chirinda Forest are Afro-

montane endemics or near-endemics which are absent or

rare in lowland forests. These include Albizia gummifera,

Anthocleista grandiflora and Maesa lanceolata. Hence,

the forest has sometimes been labelled a ‘transitional' for-

est because of the co-existence of both lowland and Afro-

montane forest species (White 1978). Even though the

majority of the moist forest species have lowland phyto-

geographic affinities, several species such as Chrysophyl-

lum gorungosanum (which is one of the commonest),

Casearia battiscombei, Dtypetes gerrardii, Halleria lu-

cida, Myrianthus holstii , Primus africana, Strombosia

scheffleri and Xymalos monospora are Afromontane in

origin. Chirinda Forest is, therefore, Afromontane in origin

and character but with lowland phytogeographic affinities.

The southern section of the forest supports Chrysophyl-

lum gorungosanum-Myrianthus holstii Forest (Type II), with

more Khava anthotheca and Trichilia dregeana, whereas

the northern section mainly supports the Strychnos mello-

dora-Chrysophyllum gorungosanum Forest (Type I) with

more Craibia brevicaudata and Strychnos mitis. Perhaps

the greatest difference between these forest types mani-

fests itself in the variation in species composition of the

understorey. This difference seems to be determined by

soil depth and slope, which also influence the moisture

regime. Shallow and steep sites drain faster than areas of

moderate slope, leading to differences in the undergrowth

species composition. Understorey species are therefore

important in defining the limits of these two types.

The forest and woodland vegetation types share only

a few species between them. Greater overlap in species

composition was observed between the forest and the eco-

tonal vegetation than between forest and, for instance,

miombo woodland. Shared species appear to occur mostly

as seedlings, and less so as trees, in those habitat types

to which they do not characteristically belong. Some of

these, such as Croton sylvaticus, Harunganci madagas-

cariensis and Bridelia micrantha are, however, true pio-

neers which thrive well under gap conditions in forests.

Ordination

Forest generally occurs in wetter environments, and sa-

vanna in drier ones (Backeus 1992). In Chirinda, the

amount of precipitation received from rainfall in the area

is lower than the normal requirement for forest develop-

ment. The extra moisture comes in the form of orographic

drizzle, made possible by several factors: the high ground,

the southeasterly aspect, and the tall trees which facilitate

the release of this extra moisture from the low clouds.

The southern section of the forest has shallower soils, but

a higher average altitude and receives more moisture from

the south-easterlies, advected in from the Mozambique

Channel, than the northern section. In general, Chirinda

receives up to 28% more moisture than the average of

192

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

five surrounding stations, much of which can be attributed

to orographic drizzle (Mapaure 1993).

Miornbo Woodland (Type VIII) was clearly classified

separately from the Acacia karroo-Heteropyxis dehniae

Woodland (Type V) by DCA but not by TWINSPAN. This

might have been due to the apparent importance attached

to Heteropyxis dehniae by TWINSPAN in Types V and

VIII, resulting in the recognition of these types as one.

Also of much interest, is the distance of separation be-

tween the dominant forest type [Chrysophyllum gorun-

gosanum-Myrianthus holstii Forest (Type II)] and the rest

of the non-forest types on the DCA ordination diagram.

The DCA distance between the stands represents the av-

erage standard deviation of the species turnover, where a

full species turnover occurs in about four DCA units

(Gauch 1982). Thus, the DCA units between the types in

Chirinda Forest represent about a 50% change in sample

species composition, indicating a more or less abrupt

change. This change may indicate the strength of geology

in determining the extent of the forest, since all forest

stands occurred on dolerite.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

I am grateful to the German Academic Exchange Serv-

ice (DA AD) who provided the funds to carry out this

research.

REFERENCES

ANON. 1977. Mean rainfall in Rhodesia. Rainfall Handbook No. 8.

Department of Meteorological Services, Salisbury.

BACKEUS, I. 1992. Distribution and vegetation dynamics of humid

savannas in Africa and Asia. Journal of Vegetation Science 3:

345-356.

CROOK, A.O. 1952. A preliminary vegetation map of the Melsetter

Intensive Conservation Area, Southern Rhodesia. Rhodesia Agri-

cultural Journal 53: 3-25.

DRUMMOND, R.B. & MAPAURE, I. 1994. List of flowering plants and

ferns. In J. Timberlake & P. Shaw, Chirinda Forest — a visitors'

guide: 135-154. Forestry Commission, Harare.

FURLEY, P.A. 1992. Edaphic changes at the forest-savanna boundary

with particular reference to the Neotropics. In P.A. Furley, J.

Proctor & J.A. Rutter, Nature and dynamics of forest-savanna

boundaries: 91-117. Chapman & Hall, London.

GAUCH, H.G. Jr. 1982. Multivariate analysis in community ecology.

Cambridge Press, Cambridge.

GOLDSMITH, B. 1976. The trees of Chirinda forest. The Rhodesia

Science News 10: 41-50.

HILL, M.O. 1979. TWINSPAN: a Fortran program for arranging multi-

variate data in an ordered two-way table by classification of the

individuals and attributes. Cornell University, Ithaca, New York.

HOPKINS, B. 1992. Ecological processes at the forest-savanna boundary.

In P.A. Furley, J. Proctor & J.A. Rutter, Nature and dytutmics of

forest-savanna boundaries: 21-33. Chapman & Hall, London.

MAPAURE, I. 1993. The ecology of Chirinda Forest boundary. M.Sc.

thesis. University of Zimbabwe, Harare.

MUELLER-DOMBOIS, D. & ELLENBERG, H. 197 4. Aims and meth-

ods of vegetation ecology. John Wiley, New York.

MULLER, T. 1991. Rainforests of Zimbabwe . Unpublished report. Na-

tional Herbarium and Botanic Garden, Department of Research

Specialist Services, Harare.

PHIPPS, J.B. & GOODIER, R 1962. A preliminary account of the plant

ecology of the Chimanimani Mountains. Journal of Ecology 50:

291-319.

RANNEY, J.W., BRUNER, M.C. & LEVENSON, J.B. 1981. The impor-

tance of edge in the structure and dynamics of forest islands. In

R L. Burgess, & D M. Sharpe, Forest island dynamics in man-

dominated landscapes: 67-95. Ecological Studies 41. Springer-

Verlag, New York.

SAYCE, K. 1987. Tabex Encyclopedia Zimbabwe. Quest Publishing,

Harare.

TIMBERLAKE, J., MULLER, T. & MAPAURE, I. 1994. Vegetation. In

J. Timberlake & P. Shaw, Chirinda Forest — a visitors' guide:

34-47. Forestry Commission, Harare.

WATSON, R.L.A. 1969. The geology of the Cashel, Melsetter and Chi-

pinga areas. Rhodesia Geological Sutvey Bulletin 60. Harare.

WHITE, F. 1978. The Afromontane region. In M.J.A. Werger, Biogeogra-

phy and ecology of southern Africa: 463-513. Junk, The Hague.

Bothalia 27.2 (1997)

193

'

Bothalia 27,2: 195-209 ( 1997)

Red Data List of southern African plants. 2. Corrections and additions

C. HILTON-TAYLOR*

Keywords: IUCN Red List categories. Red Data List, southern Africa

INTRODUCTION

This update to the Red Data List of southern African

plants (Hilton-Taylor 1996a) follows the same format as

that used in the first update (Hilton-Taylor 1996b).

However, a major change in the methodology used is the

application of the new IUCN Red List categories and cri-

teria (IUCN 1994). Wherever possible, all taxa added to

the Red Data List and all those which have a change in

status, have been evaluated using the new system in

addition to assigning an old IUCN Red List category.

The dual system of old and new IUCN categories will be

maintained, until all taxa listed as threatened have been

evaluated under the new system.

The new IUCN categories and criteria were devel-

oped to improve the objectivity in assessing the conser-

vation status of species, thereby improving consistency

between users. Although the new categories were devel-

oped after six years of research and broad consultation,

numerous problems with implementation and interpreta-

tion have emerged since their adoption by the IUCN

Council in 1994. At the IUCN World Conservation

Congress held in Montreal in October 1996, the IUCN’s

Species Survival Commission (SSC) was requested to

conduct a review of the new categories and criteria, espe-

cially their effectiveness and applicability to a wide

range of organisms, habitats and threatening processes.

Despite the problems encountered, the new criteria and

categories were effectively applied to produce the 1996

IUCN Red List of threatened animals (Baillie &

Groombridge 1996). Botanists are now being encour-

aged to apply the new system to plants in order to iden-

tify what problems they might encounter with the new

system. As a major contributor to the forthcoming 1997

IUCN Red List of threatened plants (Walter & Gillett in

press), the National Botanical Institute should lead the

way in southern Africa.

The new categories and criteria will be briefly

described here, so that the methodology, abbreviations

and terminology used in the update below can be under-

stood. This description must be used in conjunction with

the official IUCN Red List categories document (IUCN

1994). The description also draws extensively on the

summary published in Baillie & Groombridge (1996),

on various guidelines prepared for workshops on the

application of the new system (Baillie 1995, 1996;

Jenkins 1996) and the discussions held during those

workshops.

* Ecology and Conservation, National Botanical Institute, Private Bag

X7, Claremont, 7735 Cape Town.

MS received: 1997-07-14.

At the outset, it is essential to note that the new IUCN

categories and criteria are meant to be applied on a global

scale to determine the current global conservation status of

a taxon. They are not intended for use at a local, national

or regional level, unless the taxon concerned is endemic to

the area defined. The IUCN is currently developing a par-

allel system which can be applied at different biogeo-

graphic and geopolitical scales. This proviso is strictly

adhered to in the assessments presented below.

NEW IUCN RED LIST CATEGORIES

There are eleven well-defined categories and subcat-

egories in the new system. The definitions presented here

are from the official document (IUCN 1994):

Extinct (EX)

A taxon is Extinct when there is no reasonable doubt that

the last individual has died.

Extinct in the Wild (EW)

A taxon is Extinct in the Wild when it is known only to

survive in cultivation, in captivity or as a naturalized

population (or populations) well outside the past range.

A taxon is presumed Extinct in the Wild when exhaustive

surveys in known and/or expected habitat, at appropriate

times, throughout its historic range have failed to record

an individual. Surveys should be over a time frame

appropriate to the taxon’s life cycle and life form.

Critically Endangered (CR)

A taxon is Critically Endangered when it is facing an

extremely high risk of extinction in the wild in the imme-

diate future, as defined by any of the criteria A to E (see

Table 1).

Endangered (EN)

A taxon is Endangered when it is not Critically En-

dangered but is facing high risk of extinction in the wild

in the near future, as defined by any of the criteria A to E

(see Table 1).

Vulnerable (VU)

A taxon is Vulnerable when it is not Critically En-

dangered or Endangered but is facing a high risk of

extinction in the wild in the medium-term future, as

defined by any of the criteria A to E (see Table 1).

Lower Risk (LR)

A taxon is Lower Risk when it has been evaluated and

does not satisfy the criteria for any of the categories

Critically Endangered, Endangered or Vulnerable. Taxa

included in the Lower Risk category can be separated

into three subcategories:

196

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

1. Conservation Dependent (cd). Taxa which are the

focus of a continuing taxon-specific or habitat-specific

conservation programme targeted towards the taxon in

question, the cessation of which would result in the taxon

qualifying for one of the threatened categories above

within a period of five years.

2. Near Threatened (nt). Taxa which do not qualify for

Conservation Dependent, but which are close to qualify-

ing for Vulnerable.

3. Least Concern (lc). Taxa which do not qualify for

Conservation Dependent or Near Threatened.

Data Deficient (DD)

A taxon is Data Deficient when there is inadequate infor-

mation to make a direct or indirect assessment of its risk

of extinction based on distribution and/or population sta-

tus. A taxon in this category may be well studied, and its

biology well known, but appropriate data on abundance

and/or distribution is lacking. Data Deficient is therefore

not a category of threat or Lower Risk. Listing of taxa in

this category indicates that more information is required

and acknowledges the possibility that future research

will show that threatened classification is appropriate. It

is important to make positive use of whatever data are

available. In many cases great care should be exercised

in choosing between DD and threatened status. If the

range of a taxon is suspected to be relatively circum-

scribed, if a considerable period of time has elapsed

since the last record of the taxon, threatened status may

well be justified.

Not Evaluated (NE)

A taxon is Not Evaluated when it has not yet been

assessed against the criteria.

It is important to note that these new categories are

very different to those in the old system (Hilton-Taylor

1996a), so one cannot simply transfer a taxon from an

FIGURE 1— Diagram (from Baillie 1995) to evaluate the current status of a specific taxon. If a taxon is not classified according to this process

then it should be listed as Not Evaluated (NE).

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

197

old category to a new one without proceeding through

the evaluation process (see Figure 1). The only category

in the old system which may be regarded as analogous to

one in the new system is Insufficiently Known (K).

Provided no new information is available, taxa with this

status can be transferred to Data Deficient (DD).

Figure 1 illustrates the process that may be followed

in evaluating the status of a taxon, and Table 1 is a sum-

mary of the five criteria and many subcriteria which are

used in assigning threatened status. To list a taxon in any

of the categories of threat (Critically Endangered,

Endangered and Vulnerable), only one of the five crite-

ria (A to E) and required number of subcriteria need to be

met. A taxon should, however, be ascribed as many cri-

teria as are applicable for a specific category of threat. In

assigning a status, all the criteria met should be speci-

fied. For example, if a taxon is evaluated to be Critically

Endangered, its status could be recorded as follows: CR

A2cd, Bl+2de, C2a. Naturally many of the criteria for

the lower categories of Endangered and Vulnerable

would also be met in this case; these should not be spec-

ified. This listing of the criteria and subcriteria used, pro-

vides the reasoning for placing a taxon in a specific cat-

egory, and if questioned, the reasoning can be re-exam-

ined.

Before starting the evaluation of any taxon it is impor-

tant that the definitions of the following terms, as used in

the criteria, must be clearly understood: population, sub-

TABLE 1. — Summary of New IUCN Categories and Criteria (from Baillie & Groombridge 1996)

198

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

population, mature individuals, generation, continuing

decline, reduction, extreme fluctuation, severely frag-

mented, extent of occurrence, area of occupancy, location

and quantitative analysis. Space does not permit an expla-

nation here of all the terms used, so readers are referred

to the official document (IUCN 1994). It is important

though to note the difference between the terms popula-

tion and subpopulation. The population is defined as the

total number of individuals of the taxon (i.e. the global

population) whereas subpopulations are geographically

or otherwise distinct groups in the population between

which there is little genetic exchange. In all cases the

number of individuals refers to mature individuals, i.e.

only those which are capable of reproduction.

As the new IUCN Red List categories have been

applied by biologists working on widely different taxo-

nomic groups, differences in interpretation and/or appli-

cation of the new categories and criteria have emerged.

It is important to document these deviations from the

standards so that it is clear what is meant. For the assess-

ments presented below there are two slight deviations:

1) Taxa which are known only from an old type collec-

tion or only from a couple of old collections, have in the

past usually been allocated the status of Insufficiently

Known (K) or Indeterminate (I). If the most recent col-

lection was made more than fifty years ago and the taxon

was recorded from an area which is well collected and

frequently visited by botanists, then the taxon is classi-

fied as Extinct (EX) or Extinct in the Wild (EW) if there

are plants in cultivation. In most cases there have been

some attempts to relocate the taxon, but possibly not

with the exact rigor described under the definition of

Extinct. The possibility exists that these taxa, often

known only from very poor fragmentary specimens, arc

of hybrid origin, or may be unusual forms of currently

extant taxa. In most cases the material appears to be suf-

ficiently distinct to warrant recognition at some taxon

level. The loss of these taxa, although not necessarily

true species or subspecies, represents a loss of genetic

diversity and this loss should be recorded.

2) In using the category Lower Risk Conservation De-

pendent (LRcd), I have interpreted this to include the

conservation (preservation) of a habitat and all the diver-

sity within that habitat, i.e. a protected area like a nature

reserve or national park, rather than as a conservation

programme targeted specifically at the threatened taxon

concerned. This interpretation assumes that the manage-

ment programme for the area would not be deleterious to

the threatened taxon.

The corrections presented here pertain to the informa-

tion published in the Red Data List and its first update

(Hilton-Taylor 1996a, b). The additions are new records

which must be added to the List. Changes in the old

IUCN Red List category apply to both the local and

global level, unless otherwise specified. The new IUCN

Red List category only applies to the global level.

Although the new South African provinces are used here,

abbreviations for the old provinces are also given so that

the information is comparable to that in the published

List (Hilton-Taylor 1996a).

CORRECTIONS

1. Agathosma adenandriflora Schltr., although sus-

ceptible to grazing in parts of its range (A. Bean pers.

comm.), has a very wide distribution and is relatively

safe (D. McDonald & F. Powrie pers. comms.), therefore

its status should be changed from Insufficiently Known

(K) to not threatened (nt). New IUCN Red List category:

Lower Risk Least Concern (LRlc).

2. Under the additions to the Fabaceae in Hilton-

Taylor (1996b), number 6 was given as ‘ Amphithalea

ericifolia (L.) Eckl. & Zeyh. subsp. minima Granby’.

The subspecific name ‘ minima ' is incorrect and should

be changed to dninuta’.

3. Anginon sp. nov. ( Marloth 10278 PRE). The

Marloth specimen cited has been identified as A. inter-

medium I. Allison & B.-E.van Wyk ined. (Allison 1995).

The conservation status of this unpublished species has

not been assessed. The new species of Anginon which

the compiler of the Red Data List had in mind is now

called A. fruticosum I. Allison & B.-E.van Wyk ined. It is

a widespread and common species and its status locally

and globally should be changed to not threatened (nt) or

Lower Risk Least Concern (LRlc).

4. Angraecum chamaeanthus Schltr., recorded as not

threatened (nt) globally because of its wide distribution

in Africa, is considered to be Rare (R) in Mpumalanga

and Northern Province of the former Transvaal (T). The

species is also known from a number of scattered locali-

ties in KwaZulu-Natal (Manning & Wright 1982;

Manning 1983) where it is locally common. Status

change: not threatened (nt) to Rare (R) in KwaZulu-

Natal (KN). New IUCN Red List category: Lower Risk

Least Concern (LRlc).

5. Ansellia africana Lindl. was accidentally listed as

being globally Vulnerable (V). This should be changed

to not threatened (nt) because although it is threatened

over much of its range (Khayota 1993), there are still

extensive subpopulations which appear to be safe. In

terms of the new IUCN Red List categories Lower Risk

Least Concern (LRlc) may appear to be the logical

option, but in view of the continuing removal of plants

from the wild by collectors, Lower Risk Near Threatened

(LRnt) may be the better option.

6. Athanasia capitata (L.) L. once had a wide distrib-

ution occurring in Renosterveld vegetation on the lower

mountain slopes and Hats between Table Mountain and

the Koue Bokkeveld Mountains, Western Cape (C).

Today it is known only from a few Renosterveld rem-

nants which are coming under increasing pressure from

agricultural expansion (Low & Jones 1995). The status

of this species should be changed from Indeterminate (I)

to Vulnerable (V). New IUCN Red List category:

Vulnerable (VU C2a, D2). It is quite likely that if sub-

jected to a more detailed assessment that this species

would be placed in a higher threatened category.

7. Bolusiella maudiae (Bolus) Schltr. was mistakenly

thought to be endemic to KwaZulu-Natal (Stewart et al.

1982). The widespread tropical African species B. imbri-

cata (Rolfc) Schltr., is now considered to be conspecific

with B. maudiae, and is sunk into synonymy (Wood

1989). Under this expanded concept, B. maudiae is now

known to occur in the Ivory Coast, Ghana, Uganda,

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

199

Kenya, Tanzania, Malawi, Zambia and South Africa. Its

global status is therefore not threatened (nt) or Lower

Risk Least Concern (LRlc).

8. The global status of Catha edulis (Vahl) Forssk. ex

Endl. should be changed from a '?’ to not threatened (nt)

or Lower Risk Least Concern (LRlc).

9. The global status of Cheirostylis gymnochiloides

(Ridley) Rchb.f. was incorrectly given as Insufficiently

Known (K). This species has a fairly wide but disjunct

range, being recorded from South Africa, Swaziland,

Zimbabwe, Tanzania and Madagascar (Stewart et al.

1982; La Croix & Cribb 1995). It is unlikely to be threat-

ened across this entire range, so its global status should

be changed to not threatened (nt) or Lower Risk Least

Concern (LRlc).

10. The status of Corycium bifidum Sond. should be

changed from Indeterminate (I) to Endangered (E). This

species occurs on the lowlands of the Western Cape (C)

and is extremely difficult to find, as most subpopulations

have been destroyed by agricultural activities, or the sites

have been invaded by alien plants (W. Liltved pers.

comm.). New IUCN Red List category: Endangered (EN

B l+2cd).

11. The status of Corycium microglossum Lindl.

should be changed from Vulnerable (V) to Endangered

(E). It can no longer be found at many of its former local-

ities in the Western Cape (C) because of habitat destruc-

tion (W. Liltved pers. comm.). The largest subpopulation

is probably that at Riverlands Nature Reserve which

comprises only 30 plants. New IUCN Red List category:

Endangered (EN Bl+2bcd).

12. Corycium vestitum Sweet is considered to be a

synonym of C. orobanchioides (L.f.) Sw. (Linder in

prep.), a common weedy species in the Western Cape

(C). Its status locally and globally is not threatened (nt)

or Lower Risk Least Concern (LRlc).

13. When Craterostigma nanum (E.Mey. ex Benth.)

Wettst. var. nanum was included in the Red Data List,

there was considerable confusion about the correct

nomenclature, authorship of the name and distribution of

the taxon. Fischer (1992) decided that C. nanum was

conspecific with C. plantagineum Hochst. and placed it

into synonymy of that species. C. plantagineum is a very

common, widespread species occurring from India to

North Yemen and across Africa from Ethiopia to South

Africa. Its global status is therefore not threatened (nt),

but the local status in the Eastern Cape (C) and

KwaZulu-Natal (KN) remains unchanged, as all the

known subpopulations appear to be those previously

named as C. nanum. C. plantagineum should also be

recorded as not threatened (nt) for Botswana (B),

Namibia (N) and the former Transvaal (T) where it is

recorded in the Northern Province, Mpumalanga and

Gauteng. New IUCN Red List category: Lower Risk

Least Concern (LRlc).

14. Cryptadenia laxa C.H. Wright was recently trans-

ferred to Lachnaea laxa (C.H. Wright) Beyers (Beyers

1997). Although only known from a few collections,

most of which are old, it seems that this species occurs in

a restricted area on high mountains in the Western Cape

(C). From the collections it also appears to be a reseeder

(J. Beyers pers. comm.) and would therefore be vulnera-

ble to frequent fires. Although the status of this species

should possibly be changed, this is not done here because

the status of this and all the other Lachnaea species will

be re-assessed once the taxonomic revision of the genus

is complete.

15. Cyphostemma sp. nov. ( Abbott 1557 PRE) was

recently described as Cyphostemma rubroglandulosum

Retief & A.E.van Wyk (Relief & Van Wyk 1996). The

status of Insufficiently Known (K) for KwaZulu-Natal

(KN) should be changed to not threatened (nt) or Lower

Risk Least Concern (LRlc), as it is considered to be fair-

ly common and under no immediate threat (Retief & Van

Wyk 1996).

16. For Dinteranthus wilmotianus L. Bolus subsp.

impunctatus N. Sauer, the status of Rare (R) was omitted

from under Namibia (P. Craven pers. comm.; Sauer

1978).

17. The status of Disa begleyi L. Bolus should be

changed from Insufficiently Know-n (K) to Rare (R).

This is a very localized species, known only from a few

localities on the Hottentot’s Holland Mountains, Western

Cape (C). It is not possible to assign a category of threat

to this species in terms of the new IUCN Red List cate-

gories, because the number and size of the subpopula-

tions is not known. This species is only recorded after

fire and there are currently very few records of it. New

IUCN Red List category: Data Deficient (DD).

18. Disa brachyceras Lindl., although fairly wide-

spread in the Western Cape (C), is a very scarce and sel-

dom collected species (P. Linder pers. comm.). It is not

entirely clear if the lack of records is due to it being

inconspicuous (small size) or to rarity. However, given

the number of recorded localities and its occurrence at

high altitudes, the status of this species should be

changed from Insufficiently Known (K) to Rare (R).

New IUCN Red List category: a global status of Lower

Risk Near Threatened (LRnt) is considered appropriate

pending further population information.

19. Disa brevipetala H.P.Linder is known only from

two collections made near Kleinmond, Western Cape (C)

in 1942. As more than 50 years have elapsed without any

further records of this species, the status should be

changed from Rare (R) to Extinct (Ex). New IUCN Red

List category: EX.

20. The status of Disa cephalotes Rchb.f. subsp. frigi-

da (Schltr.) H.P.Linder, under KwaZulu-Natal (KN),

should be changed from a “?’ to Rare (R). This is a scarce

high altitude taxon from the Drakensberg. New IUCN

Red List category: Lower Risk Near Threatened (LRnt).

21. Disa extinctoria Rchb.f. has a fairly wide distrib-

ution in Mpumalanga and the Northern Province extend-

ing to Swaziland. Although it occurs in damp grasslands,

a habitat under threat, there appear to be sufficient sub-

populations in protected areas to ensure the safety of this

species. For the former Transvaal (T) the status should be

changed from Insufficiently Known (K) to Rare (R); and

200

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

for Swaziland (S) from Insufficiently Known (K) to

Vulnerable (V), as only a single subpopulation is known

from that area (K. Braun pers. comm.). The global status

should be changed from Insufficiently Known (K) to

Rare (R). New IUCN Red List category: Lower Risk

Near Threatened (LRnl).

22. Disa montana Sond. is now known to occur in

KwaZulu-Natal (KN) (Pietermaritzburg Orchid Society

1996). This species should be listed as Indeterminate (I)

for that region until further information is obtained on its

status. New IUCN Red List category: Data Deficient

(DD).

23. Disa ocellata Bolus, a Rare (R) species on the

Cape Peninsula (Hall & Ashton 1983), was considered to

be not threatened (nt) in Hilton-Taylor (1996a) as it was

also known from mountains around Paarl and from the

Swartberg range (Linder 1981a). The subpopulations on

Table Mountain are probably Extinct (P. Linder pers.

comm.) and the species is known only from a few recent

records, each comprising only one or two plants. The sta-

tus of D. ocellata may well be Vulnerable; however,

because of its apparently sporadic nature and its incon-

spicuous brown colouring, it should be listed as Rare (R).

There is also a recent record from the Kammanassie

Mountains (W. Liltved pers. comm.) which extends the

known distribution of this species considerably to the

east. New IUCN Red List category: Lower Risk Near

Threatened (LRnt).

24. Disa rhodantha Schltr. also occurs in the Eastern

Cape (C) where its status is Insufficiently Known (K).

New IUCN Red List category: Data Deficient (DD).

25. Disa sankeyi Rolfe was listed as not threatened

(nt) locally and globally because it was thought to have

a fairly wide distribution. Current records, however,

indicate that it is scarce throughout its range and can

only reliably be found in a few localities. Its status in

KwaZulu-Natal (KN) and Lesotho (L) should be

changed to Rare (R). Its status in the Free State (O)

should be changed to Indeterminate (I) as its occurrence

in this province has not been confirmed since the type

collection made by Sankey in the early 1900s some-

where near Harrismith (Linder 1981b). The species is

also known to occur in the northeastern extremity of the

Eastern Cape (C) where its status is also Rare (R). The

global status is therefore Rare (R). New IUCN Red List

category: Lower Risk Near Threatened (LRnt).

26. The status of Disa subtenuicornis H.P.Lindcr

should be changed from Rare (R) to Vulnerable (V) as it

is known only from a single subpopulation on the

Langeberg above Riversdale, Western Cape (C). New

IUCN Red List category: Vulnerable (VU Dl, D2).

27. The area of occupancy for Disa tenella (L.f.) Sw.

subsp. tenella has been greatly reduced in recent years by

habitat destruction as a result of agriculture, urbanization

and alien plant invasions. Its status should therefore be

changed from Rare (R) to Vulnerable (V) as the species is

increasingly being confined to small remnant sites. New

IUCN Red List category: Vulnerable (VU B l+2bcd).

28. Disa tysonii Bolus has a very wide scattered dis-

tribution, which makes it dilficult to evaluate its status. It

would appear that the Lesotho (L) subpopulations are

threatened by overgrazing (S. Talukdar pers. comm.); its

status should therefore be changed from the hybrid cate-

gory R/V to Vulnerable (V). In KwaZulu-Natal (KN), it

appears to be fairly localized with low numbers in each

subpopulation, so its status should be changed from a “?’

to Rare (R). New IUCN Red List category; Lower Risk

Near Threatened (LRnt).

29. A typesetting error in Hilton-Taylor (1996a)

resulted in the name of the second species of Disperis

being cut off. The full name should read as follows:

Disperis bolusiana Schltr. ex Bolus subsp. tnacrocorys

(Rolfe) J.C. Manning.

30. Recent records indicate that Disperis concinna

Schltr. is fairly scarce throughout its range. Its status in

KwaZulu-Natal (KN) should be changed from not threat-

ened (nt) to Rare (R). The species is known only from a

single collection in Mpumalanga (T) made late last cen-

tury, hence its status there should be changed from

Insufficiently Known (K) to Indeterminate (I) as it is at

least very Rare if not Extinct in that area. Sightings of

this species in the Wakkerstroom area have been report-

ed by amateur orchidologists; however, no positive evi-

dence of its occurrence has been presented. The species

also occurs in eastern Zimbabwe where it is Rare. The

global status should therefore be changed from

Insufficiently Known (K) to Rare (R). New IUCN Red

List category: Lower Risk Near Threatened (LRnt).

31. Dombeya rotundifolia (Hochst.) Planch, var.

velutina I.Verd. is a synonym of D. rotundifolia

(Hochst.) Planch. (Seyani 1991). It has a wide distribu-

tion across Africa (including Botswana, Free State, Gau-

teng, KwaZulu-Natal, Mpumalanga, Namibia, North-

West province. Northern Province, Swaziland) and is not

threatened (nt) in any part of its range. New IUCN Red

List category: Lower Risk Least Concern (LRlc).

32. The global status of Ensete ventricosum (Welw.)

Cheesman was incorrectly given as Indeterminate (I).

This should be changed to not threatened (nt) or Lower

Risk Least Concern (LRlc) as it is a widespread species

occurring across Africa from Ethiopia to the northern

parts of South Africa (Baker & Simmonds 1953). It is of

local conservation concern in certain areas, but is not

threatened everywhere.

33. Eulophia holubii Rolfe was thought to be endem-

ic to the ESA region (Hall et al. 1980); however, it is now

known to occur in Angola, Zambia and Zimbabwe (Hall

in prep.). Although its status has not been evaluated in

these other countries, it is unlikely to be threatened

throughout its range. The global status should therefore

be changed from Indeterminate (I) to not threatened (nt)

or Lower Risk Least Concern (LRlc).

34. Eulopliia leachii Greatrex ex A.V.Hall has a high-

ly scattered distribution, occurring in Namibia, South

Africa (KwaZulu-Natal, Mpumalanga, Northern Pro-

vince) and Zimbabwe. In all these regions, only a few

localities are known although the species was recorded

as forming large colonies (Hall 1965). Many of these

localities have been transformed by agricultural activi-

ties in recent years. The global status was given as

Bothalia 27.2 (1997)

201

Vulnerable (V), but as the status in most of the above

areas is Indeterminate (I) the global status should also be

changed to this. New IUCN Red List category: Data

Deficient (DD).

35. Euphorbia berotica N.E.Br. is not endemic to the

FSA region; it occurs in Angola where, judging by its

scattered distribution, it appears to be Rare (R) (Leach

1975).

36. A subspecies of Euphorbia grandicornis Goebel

ex N.E.Br. (subsp. sejuncta L.C. Leach) occurs in

Mozambique, therefore the name of the taxon listed

should be corrected to subsp. grandicornis. This taxon

also occurs in Mpumalanga and on the borders of the

Northern Province (T) where it is considered to be not

threatened (nt). New IUCN Red List category: Lower

Risk Least Concern (LRlc).

37. Euphorbia hottentota Marloth also occurs in

Namibia (N) (Williamson 1996) where it is considered to

be Rare (R).

38. For Gardenia thunbergia L.f., the author name

should be changed from L.f. to Thunb., as G. thunbergia

L.f. is a later homonym.

39. The status of Habenaria bicolor Conrath &

Kraenzl. in Swaziland (S) should be changed from

Insufficiently Known (K) to Indeterminate (I) as there

appear to be no recent records from that area. The

species also occurs in Zimbabwe where it is Rare (R),

hence its global status remains unchanged.

40. The status of Habenaria kraenzliniana Schltr. in

KwaZulu-Natal (KN) should be changed from a *?’ to

Insufficiently Known (K). There appear to be no recent

collections of this species from that area, but further

information is required before assigning a higher threat-

ened status.

41. In Hilton-Taylor (1996b) the spelling of

Haworthia mcmurtryi C.L. Scott was corrected to H.

macmurtryi in accordance with ICBN Article 60C.4.

However, Scott (1996) correctly points out that this is

not an Article but a Recommendation and that because

he intended the name to be spelt without the ‘a’,

mcmurtryi is orthographically correct.

42. The status of Herschelianthe forcipata (Schltr.)

Rauschert should be changed from Indeterminate (I) to

Extinct (Ex), as it has not been recorded again since the

type collection was made somewhere in the southern

Cape (C) last century. New IUCN Red List category:

EX.

43. The status of Herschelianthe lugens (Bolus)

Rauschert var. nigrescens (H.P.Linder) N.C. Anthony

should be changed from Indeterminate (I) to Endangered

(E) as indicated by Everard (1988). This taxon is known

only from a single locality in the Eastern Cape (C) com-

prising one subpopulation of probably less than 50 plants

(Linder 1989). The population was protected by the own-

ers (Linder 1989), but any change in ownership and sub-

sequent development would result in the extinction of

this taxon. New IUCN Red List category: could be

Critically Endangered, but as no recent population infor-

mation is available it is best classified as Endangered

(EN C2b, D).

44. The status of Herschelianthe newdigateae

(L. Bolus) N.C. Anthony should be changed from

Insufficiently Known (K) to Vulnerable (V). The species

may even be Endangered as it is only known from a few

collections made in the area between Nature’s Valley and

Plettenberg Bay, Eastern Cape (C). Expanding develop-

ments in this area have probably affected this species.

New IUCN Red List category: Vulnerable (VU Dl, D2).

45. Herschelianthe venusta (Bolus) Rauschert has a

wide but very disjunct distribution, being recorded in the

Western Cape (C) from the Cape Peninsula and Betty’s

Bay-Hermanus area, and then on the Hogsback Moun-

tains in the Eastern Cape. The Cape Peninsula subpopu-

lations are probably Extinct because of urban expansion

and the Betty’s Bay-Hermanus subpopulations have also

been severely affected by coastal developments. No

additional records have been obtained from the Eastern

Cape. The status of this species should be changed from

Insufficiently Known (K) to Vulnerable (V). New IUCN

Red List category: Vulnerable (VU Dl, D2).

46. Holothrix culveri (Schltr.) Bolus is known only

from the type collection made by Culver in September

1 890 near Barberton in Mpumalanga (Immelman 1996).

As this distinctive species has not been recollected for

more than fifty years, its status locally (T) and globally

should be changed from Insufficiently Known (K) to

Extinct (Ex). New IUCN Red List category: EX.

47. Holothrix longicornu G.I.Lewis, which apparent-

ly occurred in the Port Elizabeth area of the Eastern Cape

(C), has not been recollected for more than fifty years

(Immelman 1996). The Port Elizabeth area has been rel-

atively well explored by botanists, and as much of the

area has been transformed by urban developments, its

status locally and globally should be changed from

Insufficiently Known (K) to Extinct (Ex). New IUCN

Red List category: EX.

48. The occurrence of both Holothrix macowaniana

Rchb.f. and H. micrantha Schltr. in Zimbabwe (Gros-

venor 1976; La Croix & Cribb 1995), was overlooked in

the previous Red Data List. They are therefore not

endemic to the FSA region. The status of both species in

Zimbabwe is Insufficiently Known (K); the global status

therefore remains unchanged.

49. Holothrix majubensis C. & R.H. Archer ined. has

now been published (Archer & Archer 1996); the ‘ined.’

portion can therefore be deleted.

50. The global status of Holothrix randii Rendle

should be changed from Insufficiently Known (K) to not

threatened (nt) or Lower Risk Least Concern (LRlc). The

species is known to occur in Zimbabwe (where it appears

to be fairly scarce) and in Kenya and Tanzania (La Croix

& Cribb 1995).

5 1 . The presence of Holothrix villosa Lindl. var. con-

densata (Sond.) Immelman in the Transvaal (T) as indi-

cated by the ‘?’ and following Arnold & De Wet (1993),

is incorrect and should be deleted (Immelman 1996).

202

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

52. Imitaria muirii N.E.Br. was accidentally listed

and should be deleted. It is a synonym of Gibbaeum

nebrownii Tischer, which is listed as Insufficiently

Known (K).

53. Lobostemon bolus ii Levyns and L. inconspicuus

Levyns are considered to be conspecific with L. capita-

tus (L.) H.Buek (M. Buys pers. comm.). Although this

species has a fairly wide distribution it is threatened

throughout its range by habitat destruction (M. Buys

pers. comm.). It is currently known only from a few very

small groups of plants on the Tygerberg Hills (J. Wood

pers. comm.), a single subpopulation near Wellington, a

subpopulation on the Gordon’s Bay flats (= L. bolusii )

which is probably Extinct and a few scattered individu-

als (= L. inconspicuus ) near Bredasdorp (M. Buys pers.

comm.). This Western Cape (C) species remains listed as

Vulnerable (V). New IUCN Red List category:

Endangered (EN C2a, D).

54. The status of Lobostemon collinus Schltr. ex

C.H. Wright should be changed from Rare (R) to

Endangered (E) as it is currently only known from 20-30

plants in a single subpopulation straddling two farms in

the Bredasdorp area (M. Buys pers. comm.). New IUCN

Red List category: Critically Endangered (CR C2b, D).

55. The status of Lobostemon gracilis Levyns should

be changed from Insufficiently Known (K) to Vulnerable

(V). It is currently only known from a single subpopula-

tion comprising 50-60 plants near Robertson (M. Buys

pers. comm.). The species is not given a higher status

under the old IUCN system, because the subpopulation

appears to be relatively secure from agricultural activi-

ties, and other subpopulations may still survive else-

where. However, any agricultural activity in the area

would rapidly change the status quo. The type locality for

this species lies under the Brandvlei Dam (M. Buys pers.

comm.). New IUCN Red List category: Endangered (EN

C2b, D).

56. Lobostemon horridus Levyns is now considered

to be conspecific with L. paniculatus (Thunb.) H.Buek

(Buys & Van der Walt 1997). L. paniculatus is a common

fairly widespread species in the Western Cape (C) which

should be listed as not threatened (nt) or Lower Risk

Least Concern (LRlc).

57. The status of Lobostemon lucidus (Lehm.)

H.Buek should be changed from Insufficiently Known

(K) to Rare (R). Only two subpopulations are known, but

both are large and one is in the De Hoop Nature Reserve

(M. Buys pers. comm.). New IUCN Red List category:

Lower Risk Conservation Dependent (LRcd) is probably

appropriate, provided that the total number of mature

plants exceeds 1000 individuals.

58. The status of Lobostemon muirii Levyns should

be changed from Insufficiently Known (K) to Rare (R).

Only two subpopulations of this species are currently

known, both on the northern slopes of the Langeberg.

Although the populations are small they do not appear to

be under any immediate threat (M. Buys & D. McDonald

pers. comms.). New IUCN Red List category: Vulner-

able (VU C2a, D2).

59. Merremia dissecta (Jacq.) Hallier f. is incorrectly

listed as an endemic Rare (R) species from KwaZulu-

Natal (KN). The occurrence of this taxon is an error

which has been perpetuated since the publication of The

Flora of Natal (Ross 1972: 295). It is an introduced

species from the Americas which was grown in the

Durban Botanic Garden (Welman 1997) and should be

regarded as not threatened (nt). A new IUCN Red List

category is not appropriate here as the species is not

indigenous to the region.

60. The status of Monadenia pygmaea (Bolus) T.Du-

rand & Schinz should be changed from Insufficiently

Known (K) to Rare (R). It occurs mainly on the flats

between the Cape Peninsula and Bredasdorp. Much of the

lowland habitat is lost or disappearing, but good subpop-

ulations can still be found in some areas after a fire. New

IUCN Red List category: Lower Risk Near Threatened

(LRnt); as habitat destruction continues, it will probably

move into the Vulnerable category in the near future.

61. Mossia intervallaris (L. Bolus) N.E.Br. was

recorded in Hilton-Taylor (1996a) as occurring in the

Transvaal only. This is incorrect, as there are historical

and recent records from other provinces (Smith et al.

1997). Unfortunately, Smith et al. (1997) do not provide

any information on the number or size of the extant pop-

ulations, but they do state that they consider it to be a

Rare species which is at risk from unexpected threats

such as extensive granite mining. Given this information,

the status and distribution of the species should be

amended as follows: Rare in the Eastern Cape (C),

Lesotho (L), Free State (O), Gauteng and Mpumalanga

(T). It is difficult to evaluate the species in terms of the

new IUCN Red List categories; however, given its fairly

wide distribution range and the high probability that it

may occur at other sites and that it is known to occur in

a conservation area, its classification as Lower Risk Near

Threatened (LRnt) seems appropriate. Field assessment

of all the known localities is required to confirm this. It

should also be noted that a proposal to conserve the

generic and species names against earlier homonyms has

recently been published (Smith & Hartzer 1997).

62. Nemesia fruticans (Thunb.) Benth. also occurs in

Botswana (B), Lesotho (L), Namibia (N) and Zimbabwe

and is therefore not endemic to the FSA region (Philcox

1990: 11). It is also not threatened (nt) in all these coun-

tries. New IUCN Red List category: Lower Risk Least

Concern (LRlc).

63. The spelling of the specific name of Nerine

masonorum L. Bolus is an orthographic error and should

be changed to N. masoniorum in accordance with ICBN

Article 60. 1 1 . This orthographic error was in fact correc-

ted by Barker (1935), but overlooked subsequently. This

species is known currently only from a single locality in

the Eastern Cape (C) where it is very abundant. Unfortu-

nately this locality is being placed under increasing threat

because of an expanding settlement nearby (E. Cloete pers.

comm.). The species is, however, known to have occurred

at other sites in the region and these need to be investigat-

ed before changing the status to a higher category.

64. The status of Nerine platypetala MacNeil (note

author correction), for Mpumalanga (T), should be chang-

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

203

ed from a ? to Rare (R) as, although abundant, it is con-

fined to wetlands in a very localized area (R. Archer

pers. comm.). Part of the population is in a conservation

area. The future of the species is very dependent on a

continued wetlands conservation programme for the area

(Craib 1996). The occurrence of this species in the Free

State (O) has not been reconfirmed, so its status there

and globally remains unchanged. New IUCN Red List

category: Lower Risk Conservation Dependent (LRcd).

65. The spelling of Othonna cakilefolia DC. is incor-

rect and should be corrected to O. cakilifolia (Rowley

1994).

66. According to Rowley (1994), Othonna pinnatilo-

bata Sch.Bip. is a synonym of O. retrofracta Jacq. The

latter is the earliest name for what is probably a single

widespread but highly variable species, rather than a

number of separate species (Rowley 1994). Its status is

not threatened (nt) locally (the species also occurs in

Namibia) and globally. New IUCN Red List category:

Lower Risk Least Concern (LRlc).

67. The status of Oxalis comptonii Salter in the

Western Cape (C) should be changed from Insufficiently

Known (K) to not threatened (nt). N. Helme (pers.

comm.) has found that the species is fairly abundant

(more than 1000 plants) and frequently co-occurs with

O. oculifera (see below). New IUCN Red List category:

provisionally classified as Lower Risk Near Threatened

(LRnt) as it is not as abundant as O. oculifera and

appears to be more restricted in its distribution.

68. Oxalis extensa Salter also occurs in Namibia (P.

Craven pers. comm.) where its status is also Insuffi-

ciently Known (K). New IUCN Red List category: Data

Deficient (DD).

69. The status of Oxalis oculifera E.G.H.Oliv. should

be changed from Rare (R) to not threatened (nt). This

species was known until recently only from the type

locality, however, recent field work by Nick Helme on

the Matsikamma Mountain in the Western Cape (C), has

shown this to be a very common and abundant species.

N. Helme (pers. comm.) estimates that there are over

10 000 plants and that many of these are safe from agri-

cultural activities, particularly ploughing, as they grow

in cracks and gaps between the extensive sandstone rock

sheets found on the mountain. In terms of the new IUCN

Red List categories, the species could qualify as

Vulnerable (VU) under the D2 criterion because of its

very restricted area of occupancy. However, because of

the large numbers present, its capacity to reproduce veg-

etatively and because agricultural activities, including

trampling by livestock, are unlikely to have much

impact, the species is listed as Lower Risk Least Concern

(LRlc).

70. Ozoroa insignis Delile subsp. latifolia (Engl.)

R.Fern. is not endemic to the FSA region as it is also

recorded from Angola, Cabinda and the Congo Republic

(Fernandes 1966). Its status remains unchanged.

71. The status of Pachites appressa Lindl. should be

changed from Indeterminate (I) to Rare (R). This scarce

species is confined to very localized places on mountain

slopes in the Western Cape (C) but it can appear in fair-

ly large numbers after fire. As no population size esti-

mates are available it is difficult to evaluate this species

using the new IUCN Red List categories; however,

Lower Risk Near Threatened (LRnt) may be the most

appropriate for now.

72. The name Pelargonium namaquense Knuth

should be changed to P. bubonifolium (Andrews) Pers.

(Marais 1997). Although this species is fairly abundant,

its status remains unchanged for the present because of

its very localized occurrence.

73. Petalidium crispum A.Meeuse ex P.G.Mey. also

occurs in Angola (P. Craven pers. comm.) and is there-

fore not endemic to the FSA region. Very little informa-

tion on the species in Angola is available; its status is

therefore also Insufficiently Known (K). New IUCN Red

List category: Data Deficient (DD).

74. Platylepis glandulosa (Lindl.) Rchb.f. was incor-

rectly listed as P. glandulosa Rchb.f. The author names

should be corrected.

75. Polygala esterae Chodat is considered by Paiva

(1993) to be a synonym of Polygala gazensis Baker f., a

widespread species recorded from Zimbabwe, Mozam-

bique, KwaZulu-Natal (KN) and the Eastern Cape (C).

Judging from the number of herbarium collections it

would appear to be not threatened (nt) globally and

locally, although its status in some areas may require

reassessment. New IUCN Red List category: Lower Risk

Least Concern (LRlc).

76. Polygala galpinii Hook.f. will be transferred to

Heterosamara galpinii (Hook.f.) Paiva ined. (Paiva

1993). This is a poorly known species and until its status

in Mpumalanga (T) and Swaziland (S) is checked, its

global status should be corrected to Insufficiently Known

(K). New IUCN Red List category: Data Deficient (DD).

77. Polygala lasiosepala Levyns is also recorded

from the Liideritz area in Namibia (N) (Paiva 1993). As

only one collection is known so far, its status in Namibia

should be Insufficiently Known (K). This species has a

very unusual disjunct distribution pattern being recorded

from Liideritz, the Kamiesberg and from near

Clanwilliam. All the collections are old, dating from last

or early this century. New IUCN Red List category: Data

Deficient (DD).

78. Paiva (1993) proposed that Polygala microlopha

DC. var. gracilis Levyns be given specific status and has

named it as Polygala levynsiana Paiva ined. Its status

remains unchanged.

79. Polygala natalensis Chodat is considered by

Paiva (1993) to be a synonym of Poly gala serpentaria

Eckl. & Zeyh. The status of this species is difficult to

evaluate from the herbarium collections as none of them

have been curated according to Paiva’s revision. It

appears to have a fairly wide but scattered distribution

occurring in the Eastern Cape (C), KwaZulu-Natal (KN),

Free State (O) and in Gauteng, Mpumalanga and the

Northern Province of the former Transvaal (T). The

occurrence of this species in threatened grassland areas

204

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

and the fact that it is offered for sale at informal medici-

nal plant markets in Durban (R. Williams pers. comm.)

indicates that it could still be of conservation concern.

The species also occurs in bushveld areas where it

appears to be relatively safe (K. Balkwill pers. comm.).

The local status in all the above regions and globally

should therefore be changed to Insufficiently Known (K)

until further information is available for assessment.

New IUCN Red List category: Data Deficient (DD).

80. Poly st achy a albescens Ridl. subsp. imbricata

(Rolfe) Summerh. has been discovered in forests in

southern KwaZulu-Natal (KN) (Pietermaritzburg Orchid

Society 1996) and it should be listed as Rare (R) for that

region.

81. The status of Polystachya zuluensis L. Bolus in

Swaziland (S) should be changed from Insufficiently

Known (K) to Indeterminate (I). This Lebombo endemic

is known from at least two subpopulations in Swaziland

and should probably be listed as Rare, but an assessment

of the species in the field is required.

82. Psoralea abbottii C.H. Stilt, ined. is now pub-

lished (Stirton 1995) and the ‘ined.’ portion can be delet-

ed. The status of this species remains Rare (R) following

the old IUCN Red List categories, but in terms of the

new categories it would be listed as Lower Risk

Conservation Dependent (LRcd).

83. The Eastern Cape (C) subpopulation of Raspalia

trigyna (Schltr.) Dummer is now Extinct (Ex) and the

KwaZulu-Natal (KN) subpopulation was also thought to

be heading the same way, as the only wild plant appeared

senescent (Arkell 1995). However, Arkell (1996) has

subsequently discovered another healthy individual.

Attempts to cross-pollinate the healthy wild plant with

the four plants propagated from cuttings from the

Eastern Cape subpopulation and planted in the Um-

tamvuna Nature Reserve, have been unsuccessful so far

(J. de Lange pers. comm.). Attempts are now being made

to root some more cuttings from the healthy wild plant,

but initial attempts have failed (J. de Lange pers.

comm.). New IUCN Red List category: Critically

Endangered (CR Ala, Bl+2bde, C2a, D).

84. The status of Satyrium microrrhynchum Schltr. in

KwaZulu-Natal (KN), should be changed from a *?’ to

Rare (R). There are an increasing number of records

from KwaZulu-Natal, but usually only of single plants.

This is a high altitude species occurring along the

Drakensberg escarpment from the Eastern Cape (C) to

Mpumalanga (T). Records in the latter area are also very

scarce; therefore its status under ‘T’ should be

Insufficiently Known (K). New IUCN Red List catego-

ry: Data Deficient (DD).

85. Satyrium princeps Bolus occurs on coastal dunes

between Wilderness and Port Alfred in the Eastern Cape

(C), however, most of the subpopulations have been

destroyed by coastal developments or through invasions

by alien plant species (J. Vlok & W. Lillved pers.

comms.). The status should be changed from Inde-

terminate (I) to Vulnerable (V). New IUCN Red List cat-

egory: Vulnerable (VU Bl+2acd). This species could

well become Critically Endangered if no subpopulations

occur in a conservation area.

86. Hall (1982) considered Satyrium rhodanthum

Schltr. to be a hybrid species (Satyrium longicauda

Lindl. var. longicauda x S. neglectum Schltr. subsp.

woodii (Schltr.) A.V.Hall) because it was only known

from a single subpopulation at the time. Two new sub-

populations have since been found (G. Mardon pers.

comm.) some distance from the first, and the available

evidence suggests that S. rhodanthum should be recog-

nized as a true species (H. Kurzweil pers. comm.). The

original subpopulation and one of the other new ones

have both been destroyed by afforestation for commer-

cial timber plantations (G. Mardon pers. comm.). The

only subpopulation known to survive comprises approx-

imately 1000 plants, and it too is under threat from

afforestation (G. Mardon pers. comm.). The name of this

species should be reinstated and its status changed from

not threatened (nl) to Endangered (E) in KwaZulu-Natal

(KN) and globally. New IUCN Red List category:

Endangered (EN Bl+B2abde, C2b).

87. The status of Schizochilus cecilii Rolfe subsp.

transvaalensis (Rolfe) H.P.Linder should be changed

from Insufficiently Known (K) to Rare (R). Although it

has a fairly wide distribution along the Drakensberg

escarpment in Mpumalanga and the Northern Province

(T) some subpopulations have been affected by

afforestation. New IUCN Red List category: Lower Risk

Conservation Dependent (LRcd). If the escarpment is

not protected against further afforestation and develop-

ment this species will rapidly move into a higher catego-

ry.

88. The status of Schizochilus crenulatus H.P.Linder

should be changed from Insufficiently Known (K) to

Vulnerable (V). This species has a restricted distribution,

occurring in a small area on the Drakensberg escarpment

in Mpumalanga (T). It grows in a very sensitive habitat

on the edges of Black Reef Quartzite rock flushes, in

damp conditions, usually in association with moss (Lin-

der 1980). Afforestation of the surrounding grasslands

will undoubtedly affect these seepages as will further

tourist developments at places such as Mac Mac Falls.

New IUCN Red List category: Vulnerable (VU D2).

89. Schizochilus lilacinus Schelpe ex H.P.Linder, con-

fined to a small area near Lydenburg, Mpumalanga (T),

should have its status changed from Insufficiently

Known (K) to Vulnerable (V). Afforestation of the grass-

lands in this area is posing a threat to this species. New

IUCN Red List category: Vulnerable (VU D2).

90. A series of short notes culminating in a recent

overview of the taxa in the genus Schwantesia (Zim-

mermann 1996a) has enabled a re-assessment of the sta-

tus of the taxa listed as threatened. S. acutipetala

L. Bolus, although abundant, occurs in a fairly confined

area, so its status should be changed both locally and

globally from the hybrid category of Rare/Vulnerable

(R/V) to Rare (R) or Lower Risk Near Threatened

(LRnt). The status of S. borcherdsii L. Bolus, S. pillansii

L. Bolus and S. ruedebuschii Dinter remains unchanged.

The information and status for S. succumbens (Dinter)

Dinter, need to be corrected. S. speciosa L. Bolus, was

listed as a synonym of S. succumbens (Hilton-Taylor

1996a), but until conclusive evidence for this conspeci-

ficity is obtained, the two taxa should rather be consid-

Bothalia 27.2 (1997)

205

ered separately (Zimmermann 1996a). S. succumbens is

a relatively poorly known species which at this stage

appears to be endemic to Namibia (N) (Zimmermann

1996a). Its scarcity (it has only ever been collected

twice, once in 1924 and again in 1994) and localized

nature indicate that it should be given a status of Rare

(R). S. speciosa on the other hand, was previously con-

sidered to be threatened (Hall & Veldhuis 1985), but is

now known to occur in fairly large subpopulations in the

Northern Cape (C) and should therefore be regarded as

not threatened (nt) or Lower Risk Least Concern (LRlc).

The search for S. succumbens resulted in the discovery of

a new and scarce species which is added to the list (see

below). S. triebneri L. Bolus, is considered to be a syn-

onym of S. pillansii (Zimmermann 1996a), so should be

deleted from the list. As complete information on popu-

lation numbers, sizes, and distribution is not yet avail-

able, all these taxa have not been evaluated in terms of

the new IUCN Red List categories.

91. The name Senecio expansus Harv. was found to be

a later homonym and the species was therefore renamed

as S. anapetes C. Jeffrey (Jeffrey 1992). The name should

be corrected and its status remains unchanged.

92. The status of Siphonochilus aethiopicus

(Schweinf.) B.L.Burtt under KwaZulu-Natal (KN)

should be changed from Endangered (E) to Extinct (Ex)

as it has not been collected in the wild since the turn of

this century (Gordon-Gray et al. 1989). It seems likely

that S. aethiopicus was introduced into Swaziland and

KwaZulu-Natal as a cultivated plant (Williams et al.

1996).

93. The taxonomic affinities of Sonderina streyi

Merxm. have been investigated (Allison 1995) and the

species is now included under the genus Anginon as A.

streyi (Merxm.) Allison & B.-E.van Wyk ined. Its status

remains unchanged.

94. Staavia brownii Dummer, was known until recent-

ly from only four old collections (the last being in 1952),

two of which were from unknown localities. Attempts to

relocate the species by several botanists proved unsuc-

cessful and it was listed as Extinct (Ex) in Hilton-Taylor

(1996a). It is interesting to note that Dummer in his

description of the species (1912: 29) commented ‘...it is

significant that in recent years this plant has not been

rediscovered, despite its reputed size and its occurrence

on the Hottentot’s Holland Range, a locality favoured by

many field-botanists, which suggests that, like many

other endemic types, it has suffered extinction’. A new

subpopulation of approximately 400 plants was recently

discovered by Mark Johns in a 3 ha area within the

boundaries of the Kogelberg Nature Reserve, Western

Cape (C). The plants, unless in flower, are very incon-

spicuous, and could easily be overlooked, so there is a

strong possibility that other subpopulations may exist.

Unfortunately, the area where the species was found is an

ideal site for a dam and the species would be inundated

if such a dam were ever built. Despite this exciting redis-

covery, the status of the species is by no means secure

and its status should only be changed from Extinct (Ex)

to Endangered (E). New IUCN Red List category: En-

dangered (EN C2a).

95. The status of Thesium davidsoniae Brenan should

be changed from Insufficiently Known (K) to Rare (R).

This is a dolomite endemic from the Pilgrim's Rest area

in the Northern Province (T). Although it is very local-

ized it is apparently fairly common and under no imme-

diate threat (P. Burgonye pers. comm.). New IUCN Red

List category: Lower Risk Near Threatened (LRnt); any

change in land use could push this species into a threat-

ened category.

96. The status of Thesium gracilentum N.E.Br. under

Swaziland (S) should be changed from a “?’ to Insuf-

ficiently Known (K).

97. The status of Thesium jeaniae Brenan under

KwaZulu-Natal (KN) should be changed from a *?’ to

Insufficiently Known (K). This species was erroneously

recorded as occurring in the Transvaal, so the 'K’ under

‘T’ should be deleted. New IUCN Red List category:

Data Deficient (DD).

98. Thesium leptocaule Sond. was thought to be only

known from the Uitenhage-Port Elizabeth area in the

Eastern Cape, but according to herbarium records is now

considered to be widespread and fairly common in both

the Eastern and Western Cape (C). Its status should be

changed from Insufficiently Known (K) to not threat-

ened (nt). New IUCN Red List category: Lower Risk

Least Concern (LRlc).

99. Tridentea marientalensis (Nel) L.C. Leach subsp.

marientalensis also occurs in Namibia (N) where it is not

threatened (nt) (P. Craven pers. comm.) and in Botswana

(B) where its status is not known (?). Its global status

remains unchanged. New IUCN Red List category: Low-

er Risk Least Concern (LRlc).

100. The status of Tritoniopsis elongata (L. Bolus)

G.J. Lewis should be changed from Indeterminate (I) to

Vulnerable (V). T. elongata is confined to only a few

Renosterveld fragments on the Western Cape (C) low-

lands in the Paarl-Wellington area. One of these remnant

patches at Joostenbergkloof was recently ploughed

(Hilton-Taylor 1996c). New IUCN Red List Category:

Vulnerable (VU Bl+2bcd, D2).

101. Tromotriche aperta (Masson) Sweet also occurs

in Namibia (N), but as it is only known from a single

locality, its status for that region is Rare (R). The global

status remains unchanged. New IUCN Red List catego-

ry: Lower Risk Least Concern (LRlc).

102. The occurrence of Tromotriche ruschiana

(Dinter) Bruyns in the Cape (C) is incorrect and should

be deleted. The species is endemic to Namibia (N).

103. The description of Tylecodon sulphureus (Toel-

ken) Toelken var. armianus Van Jaarsv. was overlooked

when compiling the Red Data List (Van Jaarsveld 1990).

The species listed in Hilton-Taylor (1996a) as Rare (R)

is the typical variety and because it is fairly common and

not under any threat (E. van Jaarsveld pers. comm.),

should be reclassified as not threatened (nt). T. sul-

phureus var. armianus is also not threatened (E. van

Jaarsveld pers. comm.). The new IUCN Red List catego-

ry for both of these taxa is Lower Risk Least Concern

(LRlc).

206

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

104. The synonym Urginea minor A.V.Duthie was

accidentally listed in Hilton-Taylor (1996a) as Inde-

terminate (I) despite being included in the list of syn-

onyms (see Appendix 3). It should therefore be deleted.

The correct entry is under Drimia minor (A.V.Duthie)

Jessop.

105. Watsonia strictiflora Ker Gawl. is known to have

occurred in Renosterveld vegetation at several sites on

the lower mountain slopes and flats between Stellen-

bosch, Durbanville and Paarl, Western Cape (C). As

most of the localities where the species previously

occurred had been transformed by cultivation and urban

development. Hall & Veldhuis (1985) listed the status of

this species as Unknown (K). Following the information

presented in Goldblatt (1989) and the lack of recent col-

lections, Hilton-Taylor (1996a) changed the status to

Indeterminate as it was certainly highly Endangered if

not Extinct in the wild. Dr Clive McDowell recently dis-

covered a small subpopulation of W. strictiflora on the

farm Joostenbergkloof (see Hilton-Taylor 1997). A sub-

sequent visit to the site by Dr Peter Goldblatt and myself

confirmed this discovery and we counted approximately

200 plants in the remaining Renosterveld fragments. The

future of these fragments is very precarious at present as

the owner has requested permission to continue with the

agricultural development of the land. If the farmer is

granted permission, only a few plants on the rocky out-

crops may be protected from ploughing activities. The

status of this species should be changed to Endangered

(E) . New IUCN Red List category: Critically Endang-

ered (CR Bl+2bcde, C2a).

106. A specimen of Zeuxine africana Rchb.f. was

recently collected in Botswana (La Croix & Cribb 1995),

thereby extending the known distribution of this enig-

matic species (also recorded from Angola, Nigeria and

South Africa). Its status in Botswana (B) should he

recorded as Insufficiently Known (K). In all cases, the

species is only known from one or two collections, indi-

cating its possible rarity. The global status should be

changed from Indeterminate (I) to Insufficiently Known

(K) pending further information. New IUCN Red List

category: Data Deficient (DD).

ADDITIONS

Aizoaceae

1 . Schwantesici constanceae N.Zimm. is a Rare (R)

species known only from one locality near Warmbad in

southern Namibia (Zimmermann 1996b). New IUCN

Red List category: Vulnerable (VU Dl+2).

Apiaceae

2. Anginon tenuior I. Allison & B.-E.van Wyk ined. is

a Vulnerable (V) species recorded only from the

Oudeberg Pass area near Montagu, Western Cape (C)

(Allison 1995). It was possibly once widespread in

Renosterveld, but only a single subpopulation of approx-

imately 30 plants is known today (B.-E. van Wyk pers.

comm.). New IUCN Red List category: this species qual-

ifies for Critically Endangered (CR C2a, D), however,

the subpopulation seems fairly secure, therefore

Endangered (EN C2a, D) is probably a better reflection.

3. Anginon ternatum I. Allison & B.-E.van Wyk ined.

is a Vulnerable (V) species known only from two locali-

ties (Gifberg and Heerenlogementsberg) in the Western

Cape (C) (Allison 1995). The Gifberg subpopulations

have probably been affected by agricultural activities, as

only a single small subpopulation is known from there

today and no plants could be found at Heerenlo-

gementsberg during a recent survey (B.-E. van Wyk pers.

comm.). New IUCN Red List category: Vulnerable (VU

Bl+2bcde, C2a, Dl+2).

Ericaceae

4. Stokoeanthus chionophilus E.G.H.Oliv. is a Vul-

nerable (V) species confined to a single locality on the

Hottentot’s Holland Mountains above Somerset West,

Western Cape (C). There are two subpopulations, one on

the lower slopes comprising a few scattered plants and a

much larger one 110 m higher up the slope (Oliver

1976). In total there are probably fewer than 1000 plants

of this reseeding species (E. Oliver pers. comm.). Al-

though safe from most human activities, this species is

susceptible to frequent fires and has been burnt at least

three times in the last fifteen years (E. Oliver pers.

comm.). A third subpopulation was probably destroyed

by fire. New IUCN Red List category: Vulnerable (VU

C2a, Dl+2).

Fabaceae

5. Liparia racemosa A.L.Schutte ined. is a Rare (R)

species from the Great Swartberg Mountains in the

Western Cape (C). Although a high altitude species, it is

sensitive to frequent burning (Schutte 1995). New IUCN

Red List category: Vulnerable (VU D2).

Orchidaceae

6. Disa alticola H.P.Linder, is a Vulnerable (V) spe-

cies known only from a few localities on the Drakens-

berg escarpment between Sabie and Lydenburg, Mpu-

malanga (T). It occurs in damp grassland in seepages and

wet hollows (Linder 1981a). The species is threatened by

afforestation. New IUCN Red List category: Vulnerable

(VU C2a).

7. Disa amoena H.RLinder is a Vulnerable (V) spe-

cies restricted to the Mt Mauch-Mt Anderson area of

Mpumalanga (T). Occurs in well-drained grasslands

(Linder 1981a). Three of the known subpopulations are

threatened by afforestation. New IUCN Red List catego-

ry: Vulnerable (VU C2a, D2).

8. Disa cedarbergensis H.RLinder is a Rare (R)

species known only from the type collection made in

1987 in the Cederberg Mountains, Western Cape (C)

(Linder 1988). Only a single plant was found, but as

Linder (1988) points out, this may be due to the fact that

it was two years after a fire and species in this group gen-

erally Bower only in the first year after a fire. It is diffi-

cult to evaluate the conservation status of this species in

terms of the new IUCN Red List categories, because the

size and extent of the population can only be determined

after a fire. This area was partially burnt in 1994, so it is

likely to be many years before the next fire. The infor-

mation available at present would result in a classifica-

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

207

tion of Critically Endangered (CR B l+3d, C2b, D); how-

ever, as this is not a true reflection, Data Deficient (DD)

will have to suffice.

9. Disa clavicornis H.P.Linder is a Vulnerable (V),

possibly even Endangered species known only from two

collections made on Mt Anderson in Mpumalanga (T)

(Linder 1984). Much of this mountain is now planted

under pines (C. Archer pers. comm.); unless subpopula-

tions are found elsewhere, this species could therefore be

facing extinction. New IUCN Red List category:

Vulnerable (VU C2a, D2).

10. Disa cochlearis S.D. Johnson & Liltved ined. is a

Vulnerable (V) species known only from the Elandsberg

range north of the Swartberg in the Western Cape (C)

(Johnson & Liltved in press). Only three plants were

found, hence the status given to this species. It could, how-

ever, occur elsewhere in this poorly explored area. The

new IUCN Red List category, on the basis of current

knowledge, should be Critically Endangered (CR C2b, D),

but Vulnerable (VU C2a, Dl) seems more appropriate.

11. Disa introrsa Kurzweil, Liltved & H.P.Linder

ined. is a Rare (R) species known only from the

Skurweberg, Western Cape (C). Only two subpopula-

tions are known, each comprising approximately 20 indi-

viduals (Kurzweil et al. in press). The plants only flower

in the first year after fire, so may be commoner than pre-

sent records indicate. As seed-set was very good, there

was hopefully some recruitment (H. Kurzweil pers.

comm.). On the basis of current knowledge, the new

IUCN Red List category should be Critically

Endangered (CR C2a, D), but Vulnerable (VU C2a, Dl)

seems more appropriate.

12. Disa maculomarronina McMurtry is an

Endangered (E) species known only from two subpopu-

lations comprising approximately 150 plants near

Graskop. Mpumalanga (T) (McMurtry 1984). This taxon

was initially thought to be a hybrid, D. versicolor Rchb.f.

x D. hircicomis Rchb.f. (Linder 1981a). Despite its pos-

sible hybrid origin, this taxon is now considered to be

sufficiently distinct for recognition at specific level

(McMurtry 1984; Linder & Kurzweil in prep.). It grows

on the edges of Black Reef Quartzite in seepages

amongst moss (R Linder pers. comm.). This is a very

sensitive habitat which is threatened by afforestation,

increasing tourist activity and associated developments

in the area (P. Linder pers. comm.). New IUCN Red List

category: Endangered (EN C2a, D).

13. Disa virginalis H.RLinder, S.D. Johnson &

Liltved ined. is a Rare (R) species known only from a

fairly limited area on mountains in the Western Cape (C)

(Linder et al. in press). At least one subpopulation is

threatened by agricultural activities. In terms of the new

IUCN Red List categories, it qualifies as Vulnerable (VU

C2a).

14. Eulophia chlorantha Schltr. is a Rare (R) species

which is confined to the mountains of northwestern

Swaziland (S) and Mpumalanga (T). Habitat destruction

is probably posing an increasing threat to this species.

New IUCN Red List category: Lower Risk Near

Threatened (LRnt).

15. Habenaria mossii (G.Will.) J.C. Manning is an

Endangered (E) species apparently endemic to Gauteng

(T) where it is known only from a few localities west of

Johannesburg and near Pretoria. Two of the known local-

ities have been destroyed by urban expansion and a third

by the construction of an airfield. If not under the air-

field, this locality may be in privately owned conserva-

tion area and similarly with the other two remaining

sites. Although in conservation areas, the long term

future of these sites is not secure. In addition there have

been no recent collections of this species. New IUCN

Red List category: Endangered (EN Bl+2bd, C2a).

16. Satyrium pulchrum S.D. Johnson & Kurzweil

ined. is a Rare (R) species from the Knersvlakte near

Vanrhynsdorp, Western Cape (C) (Johnson & Kurzweil

in press). No threats are known to this highly localized

species. In terms of the new IUCN Red List categories a

status of Endangered could be given, however. Vulner-

able (VU C2b, Dl+2) is considered more appropriate as

this species was only recently discovered.

17. Schizochilus cecilii Rolfe subsp. culveri (Schltr.)

H.P.Linder, should be added to the list as another Rare

(R) species from the mountains of northwestern

Swaziland (S) and Mpumalanga (T). Habitat destruction

is posing an increasing threat to this species. New IUCN

Red List category: Lower Risk Near Threatened (LRnt).

Proteaceae

18. Serruria lacunosa Rourke, is an Endangered (E)

species which was only discovered for the first time in

1993 on the Matsikamma Mountains in the Western Cape

(C) (Rourke 1996). The species was known only from

four subpopulations comprising a total of approximately

52 plants (Rourke 1996; N. Helme pers. comm.). Other

subpopulations may have been destroyed by farming

activities especially ploughing for the propagation of

rooibos tea. Since its discovery, 26 plants have died

before producing any viable seed and all the remaining

plants are very young (N. Helme pers. comm.), so it will

be some time before there is any further recruitment. The

current owners of the farms where S. lacunosa occurs are

conservation-minded and will help ensure the protection

of this species. Using the original data, the new IUCN

Red List category would have been Endangered (EN

Bl+2c, D), however, the subsequent decline in numbers

now qualifies it for it Critically Endangered (CR C2a, D).

SUMMARY

The numerous changes in status and the additions to

the Red Data List mean that the statistics on the number

of taxa in each threatened category updated in Hilton-

Taylor (1996b) need to be revised again. The number of

extinctions (Ex) have increased to 62, 277 taxa are

Endangered (E), 445 Vulnerable (V), 1 446 Rare (R),

361 Indeterminate (I) and 883 Insufficiently Known (K).

The numbers in the last two categories have dropped as

a result of re-assessments, some have moved to a higher

category while many have been removed as not threat-

ened (nt). Twenty taxa were added to the list while 23

were removed. Although all the threatened categories

have shown marked increases, the total number of taxa

208

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

listed as globally threatened in the FSA region has

dropped slightly to 3474. No figures are presented for the

new IUCN Red List categories, as it is premature to do

so here.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

Robert Archer, Clare Archer, Kevin Balkwill, Anne

Bean, Jo Beyers, Kate Braun, Christine Bredenkamp,

Priscilla Burgoyne, Elize Cloete. Patricia Craven, Han-

nes de Lange, Tony Dold, Nick Hclme, Mark Johns,

Steve Johnson, Hubert Kurzweil, Bill Liltved, Peter

Linder, Greg Mardon, Dave McDonald, Ted Oliver,

Fiona Powrie, John Rourke, Anne-Lise Schutte, Shirley

Smithies, Sumitra Talukdar, Ernst van Jaarsveld, Ben-

Erik van Wyk, Braam van Wyk, Jan Vlok and Rosemary

Williams kindly provided data or commented on the cor-

rections and additions to the Red Data List. I am grateful

to the Curators and staff of the following herbaria: BOL,

GRA, J, K, KEI, NBG, NH and PRE, for permission to

examine their collections or for providing specimen

information. Many thanks are also due to the many col-

leagues associated with the IUCN (Jonathan Baillie,

Georgina Mace, Wendy Strahm, and Simon Stuart) and

WCMC (Charlotte Jenkins, Harriet Gillett and Sara

Oldfield) for inviting me to the workshops on the new

categories, for granting permission to use the various

guidelines produced and for all their help and guidance

with implementation.

REFERENCES

ALLISON, I. 1995. ’n Taxonomiese studie van die genus Anginon Raf.

(Apiaceae). M.Sc. thesis, Rand Afrikaans University, Johan-

nesburg.

ARCHER, C. & ARCHER, R.H. 1996. A new species of Holothrix

Lindl. (Orchidaceae) from northern KwaZulu-Natal. South

African Journal of Botany 62: 209-21 1.

ARKELL, J 1995. The quiet extinction of Raspalia trigyna. PlantLife

13:19, 20.

ARKELL, J. 1996. South Africa’s rarest shrub lives! PlantLife 14: 24.

ARNOLD, Til & DE WET, B.C (eds) 1993. Plants of southern

Africa: names and distribution. Memoirs of the Botanical

Survey of South Africa No. 62.

BAILLIE, J. 1995. Guide to the new IUCN Red List categories and cri-

teria. Unpublished document prepared for a workshop on the

new IUCN Red List categories and criteria organized by the

Species Survival Commission, at the World Conservation

Monitoring Centre, Cambridge, U K. from 4-6 December

1995.

BAILLIE, J. 1996. Guide to the new IUCN Red List categories and cri-

teria. Unpublished document prepared for a workshop on the

new IUCN Red List categories and criteria organized by the

Species Survival Commission, during the lUCN's World Con-

servation Congress held in Montreal, Canada on 12 October

1996.

BAILLIE, J. & GROOMBRIDGE, B. (eds) 1996. 1996 IUCN Red List

of threatened animals. IUCN, Gland, Switzerland.

BAKER, R E D. & SIMMONDS, N.W. 1953. The genus Ensete in

Africa. Kew Bulletin 1953: 405-416.

BARKER, W.F. 1935. Nerine masoniorum. The Flowering Plants of

South Africa 15: t. 570.

BEYERS, J.B.P 1997 New combinations in Lacltnaea (Thy m-

elaeaceae). Botlialia 27: 45.

BURTT, B.L. 1991 Umbelliferae of southern Africa: an introduction

and annotated check-list. Edinburgh Journal of Botany 48:

133-282.

BUYS, M il. & VAN DER WALT, J.J.A. 1997. The taxonomic status

of Lobostemon horridus (Boraginaceae). Bothalia 27: 55, 56.

CRAIB, C. 1996. Nerine platypetala habitat studies and cultivation.

Herbertia 51:68-73.

DUMMER, R.A. 1912. An enumeration of the Bruniaceae. Journal of

Botany Supplement 2: 1-37.

EVERARD, D A. 1988. Threatened plants of the eastern Cape: a syn-

thesis of collection records. Bothalia 18: 271-277.

FERNANDES, R.B. 1966. Estudos nas Anacardiaceae Africanas. I —

Contnbuigao para o conhecimento do gen Ozoroa Del. Garcia

de Orta ( Lisboa ) 14: 19-60.

FISCHER, E. 1992. Systematik der afrikanischen Lindernieae

(Scrophulariaceae). Tropische und Subtropische Pflanzenwelt

81. Akademie der Wissenschaften und der Literatur, Mainz.

Franz Steiner Verlag, Stuttgart.

GOLDBLATT, P. 1989. The genus Watsonia. Annals of Kirstenbosch

Botanic Gardens 19. National Botanic Gardens, Kirstenbosch.

GORDON-GRAY, K.D., CUNNINGHAM, A.B. & NICHOLS, G.R

1989. Siplwnochilus aethiopicus (Zingiberaceae): observations

on floral and reproductive biology. South African Journal of

Botany 55: 281-287.

GREUTER, W. et at. 1994. International code of botanical nomencla-

ture (Tokyo Code). Regnum Vegetabile 131.

GROSVENOR, R.K. 1976. A list of orchids indigenous in Rhodesia.

Excelsa 6: 77-86.

HALL. A.V. 1965. Studies of the South African species of Eulophia.

Journal of South African Botany Suppl. Vol. 5.

HALL, A.V. 1982. A revision of the southern African species of

Satyrium. Contributions from the Bolus Herbarium 10: 1-142.

HALL. A.V. in prep. Eulophia R.Br. ex Lindl. In H P Linder & H.

Kurzweil, Orchids of southern Africa. Balkema, Rotterdam.

HALL, A.V. & ASHTON, E.R. 1983. Threatened plants of the Cape

Peninsula Threatened Plants Research Group, Bolus Her-

barium, University of Cape Town, Rondebosch.

HALL, A.V., DE WINTER, M„ DE WINTER, B. & OOSTERHOUT,

S.A.M. 1980. Threatened plants of southern Africa. South

African National Scientific Programmes Report No. 1 17. CSIR,

Pretoria.

HALL, A.V. & VELDHUIS, H.A. 1985. South African Red Data Book:

plants — Fynbos and Karoo Biome. South African National

Scientific Programmes Report No. 117. CSIR, Pretoria.

HILTON-TAYLOR, C. 1996a. Red Data List of southern African

plants. Strelitzia 4. National Botanical Institute, Pretoria.

HILTON-TAYLOR, C. 1996b. Red Data List of southern African

plants. 1. corrections and additions. Bothalia 26: 177-182.

HILTON-TAYLOR, C. 1996c. Protea odorata , a case of benign neg-

lect? Plant Talk 7: 24, 25.

HILTON-TAYLOR, C. 1997. Our threatened plants — a conservation

crisis? Endangered Wildlife 25: 4-9.

IMMELMAN, K.L. 1996. FSA contributions 6: Orchidaceae: Holo-

thrix. Botlialia 26: 125-140.

IUCN 1994. IUCN Red List categories. IUCN, Gland. Switzerland.

JEFFREY, C. 1992. The tribe Senecioneae (Compositae) in the Masca-

rene Islands with an annotated world check-list of the genera of

the tribe. Notes on Compositae VI. Kew Bulletin 47: 49-109.

JENKINS, C. 1996. Guidelines for the application of the 1994 IUCN

Red List Categories to trees. In S. Oldfield, Conservation and

sustainable management of trees. Report of the first regional

workshop held at the Jameson Hotel, Harare, Zimbabwe, 9-1 1

July 1996: 47-57. World Conservation Monitoring Centre,

Cambridge.

JOHNSON, S.D. & KURZWEIL, H. in press. Systematics and evolu-

tion of the Satyrium erectum group (Orchidaceae), with de-

scriptions of two new species from the Karoo region of South

Africa. Botanical Journal of the Linnean Society.

JOHNSON, S.D. & LILTVED, W.R. in press. Disa cochlearis a new

orchid species from the Karoo region of South Africa. South

A frican Journal of Botany.

KHAYOTA, E. 1993. The genus Ansellia Lindley. Kew Magazine 10:

27-35.

KURZWEIL, H„ LILTVED, W.R. & LINDER, H.P. in press. A new

species of Disa (Orchidaceae) from the Western Cape of South

Africa, with notes on the systematics of Disa sect. Disella.

Nordic Journal of Botany.

LA CROIX, I. & CRIBB, P.J. 1995. Orchidaceae. In G.V. Pope, Flora

zambesiaca 11,1: I 320. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew.

LEACH, L.C. 1975. Notes on Euphorbia mauri tunica , E. gossypina

and some related species with an amplified description of E.

berotica. Bothalia 1 1: 505-510.

LINDER, H P 1980. An annotated revision of the genus Scliizochilus

Sond. (Orchidaceae). Journal of South African Botany 46:

379-434.

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

209

LINDER, H P. 1981a. Taxonomic studies on the Disinae. III. A revision

of Disa Berg, excluding sect. Micranthae Lindl. Contributions

from the Bolus Herbarium 9: 1-370.

LINDER. H.P. 1981b. Taxonomic studies on the Disinae. IV. A revision

of Disci Berg. sect. Micranthae Lindl. Bulletin Jardin Bota-

nique Nationale de Belgique 51 : 255-346.

LINDER, H.P. 1984. A new species of Disa (Orchidaceae). Journal of

South African Botany 50: 261-263.

LINDER, H.P 1988. Taxonomic notes on some orchids from the south-

western Cape Province, South Africa. South African Journal of

Botany 54: 496-500.

LINDER. H.P 1989. Hersclielianthe lugens var. nigrescens. The

Flowering Plants of Africa 30: 1. 1977. National Botanical

Institute, Pretoria.

LINDER. H.P. in prep. Corycium Sw. In: H.P Linder & H. Kurzweil.

Orchids of southern Africa. Balkema, Rotterdam.

LINDER, H P. JOHNSON. S.D. & LILTVED, W.R. in press. Disa vir-

ginalis (Diseae; Orchidoideae; Orchidaceae): a new species

from southern Africa. Novon.

LINDER, H.P & KURZWEIL, H. (eds.) in prep. Orchids of southern

Africa. Balkema, Rotterdam.

LOW. A.B. & JONES. F.E. (eds.) 1995. The sustainable use and man-

agement of Renosterveld remnants in the Cape Floristic

Region. Proceedings of a Symposium. FCC Report 1995/4.

Flora Conservation Committee, Botanical Society of South

Africa, Kirstenbosch, Cape Town.

MANNING, J.C. 1983. Further note on Angraecum cluimaeanthus in

Natal. South African Orchid Journal 14: 40.

MANNING, J.C. & WRIGHT, G. 1982. An Angraecum new to Natal.

South African Orchid Journal 13: 87, 88.

MARAIS, E.M. 1997. Name changes in Pelargonium, section Hoa-

rea (Geraniaceae). South African Journal of Botany 63: 68-

73.

MCMURTRY. D. 1984. A new Transvaal Disa species. South African

Orchid Journal 15: 90-92.

OLIVER, E.G.H. 1976. Studies in the Ericoideae 11 The new genus

Stokoeanthus. Bothalia 12: 49-52.

PAIVA, J.A.R. 1993. El genera Polygala (sensu lato) en Africa y

Madagascar . Ph.D. thesis, Universidad de Vigo, Portugal.

PHILCOX. D. 1990. Scrophulariaceae. In E. Launert & G.V. Pope,

Flora zambesiaca 8,2: 1-179. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew.

PIETERMARITZBURG ORCHID SOCIETY 1996. The KwaZulu-

Natal orchid atlas project. Second annual report June 1996.

Pietermaritzburg Orchid Society, Pietermaritzburg.

RETIEF, E. & VAN WYK, A.E. 1996. A new species of Cyphostemmu

(Vitaceae) from South Africa. South African Journal of Botany

62: 183-187.

ROSS, J.H. 1972. The Flora of Natal. Memoirs of the Botanical Survey

of South Africa No. 39.

ROURKE, J.P 1996. A new species of Serruria from the northern part

of the Western Cape (Proteaceae). Bothalia 26: 154-157.

ROWLEY, G.D. 1994. Succulent Compositae. A grower's guide to the

succulent species of Senecio and Othonna. Strawberry Press,

Mill Valley, California.

SAUER, N. 1978. Dinteranthus wilmotianus sitbsp. impunctatus. The

Flowering Plants of Africa 45: t. 1780B.

SCHUTTE, A.L. 1995. A taxonomic study of the tribes Podalyrieae

and Liparieae (Fabaceae). Ph.D. thesis, Rand Afrikaans

University, Johannesburg.

SCOTT, C.L. 1996. Haworthia mcmurtryi. Haworthiad 10: 119.

SEYANI, J.H. 1991. The genus Dombeya in continental Africa. Opera

Botanica Belgica 2. National Botanical Garden, Meise.

SMITH, G.F. & HARTZER, P. 1997 Proposals to conserve the names

Mossia and M. intervallaris (Aizoaceae) against their earlier

homonyms. Taxon 46: 349, 350.

SMITH, G.F., HARTZER, P. & VAN WYK, A.E. 1997. Mossia inter-

vallaris. Curtis’s Botanical Magazine 14: 16-22.

STEWART, J. LINDER, H.P, SCHELPE, E.A. & HALL, A.V 1982.

Wild orchids of southern Africa. Macmillan, Johannesburg.

STIRTON. C.H. 1995. A new species of Psoralea (Leguminosae:

Papilionoideae) from eastern South Africa. Kew Bulletin 50:

619-622.

VAN JAARSVELD, E.J. 1990. Tylecodoit sulpltureus var. armianus.

The Flowering Plants of Africa 50: t. 1984.

WALTER, K.S. & GILLETT, H.J. in press. 1997 1UCN Red List of

threatened plants. Compiled by the World Conservation

Monitoring Centre. IUCN — The World Conservation Union,

Gland, Switzerland, Cambridge, UK, and New York Botanical

Garden, New York, USA.

WELMAN, W.G. 1997. Two exotic taxa of Ipomoea and Merremia in

southern Africa (Convolvulaceae). Bothalia 27: 141.

WILLIAMS, R„ CROUCH, N. & PETTIT, G. 1996. Geophytes of

KwaZulu-Natal. 2 Underworld plants with a special appeal.

IBS A Bulletin 44: 26-31.

WILLIAMSON, G. 1996. The succulent Euphorbia species of the

Richtersveld and southern Namib Desert (Sperrgebiet).

Euphorbia Journal 10: 98-133.

WOOD, J.J. 1989. Bolusiella. In: R.M. Polhill, Flora of tropical East

Africa. Orchidaceae, Part 3: 543-546. Balkema, Rotterdam.

ZIMMERMANN, N.F.A. 1996a. The genus Schwantesia Dinter.

Cactus and Succulent Journal ( U.S.) 68: 257-266.

ZIMMERMANN, N.F.A. 1996b. Schwantesia constanceae N.Zim-

mermann spec. nov. — eine neue Art aus dem stidlichen

Namibia. Kakteen und andere Sukkulenten 47: 81-86.

-

Bothalia 27,2: 211 (1997)

Book Review

FLORA OF GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND, Volume 5:

Butomaceae-Orchidaceae by PETER SELL & GINA MURRELL.

1996. Cambridge University Press, The Pitt Bldg, Trumpington St.

Cambridge CB2 1RP. UK. Hard cover: ISBN 0 521 55339 3, price

£60.00 (USS 100.00).

As a South African in the plant taxonomy business, even though theo-

retically retired, how can I be but green with envy when I see that, even

before the printers ink of the latest British flora (Stace 1991) is quite

dry (considered in usual Flora time scale), there is a new one (that is,

one-fifth of it) on my table. For someone not so familiar with the plant

taxonomy scene in this deeply southern part of the globe, I shall

explain that flora writing in this region is in a semi-dormant state; there

are some specialists ploughing their field but the vogue is data crunch-

ing. not comprehensive data searching and evaluation. Aren’t comput-

ers marvellous? Pity, they can’t do research. Computer fundis, go for

it!

The question may be asked why it should be necessary to produce

a new flora for Britain and Ireland after only five or six years. The rea-

sons are clearly and convincingly set out in the Foreword by S.M.

Walters, the Preface and the Introduction. We gather that some 20 years

ago a project under the leadership of Professor David Valentine to write

an entirely new critical flora of Great Britain and Ireland failed to find

financial support. Two champions of that project succeeded in bringing

it to fruition, or at least part-fruition, till all five volumes of the new

Flora are out. The first was Clive Stace with his New Flora of the

British Isles (1991), the second Peter Sell senior author of the present

work. Stace’s Flora brought about the end of the era during which the

Flora of the British Isles (1952) by Clapham, Turin & Warburg, with

several much revised later editions, was the standard work. Stace had

set himself the aim to include all taxa that the botanist might reason-

ably be able to find in the wild in any one year. He fitted his work into

a single volume and gave only abbreviated descriptions and omitted the

large apomictic genera and most of the infraspecific variants. The pre-

sent Flora deals with all native species, including, for the first time, full

accounts of all the large apomictic genera, many infraspecific variants

and all the introduced plants given in Stace (1991), with a few more

added, particularly planted trees. It came to me as a major surprise that

the British flora comprises almost as many alien species as native ones.

The mind boggles to think what a flora of some 40 000 species in this

part of the world might look like in the year 2200.

In the opinion of Sell (in the Preface) ’Stace’s flora is an excellent

field guide ... but it does not give the detailed descriptions which are

needed to confirm the identification of a plant which is new to you’. He

continues: ’a good description in my opinion is one in which a picture

of the plant unfolds before you as you read it’. Sell describes how he,

sitting at the microscope, dictated the descriptions, and how his co-

worker, Gina Murrell, put them straight into the computer (10 years

ago one would have said ‘a’ computer). The computer may have been

used to data-base and to typeset the descriptions, it was obviously not

used to generate them.

The plant divisions included in the complete flora are

Lycopodiophyta (clubmosses), Equisetophyta (horsetails), Pteridophyta

(ferns), Pinophyta (conifers) and Magnoliophyta (flowering plants). The

classification follows largely that of Stace (1991) and Kent, List of vas-

cular plants of the British Isles (1992) w hich is based on A. Cronquist,

An integrated system of classification of flowering plants (1981). The

page size is about 165 x 245 mm and the text, including all keys and

descriptions, is set in double columns. With a column width of 73 mm

the side margins are obviously not meant to be used for marginalia but

may allow just enough space for one rebind. Considering the excellent

binding of the book, this should, however, not become necessary. The

text is set in Times type, descriptions and general text in 10 pt, keys,

synonymy, literature references and index in 8 pt.

The Introduction includes maps of the British Isles showing some

relevant geographical features and the vice counties which are the

smallest geographical units given in the notes on distribution under

every species. Considering the relatively small size of the vice coun-

ties, it is not necessary for a work of this nature to make use of a grid

square system. A conspectus of families shows the arrangement of fam-

ilies in the five projected volumes. Given this well set out representa-

tion of the Cronquistian ‘natural’ arrangement of plant groups, one

wonders whether the families could not have been arranged alphabeti-

cally within the major groups for easier reference by the less informed.

But that would obviously reduce the need/opportunity to become

familiar with the relationship of families a la Cronquist. The conspec-

tus is followed by an artificial key to the families dealt with in the vol-

ume: 149. Butomaceae-176. Orchidaceae, in other words, the com-

plete Liliopsida. The keys in the volume are of the bracketed type and

are dichotomous throughout. As a first test object I chose the lily-of-

the-valley, one of the easier plants in Britain to conjure up in one's

mind. It ran very smoothly down to the family which keys out eight

times. The Poaceae (what does Kew think of these ‘modem’ names?)

was equally easy to arrive at, even though it occurs only twice in the

key. It surprised me, as often before, that grasses in Europe are mostly

said to have hollow intemodes whereas even in the same species, in

this part of the world, they tend to be solid. The keys in general

appeared to be user-friendly and I did not notice a single ‘not as

above’; but we are not informed after a long jump where we came

from. Tracing your steps back in a long key is therefore less easy. It is

best to begin again at the beginning, especially as there are no

megataxa in the region. Family descriptions vary in length from about

60 words in small families to almost half a page in the Poaceae. by far

the biggest family in the volume, with 92 genera. Authorities are given

for the names of all taxa. The synonymies are comprehensive as the

authors have attempted to include all names used in British and Irish

floras. Literature consulted is cited in full under each genus. English

names are given for all species, following Stace (1991), and where new

ones were needed, they have been created. Such action would be con-

sidered a cardinal sin by many in southern Africa who presumably have

still learnt plant names from their mother. No types are mentioned and

no literature is cited for species. The species descriptions are image-

creating, yet generally easy to compare. They vary in length from about

120 words to half a page (Orchidaceae). Separate descriptions are

given for infraspecific taxa. Descriptions include information on flow-

ering period, chromosome number and, in Orchidaceae, pollination.

Information is also given on ecology and distribution (including

worldwide distribution) of species and infraspecific taxa. The work

ends with some pages presenting new taxa and combinations, a para-

graph on abbreviations (author names according to Brummitt & Powell

(1992); journals follow B-P-H) and a glossary of 10 pages text and four

pages of line drawings, and an index of 30 pages, set in three columns

and listing accepted names, synonyms and common names. Black and

white line drawings also illustrate diagnostic features in a number of

groups of plants such as the orchid genus Dactylorhiza (showing label-

la), Festuca species (transverse sections of leaves) and Carex species

(utricles).

Seeing that this review is my last contribution to Bothalia in the

capacity of Scientific Editor, I hope I will be forgiven for having been

more than somewhat garrulous (as Beverley Momberg, Technical

Editor of this journal for more years than mine, would call it). Having

looked for brevity and clarity for quite some years, it is fun to relax

a little. I should also like to thank Cambridge University Press for

regularly sending us review copies from their phenomenal crop. The

present flora is another product of theirs that recommends itself to all

serious workers in the field of plant taxonomy and conservation in

this country. May it help to inspire taxonomists and decision makers

in Africa australis to revive the vital but painstaking art of flora writ-

ing.

O A. LEISTNER

1

■

.

Bothalia 27.2: 213-226 ( 1997)

National Botanical Institute South Africa: list of staff and publications,

9 April 1997

Compiler: B.A. Momberg

CHIEF DIRECTORATE

CAPE TOWN

Huntley, Prof. B.J. M.Sc. Chief Director

Du Plessis, Mrs J.H. Senior Typist. Receptionist

Finca, Ms N.F. Administration Aid 1

Stafford. Ms D.L. Senior Secretary

Tlali, PN. Deputy Director. Labour Relations & Public Affairs

MARKETING AND COMMUNICATIONS DIRECTORATE

| CAPETOWN 1

Martin, Ms D. Deputy Director

Jooste, Dr K. (contract worker)

Lovric, Mrs N. Principal Typist/Secretary I

Malcolm (nee Coningsby), Mrs N.J. B.Journ.(Hons.). Communications Officer. Media

Palmer, Ms G. B.A.(Ind. Psych.). Principal Communications Officer. Marketing

GRAPHIC SERVICES— CAPE TOWN

Davidson, D.C. B.A. (Hons.), PR1SA Final Dipl. Principal Communications Officer

Cogill, R. Chief Typist

Loedolfif Mrs J. B.Sc.(Ind.Tech.). Photographer/Illustrator

ADMINISTRATION DIRECTORATE

CAPE TOWN~|

Jordaan, A.W. Adv.Dip.B & A. Director: Personnel and Finance

Comelissen, Mrs A.M. Secretary to the Board

Hughes, W.S.G. Head: Finance

Van Zyl, J.M. Head: Personnel

214

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

FINANCE— CAPE TOWN

Hughes, W.S.G. B.Com., C.A.(SA). Deputy Director

Armitage, Mrs C.S. Senior Accountant

Armitage, E.H. (contract worker)

Goodman, Mrs I.W. Senior Accounts Clerk II. Creditors

Kriel, Mrs C.M.M. Senior Accounts Clerk I. Debtors

Manjo, C. Accounts Clerk I. Finance

Mirkin, Ms Y.A. Senior Typist

Neuwirth, Ms E.V. Senior Accountant. Salaries

November, D.A. Senior Accounts Clerk I. Salaries

Petersen, R.E. Senior Accounts Clerk I. Salaries

Roman, D.C. Senior Accounts Clerk I. Cashier & publi-

cations

Traut, G.D. Chief Accounts Clerk. Financial

Administration

Yeomen, Mrs I.N. Senior Accounts Clerk I. Creditors

PERSONNEL— CAPE TOWN

Van Zyl, J.M. M.Econ.(Ind. Psych.). Assistant Director

Albu, Mrs K. Principal Typist I

Barnard, Mrs A. Assistant Training Officer

Crowie, A.C. Courier

Dollie, Mrs N.J. Administration Aid I

Engelbrecht, B. N.D.(Hort.), N.D.(PRM), Dip. (Forestry).

Senior Personnel Practitioner. Administration

Haupt, Mrs C.S. Administration Aid I. Guest house

Mulder, Mrs G.P. Principal Typist I

Nicholas, Mrs W.L. Photocopy Machine Operator

Oelofse, Ms V.S. Principal Personnel Clerk. Recruitment

and Career planning

Paulse, Mrs D.W.S. Registration Clerk I

Staal, P.B. Senior Personnel Practitioner. Labour relations

Woodman, Ms L.R. Telephonist/Receptionist I

GARDENS DIRECTORATE

1 CAPE TOWN~|

Botha, D.J. D.Sc. Director: Gardens

Winter, J.H.S. N.D.(PIort). Deputy Director: Gardens & Horticultural Services

Behr, Ms C.M. Curator: Harold Porter NBG

Britz, R.M. Curator: Free State NBG

Chaplin, PL Curator: Witwatersrand NBG

Heilgendorff, J.P. Curator: Pretoria NBG

Kluge, J.P. Curator: Lowveld NBG

Kriel, Mrs G.A. (Dip. Sec.) Senior Secretary II. Admin & Gardens

Oliver, LB. Curator: Karoo NBG

Tarr, B.B. Curator: Natal NBG

PLANNING, MAINTENANCE & DEVELOPMENT— CAPE TOWN

Linde, D.C. N.T.C.III(Technician and Inspector of Works). M.S.A.I.D. Cert. Estate Agency.

Control Works Inspector

Arendse, D.S. Artisan’s Assistant II. Building maintenance

Kotze, D. Physical Planner

Manasse, S.P. Dip. (Masonry). Senior Artisan. Building maintenance

Peck, W.L Artisan’s Assistant I. Building maintenance

HAROLD PORTER NBG— BETTY’S BAY

Behr, Ms C.M. B. Sc. (Hons.). Control Technician

Abrahams, F. Groundsman II

Abrahamse, S.J. General Foreman. Grounds services

Arendse, M. Groundsman I. Gateman

Bezuidenhout, Mrs H.M. Senior Administration Clerk

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

215

Forrester. Ms J.A. N.T.C.III(Hort.). Chief Technician.

Horticulture

Harper, C.C. Driver

Hendricks, C.K.S. Groundsman I

Jacobs, L.H.J. Groundsman II. Plant sales

Marinus, E.M. Groundsman I

Martinka, A.G. Groundsman II. Index nursery

October, Mrs R.P. Groundswoman I. Plant records

Rex, G. Groundsman II

Van Coller, A.E. Groundsman I

Visser, C.J.J. Groundsman II

KAROO NBG— WORCESTER

Oliver, I.B. N.D.(Hort.)(PRA). Control Technician

Ashworth, Mrs E.H. Senior Administration Clerk II

Dlikilili, N.S. Groundsman II. Collections/sales

Honig, Ms M. Communications Officer. Interpretation

Kecela, S. Groundsman I. Nursery

Kumeke, A.M. Groundsman I

Kumeke, T.A. Groundsman I

Made, M.A. Groundsman I

Madumane, M. Tractor driver

Makubalo, F.N. General Foreman. Nursery

Makubalo, J. Groundsman II

Maqanda, D.M. Groundsman I

Monisi, M.M. Groundsman II. Maintenance

Mpayipele, W.W. Groundsman I

Mpeke, Mrs E.N. Administration Aid I

Mtetwa, A.S. General Foreman. Maintenance

Nkoloti, PM. Groundsman I

Qumba, G.A. Groundsman II

Radebe, M.B. Groundsman II

Sibeko, L.A. Groundsman II

Sibozo, N.E. Driver (H). Plant sales

Simane, D.K. Senior Foreman. Collections/sales

Theoha, P.P. Groundsman II

Townsend, D.J. N.D.(Hort). Senior Technician. Garden

& nursery

Tuswa, M.H. Groundsman II

Viljoen, D.M. N.D.(Hort.). Senior Technician. Collections

Yekiso, S.M. Groundsman I

KIRSTENBOSCH NBG— CAPE TOWN

CENTRAL

Bennet, Ms J.I. Student

Coerecius, Mrs R. Principal Typist I. Telephonist/Recep-

tionist

Fredericks, Miss N.C.E. Information Officer II

Goldschmidt, S. Personnel Practitioner

Grace, T. Senior Storeman I

Jacobs, A.P Information Officer

Jacobs, F.H. Storeman I

Jodamus, Ms N.L. Student

Labuschagne (nee Malan), Mrs C.E. B. Sc. (Hons.). Prin-

cipal Communications Officer

Lewis, N.L Security I. Engraver

Mathys, Mrs S.S.B. Senior Accounts Clerk II. Gates

Prins, F.B. Security II

Rudolph, A. Security II

Shaide, Ms A. Student

Smith, Mrs A. Administrative Assistant II. Security

Solomons, T.C. Senior General Foreman. Security

Williams, G.C. Groundsman II. Gateman. Security

Woodward, Mrs Y.J. Senior Administration Clerk II

GARDEN

Abrahams, J.E. Groundsman I. General garden

Abrahams, M.W. Groundsman I. Restio/Asparagus

Adams, T.D. Student

Adonis, A. Principal General Foreman. Dell/Ericas

Adonis, J.J.M. Groundsman II. Dell/Ericas

August, T. General Foreman. New development

Babalala, L. Groundsman I. Restio/Asparagus

Beck, G.D. Groundsman I. New development

Bowler, M.A. Groundsman II. Annuals

Cooper, S.K. Groundsman I. New development

Crowie, R.W. Senior General Foreman. General garden

Davids, S. General Foreman. Trees/shrubs

De Kock, Mrs M.E. Groundswoman I. Proteas

Fienies, C. Groundsman I. Trees/shrubs

Hendriks, R.P. Student

Isaacs, R. Student

Jacobs, D.R. Groundsman I. Proteas

Jamieson. Mrs H.G. N.D. (Parks & Rec.). Senior Tech-

nician. Restio/Asparagus

Jansen, W. Groundsman I. Annuals

Josephus, D.N. Groundsman I. General garden

Julie, V. Groundsman II. Restios

Julius, E.S. Groundsman I. Trees/shrubs

Kettledas, P.G. Groundsman I. Ericas

Lawrence, E. Groundsman II. Proteas

Lukas, K. Groundsman I. General garden

Mase, B. Groundsman I. Restio/Asparagus

Manuel. D.R. Groundsman I. Annuals

Mbali, F.A. Student

Mbambezeli, N.G. Student

McKlein, M.L. Groundsman I. General garden

McKlein, P. Groundsman I. Dell/Ericas

Morris, J.N.M. Groundsman I. Proteas

Mrubata, Ms P. Senior Technician. Outreach Officer

Nombuyilelo, M. Student

Oliver, R.C. Groundsman I. New development

Petersen, A. D. Specialist Groundsman. Dell/Ericas

Petersen, G.W. Groundsman 1. General garden

216

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

Petersen, J. Groundsman II. New development

Philander, N. Groundsman I. New development

Phillips, R. Groundsman I. General garden

Plaatjies, M.P. Groundsman I. Estate

Plaatjies, S.D. Groundsman I. Proteas

Ramm, K. Kirstenbosch scholar 1997

Ruiters, M. Groundsman II. New development

Sampson, R. Groundsman I. General garden

Smith, A.E. Groundsman II. General garden

Solomons, J. Groundsman 1. Annuals

Solomons, K.J. Groundsman II. Proteas

Szabo, Mrs B.J. Technician. Annuals

Tait, E. Groundsman I. Annuals

Van der Walt, Mrs L.E. N.D.(Hort.). Senior Technician.

Herbaceous collections

Van der Westhuizen, A.J. Senior General Foreman. Pro-

teas

Van Rooy, K. General Foreman. Annuals

Van Schalkwyk, J. Groundsman I. Trees/shrubs

Van Wyk, N. Groundsman II. Dell/Ericas

Williams, M.L.J. Groundsman II. New development

ESTATE

Le Roux, PH. N.D.(Hort.). Chief Technician. Manager

Abrahams, M. Machine Operator. Estate

Adams, J. Groundsman I. Estate

Adonis, S.J. General Foreman. Aliens

Alexander, A. Groundsman I. Estate

Anderson, D.L. Senior Foreman. Workshop

Andrews, M.M. Machine Operator. Estate

Baadjies, I. Machine Operator. Estate

Bezuidenhout, A.K. Groundsman I. General mainte-

nance

Bouwers, G.G. Groundsman I. Construction

Button, J. Groundsman I. Estate

Farmer, W. Groundsman I. Estate

Geswind, A.J. Machine operator. Lawnmowers

Grootboom, C.J. Groundsman I. Construction

Haynie, R.D. Groundsman II. Workshop

Hope, C.F. General Foreman. Construction

Jaceni, L.C. Groundsman I. Construction

Jackson, P. Machine Operator. Lawnmowers

Jacobs, A.L. Groundsman I. Aliens

Jacobs, M.D. Groundsman I. Estate

Jaftha, R. Groundsman I. General maintenance

Jansen, K.J. Senior Driver (H). Workshop

Jezile, M. Groundsman I. Aliens

Julius, W.J. Groundsman I. Aliens

Kayster, G.J. General Foreman. Construction

Kuscus, G.W. General Foreman. General maintenance

Matthews, N. Groundsman I. Aliens

Matthews, I.N. Senior General Foreman. Estate

McLean, A. Machine Operator. Aliens

McLean, N. Machine Operator. Aliens

McLean, N.S. Groundsman II. Workshop

Newman, W. Driver. Workshop

Oliver, S.J. Groundsman I. Estate

Petersen, F.J. Tractor Driver. Workshop

Petersen, P.B. Driver. Workshop

Petersen, J. Machine Operator. Lawnmowers

Petersen, N.H. Groundsman I. Construction

Plaatjies, P.J. Groundsman I. Aliens

Reed, T.W. Machine Operator. Aliens

Rhode, W.C. Groundsman I. Estate

Sampson, J.J. Tractor Driver. Lawnmowers

Smith, R. Groundsman I. Estate

Solomons, S. Groundsman I. Construction

Stanfield, J.R. Groundsman I. Aliens

Trautman, C.E. Artisan. Supervisor: Workshop

Van Gusling, E.J. Senior General Foreman.

Lawnmowers

Williams, W.P. Principal General Foreman. Workshop

Walters, A.J. Tractor driver. Workshop

Zoya, Z. Groundsman I. General maintenance

SEED ROOM

Notten, Miss A.L. Technician. Supervisor: Seed room

August, C. Groundsman II. Seed room

Crowie, Mrs U.M. Groundswoman II. Seed room

Goliath, Mrs L. Groundswoman I. Seed room

Kamalie, S. Student

Manuel, I.P. Senior General Foreman. Seed room

Smith, D. Groundsman II. Seed room

Van Rooyen, Ms S. Groundswoman I. Seed room

NURSERY

Powrie, Ms F.J. B. Sc. (Hons.), N.

Adams, G. Groundsman II. Nursery

Apolis, A. Groundsman I. Succulents

Beck, J.A. Groundsman I. Sales nursery

Brown, B.M. Groundsman I. Nursery

Carrol, R.R. Groundsman I. Sales nursery

Crous, FI.T. Senior Technician. Tissue culture

'.(Hort.). Chief Technician. Manager

Cupido, J. Groundsman I. Nursery

Davids, M.I. General Foreman. Bulbs

Davids, N. Groundsman I. Sales nursery

Duncan, G.D. N.DJHort.). Chief Technician. Bulbs

Engelbrecht, Mrs L.D. Senior Administration Clerk II.

Plant records

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

217

Francis, J. Groundsman I. Nursery

Geduldt. D.C. Engraver. Plant labels

Hitchcock, A.N. N.H.D.(Hort.). Chief Technician. Sales

nursery

Jacobs, C.W. Groundsman I. Nursery

Jacobs, H.C. General Foreman. Sales nursery

Jaques, R. Techncian. Plant utilization

Jenkins, A. Groundsman II. Succulents

Jita, Ms G. Groundswoman I. Nursery

King, O. Groundsman 1. Nursery

Kotze, F.G. N.T.C.III(Hort.). Chief Technician. Ericas/

Proteas

Levvin, T.B. Groundsman II. Nursery

March, Ms A. Student (bursary). Nursery

Marent, Mrs H.C. Senior Administration Clerk. Plant

records

Marthinus, E. Groundsman II. Succulents

Matthews, Z. Groundsman I. Sales nursery

Oliver, Ms Y. Groundswoman I. Sales nursery

Petersen, Mrs G. Groundswoman 1. Glass house

Picane, Ms S. Groundswoman II. Tissue culture

Sauls, C.J. Groundsman II. Nursery

Sauls, K. Groundsman I. Nursery

Tamboer, J.S. Senior General Foreman. Nursery

Van Jaarsveld, E.J. M.Sc., N.D.(Hort.). Chief Technician.

Succulents

Van Wyk, F. Groundsman I. Glass house

LOWVELD NBG — NELSPRUIT

Kluge, J.P. B. Sc. (Hons.), T.H.O.D. Control Technician

Froneman, W.C.F. N.D. (Nature Cons. & Man.), N.D.

(Parks & Rec. Admin.), N.T.C.III(Hort.). Chief

Technician

Hurter, P.J.H. B. Sc. (Hons.). Senior Scientific Officer.

Research

Khosa, F.D. Specialist Gardener. Commercial nursery

Khoza, D.E. Groundsman I. Garden maintenance

Khumalo, N.S. Groundsman I

Khumalo, S.S. Tractor Driver

Lekhuleni, M.W. Groundsman I. New development

Magagula, K.E. Groundsman II. New development

Magagula, N.R. Groundsman I. Garden maintenance

Mahlahlubane, F.J. Machine Operator

Makamo, Mrs J.E. Groundswoman II. Garden mainte-

nance

Makhubela. B.J. Groundsman I. Garden maintenance

Maqungo. D.P. Groundsman I. Cycads

Maqungo, Ms V.L.B. Administration Aid II. Kiosk

Maseko, N.E. Groundsman I. New development

Mazibuko, F.E. Groundsman I. Garden maintenance

Mdhluli, M.B. Machine Operator

Mdluli, M.E. Groundsman I. Kiosk

Mkhatshwa, Mrs N.S. Groundswoman II. Garden main-

tenance

Mteto, E.M. Groundsman I. Commercial nursery

Musweli, K.J. Specialist Groundsman. New development

Ndlovu, L.D. General Foreman. Maintenance

Ngomane, S. Groundsman I. Cycads

Ngqani, Mrs L.S. Administration Aid 1

Ngwengoma, P.N. Driver

Ngwenya, PS. Groundsman II. Index nursery

Ngwenyama, K.A. Groundsman I. New development

Nkosi, Mrs P.B. Groundswoman I. Garden maintenance

Nkosi, Mrs S.L. Groundswoman II. Garden maintenance

Shabangu, M.E. Driver (H)

Shabangu, S.L. Machine Operator

Shabangu, W.N. Groundsman I. Garden maintenance

Shawa, P.M. Groundsman I. Commercial nursery

Shawe, S.A. General Foreman

Sibule, B.F. Groundsman II. Garden maintenance

Sibure. W.F. Groundsman I. Garden maintenance

Sigudla, B.M. Groundsman II. Garden maintenance

Soka, M.P. Groundsman I. New development

Thabethe, S.S. Groundsman I. Cycads

Tsela, T.K. Groundsman I. Garden maintenance

Van der Walt, Mrs G.A. Senior Administration Clerk II

NATAL NBG— PIETERMARITZBURG

Tarr, B.B. N.D. (Parks & Rec. Admin.), Advanced Dip. (Adult Education). Control Technician

Busani, M.A. Tractor Driver

Dlamini, M.N. Groundsman I

Dlungwane, T.R. General Foreman

Gabuza, B.A. Machine Operator

Gates, Mrs J.E. N.D. (Parks & Rec. Admin.), N.D.(Hort.)

Intermed.D. (Marketing Man.). Senior Technician.

Kniphofia , forest spp.

Hlela, S.C. Groundsman I

Mbanjwa, Z.P. Groundsman I

Mbense, M.A. Tractor Driver

Mncwabe, Mrs Y.A. Groundswoman I

Mncwabe, B.P. Driver (H)

Mpangase, S.Z. Groundsman I

Mpulo, D.H. Machine Operator

Mthalane, M.A. Machine Operator

Mtolo, C. Groundsman II. Team leader

Nkabini, A.B. Groundsman II

Nonjinge, S.H.B. Principal Scientific Officer

Ntombela, M. Groundsman I

Nzakwe, Z.W. Groundsman I

Radebe, N.A. Groundsman I

Roff, J. Groundsman II

Sokhela, P.S. Groundsman I

Van der Merwe, Mrs M.E.H. Senior Administration Clerk

I

Xaba, M.A. Groundsman I

Zimu, M.J. Groundsman II

Zimu, S.P. Groundsman I

Zondi, E.S. Groundsman II

Zondi, T.A. Groundsman I

Zondo, Z. Groundsman I

Zuma, C.J. Groundsman I

Zuma, Mrs K.K. Administration Aid I

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

FREE STATE NBG — BLOEMFONTEIN

Britz, R.M. N.D. (Forestry). Control Technician

Dweba, K.D. Groundsman I. Entrance

Eysele, Mrs J.P. Senior Administration Clerk II

Hlaole, R Groundsman I. Nursery

Lekheto, M.J. Groundsman II. Garden maintenance

Lekheto, T.S. Groundsman II. Nursery

Lumley, M.J. Chief Scientific Officer. Nursery

Mabula, S.K. Groundsman I. Maintenance

Masheane, D. Tractor Driver

Mbolekwa, L.M. Groundsman II. Rhus, display

Mogale, A.O. Technician. Garden

Mohokare, L.J. Groundsman I. Garden maintenance

Moima, T.J. Groundsman II. Braai area, maintenance

Mopeli, M.J. Groundsman I. Bulb area

Moticoe, Mrs M.A. Groundswoman I. Nursery

Motse, V.D. Groundsman I. General garden

Mpeli, P.A. Groundsman I. Nursery

Nakanyane, R.B. Senior General Foreman

Nakedi, M.J. Driver (H)

Olifant, D.M. Groundsman I. Kiosk area

Raditlhare, Mrs E.M. Administration Aid I.

Sebolai, Mrs C.L. Groundswoman I. Seed room nursery

Sebolai, R.P.A.N. Foreman. General maintenance

Semenyane, T.D. Groundsman II. Garden maintenance

Thaele, Mrs M.E. Administration Aid II

PRETORIA NBG

Heilgendorff, J.P. H.N.D.(Hort.). Control Technician

Baloi, R.F. Machine Operator

Baloyi, K.J. Groundsman I. Garden records

Baloyi, S.J. Driver (H)

Baloyi, M.S. Dip. (IBM) Specialized Auxiliary Services

Officer. Garden records

Chipi, S.M. Groundsman I. Security

Chuma, J.S. Groundsman I. Security

Dry, D.H. N.D.(Hort.). Chief Technician. Plant sales,

records and gate control. Technical papers on hor-

ticulture and plants

James, V.H. Groundsman I. General maintenance

Kemp, J. Groundsman I. Scientific collections

Keyter, B.A. Senior Security Officer

Klapwijk, N.A. N.D.(Hort.), N.D. (Plant Prod.), N.D.

(Diesel Fitting). Chief Technician. Planning and

development. Index Nursery, New Plant Company

Kutama, B.T. Groundsman I. Garden development

Letsoalo, H.M. Groundsman I. Sete Team

Mabasa, J.R. Groundsman I. Security

Machika, S.M. Groundsman I. Irrigation

Madlala, Ms N. N.T.C.III(Hort.), N.D.(Parks & Rec.Man.).

Communications Officer

Mahlangu, J.J. Groundsman I. Production nursery

Mahlase, M.M. Groundsman I. Security

Makafula, W.P Groundsman I. Garden development

Makena, M.S. Driver (H). Gate control

Makena, S.N. General Foreman. Makena Team

Makena, T.J. Groundsman I. Production nursery

Makgopo, C.K. Groundsman I. Sete Team

Makhafola, L.W. Groundsman I. Garden development

Makhubela, D. General Foreman. Production nursery

Makhubela, K.P. Groundsman I. Scientific collection

Makoeng, T.P Groundsman II. Production nursery

Makola, M.J. Groundsman I. Makena Team

Makola, M.L. Groundsman II. Production nursery

Makua, E.G. Machine Operator

Malewa, D.K. Groundsman I. Irrigation

Malobola, J.L. Groundsman I. Sete Team

Malobola, M. Groundsman II. Sete Team

Maluleke, M.J. Groundsman II. Production nursery

Mamietja, A.M. Groundsman II. Makena Team

Mariri, J.N. Senior Genral Foreman. Maintenance

Marule, PM. Tractor Driver

Masango, M.G. General Foreman. Garden development

Matchika, S.P. Groundsman I. Cook

Mathabathe, D.S. Groundsman I. Succulents

Matlala, S.M. Groundsman I. Makena Team

Meyer (nee Schnackenberg), Mrs H. Senior Administra-

tion Clerk I

Mmakujwana, K.J. Groundsman I. Garden development

Mnyangeni, L.D. Groundsman I. General maintenance

Modisha, M.D. Groundsman I. Cleaner

Mogoru, F.M. Groundsman I. Makena Team

Mogoru, S.C. Groundsman II. Sales nursery

Mohale, F.R. General Foreman. Scientific collection

Mohale, N.J. Groundsman I. Sete Team

Mokawe, R.N. Groundsman I

Molefe, J.R. Groundsman II. Makena Team

Molokomme, K.F. Machine Operator

Molomo, S.E. Groundsman II. Scientific collection

Mononyane, J.B. Groundsman II. Makena Team

Motshweni, W.V. Machine Operator

Mudau, T.R. Groundsman I. Sete Team

Muhali, M.B. Machine Operator

Ngobeni, R.T. Groundsman I

Nkoane, M.J. Groundsman II. General maintenance

Nkwana, F.N. Driver (FI)

Noko, J.M. Research Assistant

Noku, A.Y. Tractor Driver

Ramakgaphola, M.A. Groundsman I. Makena Team

Ramatsetse, M.P Groundsman II. Security

Rampopana, A.M. Groundsman I. Production nursery

Sete, L.B. General Foreman. Sete Team

Shilubane, E. Storeman. Workshop

Shirindi, J.R. Groundsman II. Cycads

Shirindi, M.S. Groundsman I. General maintenance

Sithole, D.J. Groundsman I. Maintenance

Swartz, Ms P.P. M.Sc. Senior Horticulturist. Scientific

and horticultural curation of living collections;

garden development; seedbank of endangered

plants and succulents; Madagascan plants

Tefu, R.P. Groundsman I. Succulents

Tloubatla, L.J. Groundsman I. General maintenance

Tolo, P.K. Groundsman II. Garden development

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

WITWATERSRAND NBG— WILROPARK

Chaplin, P.J. N.T.C.III(Hort.). Control Technician

219

Hankey, A.J. N.D.(Hort.). Senior Technician.

Horticulture

Head, Mrs S.E. Senior Administration Clerk 1

Khedzi, K.P. Groundsman IE Nursery

Lukhwa, N.A. Groundsman II. Garden

Luvhimbi, T.S. Groundsman I. Garden

Majamane, L. Groundsman I. Garden

Majamane, Z.E. Groundsman I. Garden

Mamosebo, M.A. Groundsman I. Garden

Manjati, Mrs N.L. Administration Aid I. Shop Assistant

Manyikana, T.A. Groundsman II. Garden

Matsea, M.W. Groundsman I. Garden

Mbulaheni, M.P. Groundsman II. Garden

Mmola, Mrs B.E. Administration Aid I. Cleaner

Mulibana, N.S. Machine Operator

Ndou. A.P. Groundsman I. Garden

Ndou, M.W. Groundsman I.

Ndwambi, N.W. Groundsman I. Garden

Ndzondo, Mrs G.P. Administration Aid I. Cleaner

Nedambale, M.P. General Foreman. Garden maintenance

Nekhavhambe, S.P. Groundsman I. Garden

Nemalili, A.S. Driver (H)

Nemalili, M.E. Driver (H)

Nenungwi, M.S. Groundsman II. Nursery

Rammela, N.N. Machine Operator

Randima, M.S. Groundsman I. Garden

Raphalalani, V.S. Groundsman II. Nursery

Rossouw, P. Student

Steel, Ms B.S. N.D. (Nature Cons.), N.D. (Parks & Rec.

Admin.), Dip.(Joum.). Senior Technician. Nursery,

succulent and herb gardens, plant records

Tebeile, Ms Z.M. Administration Aid I. Shop Assistant

Thupe, G.G. Groundsman I. Garden

Thupe, I.C. Groundsman I. Garden

Tshisikule, M.G. Groundsman II. Garden

Turner, Ms S.L. B. Sc. (Hons.). Horticulture

RESEARCH DIRECTORATE

| PRETORIA

Smith, Prof. G.F. Ph.D., F.L.S. Director: Research

Rutherford, M.C. Ph.D., Dip.(Datamet.). Deputy Director: Ecology and Conservation

Wolfson, Mrs M.M. Ph.D. Deputy Director: Education and Research Support

Hartzer, Mrs P.C.M. M.Sc. Chief Scientific Officer

Meyer, Mrs N.L. B. Sc. (Hons.) (contract worker)

Smit, Mrs A.C. Senior Administration Clerk II. Secretary

Steyn, Mrs E.M.A. Ph.D. Principal Scientist. Embryology

PLANT SYSTEMATICS SUBDIRECTORATE

PRETORIA

Smith, Prof. G.F. Ph.D., F.L.S. Systematics of succulents and rosulate, petaloid monocots

Arnold, T.H. Head: Data Management (Pretoria)

Koekemoer, Miss M. Curator: National Herbarium (Pretoria)

Rourke, Dr J.P. Curator: Compton Herbarium (Cape Town)

Williams, Ms R. Curator: Natal Herbarium (Durban)

Willis, C.K. M.Sc. (Cons. Biol.). Assistant Director. Project Co-ordinator: SABONET (Pretoria)

COMPTON HERBARIUM— CAPE TOWN

Rourke, J.P. Ph.D., F.L.S., F.R.S.S.Af. Assistant Director. Systematics of southern African

Beyers, Mrs J.B.P. M.Sc. Scientist. Assistant Curator: Cupido, Mrs C.S. Specialized Auxiliary Services Officer.

Collections. Taxonomy of the Gnidieae (Thymelae- Technical Assistant

aceae) Davidse, Mrs. E. Specialized Auxiliary Services Officer.

Cupido, C.N. B.Sc. Scientific Officer Herbarium Assistant

220

Bothalia 27.2 (1997)

Foster, Mrs S.E. Principal Typist I

Holm, K. Administration Aid II

Kurzweil, H. Ph.D. Specialist Scientist. Systematics of

southern African terrestrial orchids

Leith, Mrs J. Senior Administration Clerk I

Manning, J.C. Ph.D. Specialist Scientist. Systematics of

Iridaceae and Orchidaceae; anatomy

Oliver, E.G.H. M.Sc. Principal Scientist. Taxonomy of

the Ericoideae (Ericaceae)

Oliver, Mrs I.M. (contract worker)

Paterson-Jones, Mrs D.A. (nee Snijman) Ph.D. Principal

Scientist. Systematics of Amaryllidaceae; cladis-

tics

Roux, J.P. N.T.C.III(Hort.), F.L.S., M.Sc. Principal

Scientist. Systematics of Pteridophyta

Steiner, K.E. Ph.D. Specialist Scientist. Systematics of

Scrophulariaceae and evolutionary interactions

between oil-secreting flowers and oil-collecting

bees

NATAL HERBARIUM— DURBAN

Williams, Ms R. B. Sc. (Hons.), H.D.E. Chief Scientific Officer.

Bircher, Ms C.J. (contract worker) Noble, Mrs H-E. Senior Administration Clerk

Crouch, N.R. Ph.D. Scientist. Ethnobotanist Singh, Ms Y. B. Sc. (Hons.), H.E.D. Senior Scientific

Mbonambi, B.M. Groundsman II. Garden Officer. Taxonomy of Zantedeschia , plant identi-

Ndlovu, Ms N.C. Groundsman II fications

Ngwenya, A.M. Principal Specialized Auxiliary Services

Officer. Herbarium Assistant. Plant identification,

plant information

NATIONAL HERBARIUM— PRETORIA

Koekemoer, Miss M. M.Sc. Assistant Director. Herbarium management. Taxonomy of Poaceae, Asteraceae:

Disparago, Stoebe, Amphiglossa, Elytropcippus, Pterothrix and Bryomorphe

Bredenkamp, Mrs C.L. M.Sc. Chief Scientific Officer. Assistant Curator: Public relations.

Taxonomy of Vitex, Phylica, Rhamnaceae, Sterculiaceae and other related families.

Gennishuizen, G. M.Sc. Principal Scientist. Assistant Curator: Finances. Taxonomy of

Polygonaceae, Fabaceae, Loranthaceae, Viscaceae

Herman, P.P.J. M.Sc. Principal Scientist. Assistant Curator: Personnel. Taxonomy of

Asteraceae, Flora of Transvaal

Heymann, Mrs M.Z. T.E.Dip., B. A. (Education & History). Principal Specialized Auxiliary

Services Officer. Assistant Curator: Ser

Anderson, H.M. Ph.D. Principal Scientist. Palaeobotany,

palaeogeography

Anderson, J.M. Ph.D. Specialist Scientist. Palaeobotany,

palaeogeography

Archer, R.H. Ph.D. Scientist. Taxonomy of mainly Cel-

astraceae, Euphorbiaceae

Archer (nee Reid) Mrs C. M.Sc. Senior Scientist. Taxon-

omy of Cyperaceae, Restionaceae, Orchidaceae

Burgoyne, Ms PM. M.Sc. Senior Scientific Officer.

Plant identifications co-ordinator

Cloete, Mrs M. Dip.(Typing). Senior Provisioning Clerk.

Specimen label typist

Dreyer, Miss L.L. M.Sc. Scientist. Taxonomy of Gerani-

aceae, Crassulaceae, Oxalidaceae

Fish, Mrs L. B.Sc. Chief Scientific Officer. Taxonomy

of Poaceae. Plant collecting programme; supervis-

ing mounters

Glen, H.F. Ph.D. Senior Scientist. Taxonomy of trees and

succulents, especially Aloe , herbarium for cultivat-

ed plants, and botanical collectors

Glen, Mrs R.P M.Sc. Senior Scientific Officer. Taxon-

omy of ferns, water plants

Floare (nee Victor), Mrs J.E. B.Sc. (Hons.), H.Dip.Journ.

Scientific Officer. Taxonomy of Rutaceae, Ascle-

piadaceae

Jordaan, Mrs M. M.Sc. Chief Scientific Officer. Taxon-

omy of Casuarinaceae — Connaraceae, Maytenus

vices, loans, gifts and exchanges

Kgaditsi, W.T. Specialized Auxiliary Services Officer I.

Mounter, general assistant in cultivated plants

section

Lephaka, G.M. Specialized Auxiliary Services Officer I.

Parcelling, pressing and general assistance

Makgakga, K.S. Specialized Auxiliary Services Officer

I. Mounter of vascular plants

Makgakga, M.C. Senior Specialized Auxiliary Services

Officer. Herbarium assistant. Wing B

Makwarela, A.M. B.Sc. Scientific Officer

Marinus, Mrs E. Principal Specialized Auxiliary Services

Officer. Herbarium assistant

Masombuka, Ms A.S. Specialized Auxiliary Services

Officer I. Herbarium assistant

Meyer, J.J. N.D. (Teaching). Scientific Officer. Herba-

rium assistant. Wing C

Netnou, Ms N.C. B.Sc. Scientific Officer

Nkoana, L.S. Scientific Officer (contract worker)

Perold, Mrs S.M. Ph.D. Taxonomy of Ricciaceae, Hepati-

cae (contract worker)

Phahla, T.J. Specialized Auxiliary Services Officer 1.

Mounter of bryophytes and vascular plants

Ready, Mrs J.A. N.D.(Hort.). Senior Specialized Auxiliary

Services Officer. Herbarium assistant. Wing D

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

221

Retief, Miss E. M.Sc. Senior Scientist. Pollen studies of

Boraginaceae. Taxonomy of Boraginaceae, Verbe-

naceae, Lamiaceae, Asteraceae, Rubiaceae

Riddles. L.M.D. B.Sc. Scientific Officer

Schutte-Vlok, Mrs A.L. Ph.d. Scientist (contract worker)

Sebothoma, P.N. Specialized Auxiliary Services Officer

1. Herbarium assistant

Smithies, Mrs S.J. M.Sc., Dip. Ed.(Moray House). Senior

Scientific Officer. Taxonomy of Scrophulariaceae,

Selaginaceae, Lobeliaceae

Steyn, Ms C.C. Principal Auxiliary Services Officer.

Anatomy, palynology

Van Rooy, J. M.Sc. Senior Scientist. Taxonomy and bio-

geography of mosses; supervising bryophyte

mounters

Veldman, Mrs J.M. Senior Provisioning Clerk. Herba-

rium administration

Welman, Miss W.G. M.Sc. Senior Scientist. Taxonomy

of Convolvulaceae, Solanaceae, Cucurbitaceae,

Campanulaceae, Asteraceae, Acanthaceae

DATA MANAGEMENT— PRETORIA

Arnold, T.H. M.Sc. Assistant Director. Computer application especially in taxonomy

Botha, Mrs A.G. Principal Specialized Auxiliary Services

Officer. Secretary

De Wet, Mrs B.C. B.Sc. (Computer Science), B.A.,

H.D.L.S. Principal Datametrician

Enslin, M. Student

Evenwel, Mrs E. Specialized Auxiliary Services Officer.

Quality control (contract worker)

Harris, Mrs B.J. Specialized Auxiliary Services Officer.

Encoding, quality control

Hawker, Mrs L.C. (contract worker)

Joubert, Mrs M.A.E. Senior Data Typist

Mbedzi, M.D. Specialized Auxiliary Services Officer II

Prentice, Ms C. Scientist (contract worker)

Snyman, Mrs E.E. N.D.(Comp. Data Proc.) Scientific

Officer

EDUCATION AND RESEARCH SUPPORT— PRETORIA

Wolfson, Mrs M.M. Ph.D. Deputy Director. Physiology/Ecophysiology of Poaceae, carbon uptake metabolism,

allocation in response to environmental and management stress

Clapperton, Mrs S. Typist II

Du Plessis, Mrs. H. Head: Research Support Services & Publications

Liebenberg, Mrs E.J.L. Head: Administration

Potgieter, Mrs. E. Senior Librarian

EDUCATION

GOLD FIELDS CENTRE— CAPE TOWN

Ashwell, Ms A.N. M.Ed. B.Sc.

Boonzaaier, I. Groundsman II

Constable, M.D. Bus Driver

Cupido, Ms M. Administrative Assistant I. Co-ordinator

Hitchcock, Mrs W.A. Principal Communications Officer. Adult education

Huet, Mrs H. Senior Administration Clerk

Mkefe, T.J. SPTD, Communications Officer

Tyokolo, Ms S.E. SPTD, Communications Officer (contract worker)

FREE STATE

Masilo,T. Scientific Officer

PRETORIA

Symonds, Ms A.M. N.D.(Nature Cons.), H.D.E. Principal Communications Officer

WITWATERSRAND

Van der Westhuizen, Mrs S. M.Sc. Principal Communications Officer

Vlok, Mrs S. B.Com. Administrative Assistant

222

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

INTERPRETATION— PRETORIA

Joffe, Mrs H. B.Sc. Garden Utilization Officer

RESEARCH SUPPORT SERVICES AND PUBLICATIONS— PRETORIA

Du Plessis, Mrs H. M.Sc. Senior Scientist. Cytogenetics

Brink, Mrs S.S. Dip. (Typing). Chief Typesetter. Typeset-

ting, layout, word processing

Condy, Ms G.S. M.A. Senior Industrial Technician. Bota-

nical artist

Du Plessis, Mrs E. B.Sc. (Hons.), S.E.D. Technical editor.

Editing, translating, layout

Leistner, O.A. D.Sc., F.L.S. Editing (contract worker)

Mapheza, T.P. Senior Storeman II. Bookshop

Momberg, Mrs B.A. B.Sc. (Entomology & Zoology).

Technical editor. Editing, layout

Maree, Ms D.J. Senior Typist

Romanowski, Mrs A.J. Dip. (Photography). Senior Indus-

trial Technician (Photography). Scientific photogra-

pher

MARY GUNN LIBRARY— PRETORIA

Potgieter, Mrs E. B. Libr. . Senior Librarian

Fourie, Mrs A. B. Libr. Assistant Librarian (contract worker)

Shabangu, B.M. Student

ADMINISTRATION— PRETORIA

Liebenberg, Mrs E.J.L. M.Sc. Chief Scientific Officer. Cytotaxonomy. Manager

Gotzel, Mrs A. Senior Telecom. Operator I

Kama, Mrs P.B. Administration Aid I

Khumalo, N.P. Principal General Foreman. Super-

visor: Office services

Koehne, Mrs R.W.R. Senior Registration Clerk

Makgobola, Mrs M.R. Administration Aid I

Malefo, R.P. Administration Aid 1

Maphuta, Mrs M.S. Administration Aid I

Martin, Ms M.A. Senior Administration Clerk 1

Nkosi, Mrs M.P. Administration Aid I

Phaala, M.C. Administration Aid I

Smuts, Mrs W.E. Administration Officer. Personnel

Tloubatla, J.M. Courier/Photocopy Machine Opera-

tor

Venter, W.A. N.T.C.II. Senior General Foreman.

Maintenance

ECOLOGY AND CONSERVATION SUBDIRECTORATE

| CAPE TOWN |

Rutherford, M.C. Ph.D., Dip.(Datamet.). Deputy Director

Davis, G.W. Ph.D. Assistant Director. Head: Ecology liaison. Stress and disturbance ecology

Nanni, Ms I. B.Sc., H.D.E. Head: Research Support Services

Reynolds, Ms P.Y. B.A., H.D.L.S., B.Proc. Senior Librarian

Bosenberg, J. de Wet B.Sc.(Hons.). Principal Scientific

Officer. Cycad biology and conservation

Botha, PA. N.H.D.(HorL). Senior Scientific Officer. Tis-

sue culture research, seed biology

Brown, N.A.C. Ph.D. Specialist Scientist. Seed biology

research, plant growth regulators

De Lange, J.H. B.Sc.(Hort), M.Sc. (Plant Physiology),

D.Sc.(Agric.), Ph.D.(Bof). Senior Specialist

Scientist. Ecology, tissue culture, horticulture

Donaldson, J.S. M.Sc. (Entomology), PhD. (Zoology). As-

sistant Director. Cycad biology, plant/insect inter-

actions, conservatio biology

Hilton-Taylor, C. B.SC. (Hons. )(Biol. Sci.). Scientist.

Threatened plants, biodiversity of arid regions

Hoffman, M.T. Ph.D. Principal Scientist. Disturbance and

historical ecology

Hunter, Ms D.A. Senior Administration Clerk I. Secretary

Jacobs, E.C. Specialized Auxiliary Services Officer 1. Lab-

oratofy Assistant. QWo/Vcr/Honeybush tea project

Joubert, E.L. Scientist

McDonald, D.J. Ph.D. Principal Scientist. Mountain veg-

etation, biogeography, conservation

Midgley, G.F. M.Sc. Principal Scientist. Plant stress phy-

siology/ecology

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

223

Mjwara, J.M. Senior Scientist

Musil, C.F. Ph.D. Specialist Scientist. Plant stress physi-

ology/ecology

O'Callaghan, M.G. Ph.D. Principal Scientist. Plant cli-

mate interactions

Petersen, Ms A. M.Sc. Scientific Officer. Disturbance and

historical ecology (contract worker)

Pieper-Howeling, Ms H. GIS Operator (contract worker)

Powrie, L.W. M.Sc. Chief Scientific Officer. Ecological

databases: computer co-ordination

Rebelo, A.G. Ph.D. (Zoology). Senior Scientist. Conser-

vation biology, biogeography

Wand, Ms S.J.E. M.Sc.(Agric.). Scientist. Plant stress

physiology/ecology

RESEARCH SUPPORT SERVICES— CAPE TOWN

Nanni, Ms E B.Sc., H.D.E. Chief Scientific Officer. Manager

Arnolds, Ms J.L. Laboratory Assistant

Bowler, Mrs M. Laboratory & Office Aid II

De Witt, D.M. Principal Specialized Auxiliary Services

Officer. Scientific Assistant

Jagger. B.W. Principal Specialized Auxiliary Services

Officer. Scientific Assistant

Madikane, Ms B.R. Specialized Auxiliary Services Of-

ficer II. Communication Assistant

Parenzee, Ms H.A. Dip. Ed. Senior Administration

Clerk I

Snyders, S.G. Specialized Auxiliary Services Officer I.

General Assistant

HARRY MOLTENO LIBRARY— CAPE TOWN

Reynolds, Ms PY. B.A., H.D.L.S., B.Proc., B. Bibl.(Hons.). Senior Librarian

Edwards, Mrs J. A.L.A.(UK). Cataloguer (contract worker)

Maqetuka, Ms N. Student (contract worker)

Ramphele, Ms M.C. Student

PUBLICATIONS BY THE STAFF

1 April 1996-31 March 1997

ANDERSON, J.M. 1996. Review: Fossil floras of China through the

geological ages. IOP Newsletter 57, April 1996: 7, 8.

ANDERSON, J„ ANDERSON, H.. FATT1, P. & SICHEL. H. 1996.

The Triassic explosion(?): a statistical model for extrapolating

biodiversity based on the terrestrial Molteno Formation.

Paleobiology 22: 318-328.

ASHWELL, A.N. 1997. Growing people for green environments: the

NBI’s environmental education programme takes root. Veld &

Flora 83: 10-14.

ARCHER, C. & ARCHER. R.H. 1996. A new species of Holothrix

Lindl. (Orchidaceae) from northern KwaZulu-Natal. South

African Journal of Botany 62: 209-2 1 1 .

ARCHER, R.H. & ARCHER, C. 1996. Should Crinumforbesii (Lindl.)

Schult. & Schult.f. be reinstated? (Amaryllidaceae) Bothalia

26: 153.

ARCHER. R.H. & VAN WYK. A.E. 1996a. Correct orthography and author

citation for Elaeadendron (Celastraceae). Bothalia 26: 41, 42.

ARCHER, R.H. & VAN WYK, A.E. 1996b Generic delimitation of

subfamily Cassinoideae (Celastraceae) in Africa. In L.J.G. van

der Maesen, X.M. van der Burgt & J.M. van Medenbach de

Rooy, The biodiversity of African plants: 163-179. (Proceedings

of the XIVth AETFAT Congress, 22-27 August 1994). Kluwer

Academic Publishers, Dordrecht, Boston, London.

BAXTER, J. & CROUCH. N.R. 1996. Riocreuxia woodii : an extinct(?)

member of the milkweed family from KwaZulu-Natal.

PlantLife 15: 16, 17.

BOUCHER, C„ ERASMUS, D„ MARAIS, C. & MCDONALD, D.J.

1996. An inventory of sources of data pertaining to the Fynbos

Biome. Vol. II. FRD Programme Report Series No. 28: 1-383.

FRD, Pretoria.

BREDENKAMP. C L. & BOTHA, D.J 1996. FSA contributions 7:

Verbenaceae: Vitex. Bothalia 26: 141-151.

BROWN, N.A.C. & BOTHA, P. 1997. Smoking them out. The

Horticulturist 6: 2-6. Journal of the Institute of Horticulture.

BROWN, N.A.C., JAMIESON, H. & HITCHCOCK, A. 1996.

Conservation through cultivation. The Garden 121: 265-267.

Journal of the Royal Horticultural Society. London.

BROWN, N.A.C., VAN STADEN, J. & BRITS, G. 1996. Propagation

of Cape Proteaceae, Ericaceae, and Restionaceae from seed.

Combined Proceedings of International Plant Propagators’

Society 46: 23-27.

BULLOCK, P. LE HOUEROU, H., HOFFMAN, M.T., ROUNSEV-

ELL. M„ SEHGAL, J. & VARALLYAY, G. 1996. Land degra-

dation and desertification. In R T. Watson, M.C. Zinyowera &

R.H. Moss, Climate change 1995. Impacts, adaptations and

mitigation of climate change: scientific-technical analyses:

171-189. Contribution of Working Group II to the Second

Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel of Climate

Change (IPCC). Cambridge University Press, Cambridge.

CLARK, T„ CROUCH, N. & NGWENYA, A. 1996. Ibhungezi— the

Afro-Spanish fly. Africa Environment & Wildlife 4,5: 8.

CONINGSBY, N. 1996a. Madiba strikes gold. Veld & Flora 82: 132.

CONINGSBY, N. 1996b. Forthcoming events. SABONET News 1,1:7.

CROUCH, N. 1996. Mutterings, mumblings and meanderings. IPU

Newsletter 4,1: 3, 7.

DAVIS. G.W. (ed.). 1996a. Editorial: Integrating our profession with

our politics: does the environment really feature? Bulletin of the

Southern African Institute of Ecologists and Environmental

Scientists 15,1: 1.

DAVIS, G.W. (ed.). 1996b. Editorial: Punctuated progress towards a

future. Bulletin of the Southern African Institute of Ecologists

and Environmental Scientists 15,2: 1.

DAVIS, G.W. (ed.). 1996c. Editorial: Some nitty gritty Institute affairs.

Bulletin of the Southern African Institute of Ecologists and

Environmental Scientists 15,3: 1, 2.

DAVIS, G.W. (ed.). 1996d. Water resources in southern Africa: con-

224

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

straints to development. Proceedings of a symposium hosted by

the Southern African Institute of Ecologists and Environmental

Scientists on 24 May 1996: 24.

DAVIS, G.W. 1996e. Review: The Biophilia hypothesis, edited by S.R.

Kellert & E.O. Wilson, published by Shearwater Press.

Madrono 43: 539-542.

DAVIS, G.W. 1996f. South Africa and the Biodiversity Convention.

Plant Talk 7: 13.

DAVIS, G.W. & HOFFMAN, M.T. 1996. Look what’s cooking at the

Karoo Botanical Garden. Veld & Flora 82: 102-104.

DAVIS, G.W., RICHARDSON, D M., KEELEY, J E. & HOBBS, R.J.

1996. Mediterranean-type ecosystems: The influence of biodi-

versity on their function. In H.A. Mooney, J.H. Cushman, E.

Medina, O.E. Sala, & E.-D. Schulze, Synthesis of diversity and

ecosystem function : 151-183. SCOPE, John Wiley.

DAVIS, G.W. & WYNBERG, R. 1996. Indigenous plant resources in

South Africa: towards an appropriate policy framework for sus-

tainable use. A background paper commissioned by the Land

and Agriculture Policy Centre.

DONALDSON, J.S. 1996. Saving the cycad. Orient and Express.

September 1996: 13, 14.

DONALDSON, J.S. 1997. The IUCN Cycad Specialist Group. The

Cycad Newsletter 20,1: 10-12.

DRY, D.H 1996. Hardy trees for Pretoria and Witwatersrand Parks &

Grounds 91: 40-43.

DUNCAN, G.D. 1996a. Four new species and one new subspecies of

Lachenalia (Hyacinthaceae) from arid areas of South Africa.

Bothalia 26: 1-9.

DUNCAN, G.D. 1996b. Growing South African bulbous plants.

National Botanical Institute, Cape Town.

DUNCAN, G.D 1996c. Seventh International Symposium on Flower

Bulbs. Bulletin of the Indigenous Bulb Growers Association of

South Africa 45: 27, 28.

GLEN, H.F 1996a. Any more kinds of types? Nomenclatural Forum

28: 202.

GLEN, H.F. 1996b. BE2-Y? or, is botanical history bunk? SABONET

News 1,2: 10-13. Newsletter of the Southern African Botanical

Diversity Network. National Botanical Institute, Pretoria.

GLEN, H.F. 1996c. FSA contributions 5: Buxaceae. Bothalia 26:

37-40.

GLEN, H.F. 1996d. The map collection of the National Botanical

Institute. In P. van der Merwe, Intermediate guide to genealog-

ical research in South Africa: 9-1 1 . Southern Transvaal Branch

of the Genealogical Society of South Africa, Johannesburg.

GLEN, H.F. 1996e. Southern African plants figured in Curtis’s

Botanical Magazine, 1787-1983. Archives of Natural History

23: 261-266.

GLEN, H.F. 1996f. Tracing your British ancestors. In P. van der

Merwe, Intermediate guide to genealogical research in South

Africa: 49-57. Southern Transvaal Branch of the Genealogical

Society of South Africa, Johannesburg.

GLEN, H.F. 1996g. The South African gwarra-gwarra bird. The

Hornbill 45: 19.

GLEN, H.F. 1997. Botanical exploration 2. PlantLife 16: 29, 30.

GOLDBLATT, P. & MANNING, J.C. 1996a. Indaceae. In K.Yamada,

The world of plants 106. Asahi Shimbun Press, Tokyo.

GOLDBLATT, P. & MANNING, J.C. 1996b. Phylogeny and specia-

tion in Lapeirousia subgenus Lapeirousia (Iridaceae:

Ixioideae). Annals of the Missouri Botanical Garden 83:

346-361.

GOLDBLATT, P. & MANNING, J.C. 1996c. Two new edaphic endem-

ic species and taxonomic changes in Gladiolus (Iridaceae) of

southern Africa, and notes on Iridaceae restricted to unusual

substrates. Novon 6: 172-180.

GOLDBLATT, P. & MANNING, J.C. 1996d. Reduction of Schizostylis

(Iridaceae: Ixioideae) in Hesperantha. Novon 6: 262-264.

GOLDBLATT, P. & MANNING, J.C. 1997. Kalkoentjies. Veld &

Flora 83: 6-9.

HERPPICH, W.B , MIDGLEY, G.F., VON WILLERT, D.J. & VESTE,

M 1996. CAM variations in the leaf-succulent Delosperma

tradescantioides (Mesembryanthemaceae), native to southern

Africa. Physiologia Plantarum 98: 485-492.

HEYDENRYCH, B & MANNING, J.C. 1996. Rare Gladiolus found

at Elim. Veld & Flora 82: 88, 89.

HILTON-TAYLOR, C. 1996a. Edible mesembs. Cactus and Succulent

Journal (U.S.) 68: 102.

HILTON-TAYLOR, C. 1996b. Patterns and characteristics of the flora

of the Succulent Karoo Biome, southern Africa. In L J.G. van

der Maesen, X.M. van der Burgt & J.M. van Medenbach de

Rooy, The biodiversity of African plants: 58-72. (Proceedings

of the XIVth AETFAT Congress, 22-27 August 1994). Kluwer

Academic Publishers, Dordrecht, Boston, London.

HILTON-TAYLOR, C. 1996c. Protea odorata, a case of benign

neglect? Plant Talk 7: 24, 25.

HILTON-TAYLOR. C 1 996d. Red Data list of southern African plants.

Strelitzia 4. National Botanical Institute, Pretoria.

HILTON-TAYLOR, C. 1996e. Red Data List of southern African

plants. 1. Corrections and additions. Bothalia 26: 177-182.

HILTON-TAYLOR, C. 1997. Our threatened plants — a conservation

crisis? Endangered Wildlife 25: 4—9.

HILTON-TAYLOR, C„ JOHNS! M. & POOL, R. 1996. Proposal to

transfer Orothamnus zeyheri from Appendix I to Appendix II in

accordance with precautionary measure B.2.b as specified in

Annex 4 of Resolution 9.24. Submitted in January 1997 by the

South African Department of Environment Affairs and Tourism

to the CITES Secretariat in Geneva, Switzerland for COP10.

HILTON-TAYLOR, C. & PATTERSON-JONES, C. 1996. Ecological

vandalism brings protea to near extinction. Africa Environment

and Wildlife 4,6: 1 1 .

HILTON-TAYLOR, C. & POOL, R. 1996. Proposal to transfer Protea

odorata/ram Appendix I to Appendix II in accordance with pre-

cautionary measure B.2.a as specified in Annex 4 of Resolution

9.24. Submitted in January 1997 by the South African

Department of Environment Affairs and Tourism to the CITES

Secretariat in Geneva, Switzerland for COP 10.

HOFFMAN, M.T. 1996. Letter: Things sweet to taste prove in diges-

tion sour. Veld & Flora 82: 134.

HUNTLEY, B.J. 1996a. Biodiversity conservation in the new South

Africa. In F. Di Castri & T. Younes, Biodiversity, science and

development — towards a new partnership. CAB International,

U K. and IUBS, France.

HUNTLEY, B.J. 1996b. Foreword. In K.S. Walter & H.J. Gillett, IUCN

Red Data List of threatened plants of the world. World

Conservation Monitoring Centre, Cambridge, UK.

HUNTLEY, B.J. 1996c. Foreword. In A. Hutchings etal., Zulu medic-

inal plants: an inventory. University of Natal Press.

HUNTLEY, B.J. & RUTHERFORD, M C. 1995 Biodiversity conser-

vation in South Africa. In The Valdivia Group: Proceedings of

the Biodiversity Workshop, 21-22 November 1995, Canberra,

Australia: 42—47.

HURTER, P.J.H. & CLAASSEN, I. 1996. Focus on: Encephalartos

whitelockii. Encephalartos 48: 4—11.

HURTER, P.J.H. & GLEN, H.F. 1996. Encephalartos hirsutus

(Zamiaceae): a newly described species from South Africa.

South African Journal of Botany: 62: 46-48.

JAMES, C.D. & HOFFMAN, M.T. 1996. Windows of fruit production

in yuccas: a response to Pellmyr. Oikos 75: 125-128.

JOHNSON, S.D. & SN1JMAN, D.A. 1996. Amaryllis belladonna. Veld

& Flora 82: 70, 71.

JOHNSON, S.D. & STEINER, K.E. 1997. Long-tongued fly pollina-

tion and divergence in the spur length of a South African

orchid. Evolution 51: 45-53.

KOEKEMOER, M. 1996. An overview of the Asteraceae of southern

Africa. In D.J.N. Hind & H. Beentje, Compositae: systematics.

Proceedings of the International Compositae Conference. Kew,

1994. Vol. 1: 95-110 Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew.

KUMI, B.A., DEMANET, C.M., VIJAYA SANKAR, K„ DREYER,

L L & VAN WYK, A.E. 1996. Atomic Force Microscopy

( AFM) of Oxalis pollen. Proceedings of the Microscopy Society

of South Africa Congress 26: 69.

KURZWEIL, H. 1996a. Die Siidafrikanischen Drakensberge — ein

Paradies fiir Erdorchideen. Die Orchidee 47: 136-140.

KURZWEIL, H. 1996b. Review: Terrestrial orchids from seed to mycotro-

phic plant, by Hanne N. Rasmussen, 1995. Bothalia 26: 184.

LEISTNER, O.A. 1996. The subcanopy flora in the dynamics of the

Kalahari Thornveld. In L.J.G. van der Maesen, X.M. van der

Burgt & J.M. van Medenbach de Rooy, The biodiversity of

African plants: 163-179. (Proceedings of the XIVth AETFAT

Congress, 22-27 August 1994). Kluwer Academic Publishers,

Dordrecht, Boston, London

LINDER, H P. & KURZWEIL, H. 1996. Ontogeny and phylogeny in

Brownleea (Orchidoideae: Orchidaceae). Nordic Journal of

Botany 16: 345-357.

MANNING, J.C. 1996a. Hyacinthaceae. In K. Yamada, The world of

plants 1 10. Asahi Shimbun Press, Tokyo.

MANNING, J.C. 1996b. Asphodelaceae, Colchicaceae, Agapanth-

aceae, Alliaceae. In K. Yamada, The world of plants 111. Asahi

Shimbun Press, Tokyo.

MANNING, J.C. & GOLDBLATT, P. 1996a. The Prosoeca perinqueyi

(Diptera: Nemcstrinidae) pollination guild in southern Africa:

Bothalia 27.2(1997)

225

long-tongued flies and their tubular flowers. Annals of the

Missouri Botanical Garden 83: 67-86.

MANNING, J.C. & GOLDBLATT, P. 1996b. Wild Flower Guide 7:

west coast. Botanical Society of South Africa, Cape Town.

MAY, H„ HOFFMAN. M.T. & MARINUS, T. 1996. The case for the

communally-managed reserves in semi-arid Namaqualand,

South Africa. In E. Odada, O. Totolo, M. Stafford Smith, & J

Ingram, Global change and subsistence rangelands in southern

Africa: the impacts of climatic variability and resource access

on rural livelihoods. GCTE Working Document No. 20: 51-56.

MCDONALD. D.J. 1996. The National Vegetation Map of South

Africa Project. Veld & Flora 82: 98, 99.

MCDONALD. D.J., COWLING, R.M. & BOUCHER. C. 1996.

Vegetation-environment relationships on a species-rich coastal

mountain range in the Fynbos Biome (South Africa). Vegetatio

123: 165-182.

MEEUSE. A. D.J. & WELMAN, W.G. 1996. New records, name

changes and a new combination in southern Africa

(Convolvulaceae). Botluilia 26: 46-50.

MIDGLEY, G.F. 1996. Plant-soil carbon below ground. The effects of

elevated C02- Report on GCTE foci 1 and 3 workshop, held in

Oxford, England. 20-23 September 1995. Bulletin of the

Southern African Institute of Ecologists and Environmental

Scientists 15,1: 8.

MOSSMER. M„ SMITH. G.F., HARTMANN. H.E.K. & SMIT, C.M.

1996. New collections of Mesembryanthema in South African

grasslands. In L.J.G. van der Maesen, X.M. van der Burgt &

J.M. van Medenbach de Rooy, The biodiversity of African

plants: 92-97. (Proceedings of the XIVth AETFAT Congress,

22-27 August 1994). Kluwer Academic Publishers. Dordrecht,

Boston, London.

MUSIL, C.F. 1996. Accumulated effect of elevated ultraviolet-B radi-

ation over multiple generations of the arid-environment annual

Dimorphotlieca sinuata DC. (Asteraceae). Plant. Cell and

Environment 19: 1017-1027.

NOBLE. I„ GITAY, H„ HOFFMAN, M.T. et al. 1996. Deserts in a

changing climate: impacts. In R.T. Watson, M.C. Zinyowera, &

R.H. Moss, Climate change 1995. Impacts, adaptations and

mitigation of climate change: scientific-technical analyses:

159-170. Contribution of Working Group II to the Second

Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel of Climate

Change (IPCC). Cambridge University Press, Cambridge.

OLIVER, E.G.H. 1996a. The position of Bruckenthalia versus Erica.

Yearbook of the Heatther Society > 1996: 6.

OLIVER, E.G.H. 1996b. Review: Gladiolus in tropical Africa: sys-

tematics, biology and evolution. Veld & Flora 82: 133.

OLIVER, E.G.H. & OLIVER. I.M. 1996a. Studies in the Ericoideae

(Ericaceae) XVIII. Two new species of Erica from the southern

part of South Africa. Feddes Repertorium 106: 347-352.

OLIVER, E.G.H. & OLIVER. I.M. 1996b. Studies in the Encoideae

(Ericaceae) XIX. Two new species of Erica from the south-

western Cape. Feddes Repertorium 107: 305-310.

OLIVER, E.G.H. & OLIVER, I.M. 1996c. Studies in the Ericaceae

(Ericoideae) XX. A rare new species of Erica from South

Africa. Yearbook of the Heather Society 1996: 1-5.

OLIVER, E.G.H. & OLIVER. I.M. 1997. Studies in the Ericaceae

(Ericoideae) XXL Erica oakesiorum, a new tree species from

South Africa. Yearbook of the Heather Society 1997: 13-18.

PER OLD, S.M. 1996. Studies in the Ricciaceae of sub-Saharan Africa:

a provisional key to the currently known species. Bothalia 26:

95-123.

PEROLD, S.M. 1997. A new species of the liverwort genus Riccia L.

from Bioko Island, R. biokensis Perold. Nova Hedwigia 64:

243-248.

REBELO, A.G. (ed.). 1996a. Protea Atlas Newsletter 31 . Protea Atlas

Project, University of Cape Town.

REBELO, A.G. (ed.). 1996b. Protea Atlas Newsletter 32. Protea Atlas

Project, University of Cape Town.

REBELO, A.G. (ed.). 1996c. Protea Atlas Newsletter 33. Protea Atlas

Project, University of Cape Town.

REBELO, A.G. 1996d. World map and the Protea Atlas Project.

Plantlife 15: 26-32.

I^ETIEF, E. & VAN WYK. A.E. 1996a. Cynoglossum obtusicalyx (Bor-

aginaceae), a new species from South Africa. South African

Journal of Botany 62: 169-172.

RETIEF, E. & VAN WYK, A.E. 1996b. A new species of Cypho-

slemma (Vitaceae) from South Africa. South African Journal of

Botany 62: 183-187.

ROURKE, J.P. 1996a. First Cape Colonial Botanist framed: Wilhelm

Langschmidt’s portrait of the first Cape Colonial Botanist and

his wife. Veld & Flora 82: 36, 37.

ROURKE, J.P. 1996b. Review: Australian vegetation, 2nd edn, edited

by R.H. Groves, 1994. Bothalia 26: 81.

ROURKE, J.P. 1996c. A new species of Serruria from the northern part

of the Western Cape. Bothalia 26: 154-157.

ROUX, J.P. 1996. A new combination in Polystichum (Dryopterid-

aceae). Novon 6: 202.

RUTHERFORD, M.C., O’CALLAGHAN, M„ POWRIE, L.W., HUR-

FORD, J.L. & SCHULZE, R E. 1996. Predicting survival in

new environments through analytical GIS application.

Environmental Software 11,1-3: 113-121.

SCOGINGS, P. & HOFFMAN, M.T. 1996. The commons debate hots

up: global change and the future of southern Africa’s commu-

nal rangelands. Bulletin of the Southern African Institute of

Ecologists and Environmental Scientists 15,2: 18-20.

SINGH, Y. & CROUCH, N. 1997. Diaphananthe millarii: a rare orchid

from Durban and East London surrounds. PlantLife 16: 10, 11.

SINGH, Y„ VAN WYK, A.E. & BAIJNATH. H 1996a. Floral biology

of Zantedeschia aethiopica (L.) Spreng. (Araceae). South

African Journal of Botany 62: 146-150.

SINGH, Y„ VAN WYK! A.E. & BAIJNATH, H. 1996b. Taxanomic

notes on the genus Zantedeschia Spreng. (Araceae) in southern

Africa. South African Journal of Botany 62: 321-324.

SMITH. G.F. 1996a. Obituary: Arthur Koeleman (1915-1994).

Bothalia 26: 77-80.

SMITH, G.F. 1996b. In search of Gasteria stayneri Poelln. (Aloaceae)

in the Eastern Cape Province, South Africa. Cactus and

Succulent Journal (U.S.) 68: 119-125.

SMITH, G.F. 1996c. The Species Plantarum Project — a world Flora in

the making. South African Journal of Science 92: 171, 172.

SMITH, G.F. 1996d. 25th IOS Congress to be held at Kirstenbosch,

South Africa. IOS Bulletin 6,2: 67, 68.

SMITH, G.F. & BRINK, P.D. 1996. Dedication of Volume 33 of Aloe

to Mr Arthur Koeleman. Aloe 33,1 : 2.

SMITH, G.F. & CROUCH. N.R. 1996. Century plants in southern

Africa. Veld & Flora 82: 38, 39.

SMITH, G.F., HARTZER, P. & VAN WYK, A.E. 1997. Mossia inter-

vallaris (Mesembryanthemaceae). Curtis’s Botanical Magazine

14: 16-22.

SMITH, G.F. & HILTON-TAYLOR, C. 1996. A contribution to the

phytogeography of the genus Haworthia Duval — response to

Breuer. Haworthiad 10: 113-115.

SMITH. G.F. & MOSSMER, M. 1996a. Criteria for plant systematics

research projects in the National Botanical Institute of South

Africa. South African Journal of Science 92: 320-323.

SMITH. G.F & MOSSMER, M. 1996b. FSA contributions 4:

Agavaceae. Bothalia 26: 31-35.

SMITH, G.F. & VAN WYK, A.E. 1996. Generic numbers in the sub-

family Alooideae (Asphodelaceae). Bothalia 26: 158.

SMITH, G.F. & VAN WYK, B-E. 1996a. Aloe succotrina and

Reynolds’ book on the aloes of South Africa. Aloe 33: 57, 58.

SMITH, G.F. & VAN WYK, B-E. 1996b. Prickly beauty— aloes in cul-

tivation. Parks & Grounds 93 (Oct. /Nov.): 18, 19.

SMITH, G.F.. STEYN, E.M.A., STEYN, C. & VAN WYK, A.E. 1996.

Notes on the leaf anatomy of Chortolirion and Haworthia

(Aloaceae). South African Journal of Botany 62: 217-219.

SMITH, G.F., VAN WYK, A.E., JOHNSON, L.A.S. & VAN WYK, B-

E. 1996. Southern African plant systematics: needs, priorities

and actions. South African Journal of Science 92: 314—320

SMITH, M.T., CROUCH. N.R., GERICKE, N. & HIRST, M. 1996.

Psycho-active constituents of the genus Sceletium N.E.Br. and

other Mesembryanthemaceae: a review. Journal of

Enthnopharmacology 50: 1 19-130.

SNIJMAN, D.A. 1996. Clivia, Scadoxus, Haemanthus, Cyrtanthus,

Nerine and Brunsvigia. In K. Yamada, The world of plants 110:

53-59. Asahi Shimbun Press, Tokyo.

SNIJMAN, D.A. & LINDER, H.P. 1996. Phylogenetic relationships,

seed characters and dispersal system evolution in Amaryllideae

(Amaryllidaceae). Annals of the Missouri Botanical Garden 83:

362-386.

SPIES, J.J., SPIES, S.K., VAN WYK, S.M.C., MALAN. A.F. &

LIEBENBERG, E.J L. 1996a. Cytogenetic studies in some repre-

sentatives of the subfamily Pooideae (Poaceae) in South Africa.

1 . The tribe Aveneae, subtribe Aveninae. Bothalia 26: 53-6 1

SPIES, J.J., SPIES, S.K., VAN WYK, S.M.C., MALAN, A.F. &

LIEBENBERG, E.J.L. 1996b. Cytogenetic studies in some rep-

resentatives of the subfamily Pooideae (Poaceae) in South

Africa. 2. The tribe Aveneae, subtribes Phalaridinae and

Alopecurinae. Bothalia 26: 63-67 .

STEINER, K.E. 1996. Chromosome numbers and relationships in tribe

226

Bothalia 27,2 (1997)

Hemimeridae (Scrophulariaceae). Systematic Botany 21: 63-76,

STEINER, K.E. & WHITEHEAD, V.B. 1996, Consequences of spe-

cialization for pollination in a rare South African shrub,

Ixianthes retzioides (Scrophulariaceae). Plant Systematics and

Evolution 201: 131-138.

STEYN, E.M.A. 1996. Review: The anther, form, function and phy-

logeny, edited by W.G. D'Arcy, & R.C. Keating. Bothalia 26:

183, 184.

STEYN, E.MA., STRYDOM, D.J. & BOTHA, A. 1996. Fertilization

and the rejection of spermatozoids by egg cells in artificially

pollinated ovules of Encephalartos (Zamiaceae). Sexual Plant

Reproduction 9: 175-185.

SWARTZ, R 1996. Vygies van die noorde. Veld & Flora 82: 81-83.

VAN JAARSVELD, E. 1996a. Veld gardening in South Africa: the fyn-

bos garden. Veld & Flora 82: 52-56.

VAN JAARSVELD, E. 1996b. The Cape Aloe: Aloeferox and it’s uses.

Veld & Flora 82: 57-59.

VAN JAARSVELD, E. 1996c. Review: Mediterranean gardening: a

waterwise approach, by Heidi Gildemeister. 1995. Veld & Flora

82: 63.

VAN JAARSVELD, E. 1996d. Veld gardening in South Africa: the

Strandveld garden. Veld & Flora 82: 90-93.

VAN JAARSVELD, E. 1996e. Veld gardening in South Africa: the

Succulent Karoo garden. Veld & Flora 82: 125-128.

VAN JAARSVELD, E. 1997. Veld gardening in South Africa: the

Valley Bushveld or Noorsveld garden. Veld & Flora 83: 20-25.

VAN ROOY, J 1997. Introduction to bryology in southern Africa. 1

What is a bryophyte? PlantLife: 16: 18, 19.

VAN WYK, B-E. & SMITH, G.F. 1996a. Guide to the aloes of South

Africa. Briza Publicatons, Pretoria.

VAN WYK, B-E. & SMITH, G.F. 1996b. Not so bitter a pill — aloes for

health and beauty. Africa Environment & Wildlife 4,6: 64, 65.

VILJOEN, A.V., VAN WYK, B-E., VAN DER BANK, H , SMITH,

G.F. & VAN DER BANK, M. 1996. A chemotaxonomic and

biochemical evaluation of the identity of Aloe candelabrum

(Aloaceae). Taxon 45: 46 1 —47 1 .

WAND, S.J.E., MIDGLEY, G.F. & MUSIL, C.F. 1996. Physiological

and growth responses of two African species, Acacia karroo

and Themeda triandra , to combined increases in CO2 and UV-

B radiation. Physiologic Plantarum 98: 882-890.

WAND, S.J.E., MIDGLEY, G.F. & MUSIL, C.F. 1997. Growth, phe-

nology and reproduction of an arid-environment winter

ephemeral Dimorphotheca pluvialis in response to combined

increases in CO2 and UV-B radiation. Environmental Pollution

94: 247-254.

WELMAN, W.G. 1996. Transfer of eleven varieties of Lightfootia nom.

illeg. to Wahlenbergia (Campanulaceae). Bothalia 26: 157.

WILLIAMS, R, GIBBONS, D„ MARGULES, C„ REBELO, A.G.,

HUMPHRIES, C. & PRESSEY. R. 1996. A comparison of rich-

ness hotspots, rarity hotspots and complementary areas for con-

servation diversity of British birds. Conservation Biology 10:

155-174.

WILLIAMS, R 1997. The role of herbaria in environment impact

assessment. PlantLife 16: 23.

WILLIS, C.K. (ed.) 1996a. SABONET News 1,1. Newsletter of the

Southern African Botanical Diversity Network. National

Botanical Institute, Pretoria.

WILLIS, C.K. (ed.) 1996b. SABONET News 1,2. Newsletter of the

Southern African Botanical Diversity Network. National

Botanical Institute, Pretoria.

Bothalia 27,2: 227-235 (1997)

Guide for authors to Bothalia

This guide is updated when necessary and includes an

index. Important points and latest additions appear in

bold type.

Bothalia is named in honour of General Louis Botha,

first Premier and Minister of Agriculture of the Union of

South Africa. This house journal of the National Bota-

nical Institute, Pretoria, is devoted to the furtherance of

botanical science. The main fields covered are taxono-

my, ecology, anatomy and cytology. Two parts of the

journal and an index to contents, authors and subjects are

published annually.

1 Editorial policy

1.1 Bothalia welcomes original papers dealing with

flora and vegetation of southern Africa and related sub-

jects. Full-length papers and short notes, as well as book

reviews, are accepted.

1.2 Page charges: As stated in our notification includ-

ed in volume 23.1 (May 1993), MSS submitted for pub-

lication in Bothalia are subject to payment of page

charges of R 125, 00 per printed page, VAT included. The

following are exempt from these charges: 1, NBI mem-

bers; 2, persons/institutions who have been granted

exemption by the Executive Committee of the NBI; 3,

authors of contributions requested by the Editor; 4. con-

tributors to the column 'FSA contributions’. The Editor’s

decision on the number of pages is final. An invoice will

be sent to the author, who must arrange for payment as

soon as possible to NBI, Publications Section, Private

Bag X101, Pretoria 0001 .

1.3 Articles are assessed by referees, both local and

overseas. Authors are welcome to suggest possible refer-

ees to judge their work. Authors are responsible for the

factual correctness of their contributions. Bothalia main-

tains an editorial board (see title page) to ensure that

international standards are upheld.

2 Requirements for a manuscript

2.1 The original manuscript should be typed on one

side of A4-size paper, double-spaced throughout (includ-

ing abstract, tables, captions to figures, literature refer-

ences, etc.) and have a margin of at least 30 mm all

round. Three photocopies (photocopied on both sides

of the paper to reduce weight for postage) of all items,

including text, illustrations, tables and lists should be

submitted, and the author should retain a complete set of

copies. If the article was generated on a computer, a copy

of the diskette should be submitted with the final

(accepted) version (see 3).

2.2 Papers should conform to the general style and lay-

out of recent issues of Bothalia (from volume 26

onwards).

2.3 Material should be presented in the following

sequence: Title page with title, name(s) of author(s), key-

words, abstract (and information that should be placed in

a footnote on the title page, such as address(es) of

author(s) and mention of granting agencies.

2.4 The sequence continues with Introduction and

aims, Material and methods, Results, Interpretation

(Discussion), Specimens examined (in revisions and

monographs), Acknowledgements, References, Index of

names (recommended for revisions dealing with more

than about 15 species). Tables, Captions for figures and

figures. In the case of short notes and book reviews, key-

words and abstract are superfluous.

2.5 All pages must be numbered consecutively begin-

ning with the title page to those with references, tables

and captions for figures.

2.6 For notes on the use of hyphens and dashes see

3.10 to 3.12.

2.7 Special character: use your own word or code that

is unique and self-explanatory, enclosed between

ANGLE BRACKETS, e.g. <mu>m for pm. Please sup-

ply us with a list of the codes.

3 Requirements for diskettes/stiffies

(to be submitted only with final/accepted version)

3.1 data must be IBM compatible and written in ASCII,

or in Word for Windows from Windows 1; Word for

MS-DOS from MSWord 3; WordPerfect 5 for DOS

only; Windows Write 3 onwards.

3.2 the original printout of the diskette should be sup-

plied in double line spacing.

3.3 tables need not be placed on the diskette — a clearly

laid out hard copy is adequate.

3.4 use a non-breaking space to keep two elements to-

gether on the same line, e.g. 3 500.

3.5 do not justify lines.

3.6 do not break words, except hyphenated words.

3.7 all lines, headings, keys, etc., should start flush at

the margin, therefore no indentations, footnotes or tabs

of any kind.

3.8 in Word and WordPerfect, italics and bold should

be used where necessary.

3.9 paragraphs and headings are delineated by a car-

riage return (ENTER) but no indentation.

3.10 a hyphen is designated as one dash, with no space

between the letter and the dash, e.g. ovate-lanceolate.